msgid "&kile; is a &tex; and &latex; source editor and shell."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:89
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keyword>KDE</keyword>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:90
#, no-c-format
msgid "kdenonbeta"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:91
#, no-c-format
msgid "Kile"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:92
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keyword>LaTeX</keyword>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:93
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keyword>TeX</keyword>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:100
#, no-c-format
msgid "Preface"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:104
#, no-c-format
msgid "Requirements"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:106
#, no-c-format
msgid "To run &kile;, you need to have the following components installed on your system:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:110
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://www.kde.org/\">K Desktop environment (&kde;)</ulink>: &kde; is a popular open-source desktop environment."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
#: index.docbook:112
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"https://qt.io/\">&Qt;</ulink>: &Qt; is a C++ &GUI; and network library needed to compile &kile;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk
#: index.docbook:116
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://www.qtsoftware.com/products/\">&Qt;</ulink>: &Qt; is a C++ &GUI; and network library needed to compile &kile;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:114
#, no-c-format
msgid "<ulink url=\"http://www.ctan.org/\">&latex;</ulink>: high-quality document typesetting program. Most likely you want the &texlive; (or on older systems the &tetex;) package, if you are on a &UNIX;-like system."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:119
#, no-c-format
msgid "Most of these items might be included in your &Linux; distribution; please refer to your distribution documentation, or refer to your installation &CD; or DVD, for adding these packages to your computer."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:123
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kile; might also be available as a pre-compiled package for your &Linux; distribution already. Please check with the package manager of your distribution."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:130
#, no-c-format
msgid "Intended Audience"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:132
#, no-c-format
msgid "This manual is intended for any individual, regardless of her or his experience with &latex;, &kde;, &kile; or &Linux;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:135
#, no-c-format
msgid "Advanced users are not likely to read this manual, but all suggestions on documentation will be considered. If you would like to contribute to this project or the documentation, please consult the <ulink url=\"http://kile.sourceforge.net/\">&kile; web page</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:139
#, no-c-format
msgid "Do you need answers about &kile;? Are you stuck with the compilation process? Do you want to see a new feature implemented? The preferred way to ask technical questions or to start a discussion is to use our mailing list: <email>kile-devel@lists.sourceforge.net</email>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:149
#, no-c-format
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:153
#, no-c-format
msgid "Basic facts"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:157
#, no-c-format
msgid "About &kile;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:159
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kile; is an integrated &latex; environment for the &kde; desktop. &kile; gives you the ability to use all the functionality of &latex; in a graphical interface, giving you easy, immediate, and customized access to all programs for &latex; code-completion, compiling, postprocessing, debugging, conversion and viewing tools; you also get very handy wizards, a &latex; reference and a powerful project manager."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:169
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kile; and the &kate; Editor Component"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:171
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kile; is based on the &kate; editor component, &ie; a lot of its editing capabilities stem from the &kate; editor component itself. &kile; extends these capabilities with features to edit &latex; documents. To learn more about the &kate; editor component and its capabilities, see the <ulink url=\"http://kate-editor.org\">&kate; webpage</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:180
#, no-c-format
msgid "What is &latex;?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:182
#, no-c-format
msgid "&latex; is a text-processing system derived from &tex;, a program developed originally in 1977 by Donald Knuth to help layout text in a professional way and obtain a layout quality that is on a par with the work of a professional typesetter. &latex; was created by Leslie Lamport to give authors an automatic typesetter, especially to ease the expensive and painstaking process of typesetting of mathematical formulas and expressions, which are enclosed within dollar signs in &latex; <emphasis>for a reason</emphasis>. Today, word-processing programs let any user act as typesetter, but what is often needed is a document that simply looks good without having to spend hours to bring it into shape. &latex; takes that burden on its shoulders, and lets you concentrate on the document instead of on the layout. And yes, it <emphasis>will</emphasis> look good!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:197
#, no-c-format
msgid "How do you pronounce it? Why that strange typesetting?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:199
#, no-c-format
msgid "There is a funny tradition of &tex;-related packages to have the strangest pronunciation and typesetting possible. &tex; was supposed to be brought in from the Greek <emphasis>τεχ</emphasis>, in Latin letters <emphasis>tech</emphasis>. There are a lot of explanations why, but most likely it is because &tex; was originally conceived for technical reports, and indeed its foremost ability was the correct and easy typesetting of mathematical formulae, then an extremely expensive, time-consuming and frustrating business."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:205
#, no-c-format
msgid "The pronunciation is supposed to be as follows: <emphasis>T</emphasis> as you would expect, <emphasis>E</emphasis> as in <emphasis>get</emphasis>, and <emphasis>X</emphasis> as in the German i<emphasis>ch</emphasis>. If you do not know what <emphasis>ch</emphasis> sounds like, it is more or less like the sound a hissing cat produces; the IPA symbol is /ç/. Many people report a different pronunciation of <emphasis>ach</emphasis> (IPA symbol /x/), but according to some Greeks, the first version is indeed correct. You should be aware that a lot of people mispronounce &tex; as /teks/ or /tek/."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:211
#, no-c-format
msgid "Last, in &latex; the first L<superscript>A</superscript> is pronounced as <emphasis>lay</emphasis>: the idea being, while raw &tex; is difficult, even a <emphasis>lay</emphasis>man can use &latex; macros. A less inspiring, but more realistic explanation is that it stems from the surname of Leslie Lamport, the creator of &latex;. Now you know!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:222
#, no-c-format
msgid "&latex; 101"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:224
#, no-c-format
msgid "The &latex; typesetting system is similar to other markup languages such as &XML;, which is used in many types of documents (including the one you are reading), or &HTML;, which is used for web pages. The general idea behind markup languages is to have special keywords, called <emphasis> tags</emphasis>, that tell a program (a word processor, a web browser, or the &latex; compiler) how the text enclosed within the tags is to be interpreted. &kile; offers a number of such tags in the <guimenu>LaTeX</guimenu> menu in the menu bar."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:231
#, no-c-format
msgid "While we will try to give you a good idea of what &latex; is, this document is, of course, not The Definitive Book on &latex;. If you want to learn &latex; in depth, you may want to borrow a specialized book from your local library."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:234
#, no-c-format
msgid "As with any other markup language, &latex; documents contain a <emphasis>preamble</emphasis>, which defines global properties, such as paper size, page numbering, dimensions of the text on the page, and a document <emphasis>body</emphasis>, which contains the text of the document. The preamble is composed at least of the <userinput>\\documentclass</userinput> command. It precedes the document body, which starts with the command <userinput>\\begin{document}</userinput> and is concluded with the command <userinput>\\end{document}</userinput>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:245
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kile;'s Main Features"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:249 index.docbook:1707
#, no-c-format
msgid "QuickStart Wizard"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:251
#, no-c-format
msgid "The QuickStart wizard built into &kile; is a useful feature to quickly start creating documents in &kile;. Choosing the wizard from the menubar gives you several choices for the creation of your document. You can also specify some options related to the document right away."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:256
#, no-c-format
msgid "Class options:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:259
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Document Class</guilabel>: choose the type of document you want to create: article, book, letter, report, scrartcl, scrreprt, scrbook, prosper, beamer or other custom-defined."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:262
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Typeface Size</guilabel>: tell &kile; what point size (pt) you want to use."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:264
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Paper Size</guilabel>: choose the size or style of sheets."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:265
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Encoding</guilabel>: In general it is a good idea to use your system's standard encoding. Modern systems now move more and more to UTF-8 as the standard encoding. If you can, use utf8 or utf8x (which is indeed the correct spelling for &latex; documents)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:269
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Other options</guilabel>: this allows you to set further options such as printing, draft, and others."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:273
#, no-c-format
msgid "Packages"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:274
#, no-c-format
msgid "This lists some of the most common additional packages used in &latex;. Select the check box to include it."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:276
#, no-c-format
msgid "Document Properties:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:278
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Author</guilabel>: put your name here."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:279
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Title</guilabel>: add the document title here."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:280
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Date</guilabel>: specify the date."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:287
#, no-c-format
msgid "Predefined Templates"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:289
#, no-c-format
msgid "The predefined templates in &kile; are:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:292
#, no-c-format
msgid "Empty document: real freaks start from scratch!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:293
#, no-c-format
msgid "Article: sets the article format, for a document short enough not to be broken down to chapters."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:295
#, no-c-format
msgid "Report: sets the report format, for a middle-sized document, with, for example, page numbering on the page's outer edge."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:297
#, no-c-format
msgid "Book: sets the book format, a full-fledged flavor, so powerful that it is used to write many university textbooks."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:299
#, no-c-format
msgid "Letter: sets the letter format."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:300
#, no-c-format
msgid "Beamer, HA-Prosper: create nice presentations in PDF with a superior look and all &latex; power."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:302
#, no-c-format
msgid "Powerdot: Powerdot is the follower of the packages <userinput>seminar</userinput> and <userinput>HA-Prosper</userinput>. It does not have as many options as Beamer, but it is easy to use and it can create really nice presentations in PDF."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:305
#, no-c-format
msgid "Scrartcl, Scrbook, Scrreprt, Scrlttr2: the KOMA-Script document classes, especially adapted to German typography. Use them whenever you write German texts."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:308
#, no-c-format
msgid "Xelatex: a modified <userinput>Article</userinput> template to use with <userinput>XeLaTeX</userinput>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:312
#, no-c-format
msgid "Note that all of these templates can be adjusted to the user's requirements."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:314
#, no-c-format
msgid "New users need not worry: this list is just a brief description of the available features, and a more detailed description can be found in <xref linkend=\"quickstart\" role=\"select: title pageabbrv\"/>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:321
#, no-c-format
msgid "Syntax Highlighting"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:323
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kile; is similar to other programs that deal with source code and editing, and will automatically highlight commands, options and items that are used (and abused). &kile; makes it possible to easily spot problematic areas: for example, if you see major areas of text turn green, it is likely that you forgot to close a math environment somewhere."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:332
#, no-c-format
msgid "Auto-Completion of Environments"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:334
#, no-c-format
msgid "The auto-completion of environments means that, when you begin a new environment by typing <userinput>\\begin{environment}</userinput>, &kile; will automatically insert a matching <userinput>\\end{environment}</userinput> command, with a line in between them for your text. You can of course deactivate it if you want in <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guisubmenu>Configure Kile...</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>LaTeX</guimenuitem><guilabel>Environments</guilabel></menuchoice>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:345
#, no-c-format
msgid "Jump to Structure Element"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:347
#, no-c-format
msgid "All documents are normally structured in a hierarchy of some type. &latex; allows you to break up documents into the following hierarchy (part being highest in the hierarchy, and subparagraph being lowest):"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:352
#, no-c-format
msgid "\\part"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:353
#, no-c-format
msgid "\\chapter"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:354
#, no-c-format
msgid "\\section"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:355
#, no-c-format
msgid "\\subsection"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:356
#, no-c-format
msgid "\\subsubsection"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:357
#, no-c-format
msgid "\\paragraph"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:358
#, no-c-format
msgid "\\subparagraph"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:361
#, no-c-format
msgid "When viewing a document in the <guilabel>Structure</guilabel> view, you can jump between elements by clicking on the element you would like to view."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:368
#, no-c-format
msgid "Inverse Search"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:370
#, no-c-format
msgid "When creating your own &latex; files, inverse search can be very helpful. Once you have created a &DVI; file (DeVice Independent File) or PDF file, you can click the left mouse button while pressing &Shift; in the viewer and &kile; will jump to the corresponding line in the &latex; source code."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:375
#, no-c-format
msgid "A &DVI; is a type of file containing a description of a formatted document, along with other information including character font, and is besides PDF the usual output of &tex; or &latex;. A number of utilities exist to view, convert and print &DVI; files on various systems and devices."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:385
#, no-c-format
msgid "Forward Search"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:387
#, no-c-format
msgid "When using inverse search, the selection of items in the &DVI; or PDF file is associated with the editor, so when you click on the &DVI; or PDF file, the main window jumps to the corresponding section of &latex; code in the editor. Forward search is the exact opposite of this. Forward search will allow you to click on a specific section of text in the &latex; code, and jump to the associated position in the viewer window."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:399
#, no-c-format
msgid "The Toolbar"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:402
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>New</guibutton>: begin a new document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:403
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Open</guibutton>: open a new document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:404
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Close</guibutton>: close your document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:406
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Define document as master</guibutton>: this is used when working with multiple files. Having a master document will let you work more easily with other <literal role=\"extension\">.tex</literal> files included in your document. If you are using projects, you can also set in <menuchoice><guimenu>Project</guimenu><guisubmenu>Project Options</guisubmenu></menuchoice> a project-wide master document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:410
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Quickbuild</guibutton>: compiles your &latex; source code and displays the results automatically unless there are errors contained in the document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:412
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Watch file mode</guibutton>: this mode will \"watch\" the &DVI; file for changes, and will not launch a new session of &okular; after <guibutton>Quickbuild</guibutton>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:414
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>View logfile</guibutton>: views the <literal role=\"extension\">.log</literal> file, so you can spot errors."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:416
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Previous error</guibutton>: jumps backward through the <literal role=\"extension\">.log</literal> file and highlights errors in the source."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:419
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Next error</guibutton>: jumps forward through the <literal role=\"extension\">.log</literal> file and highlights errors in the source."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:422
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Stop</guibutton>: halts current tool."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:423
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>LaTeX</guibutton>: runs &latex; on the active document."
msgid "<guibutton>ForwardDVI</guibutton>: jump to the page of the &DVI; file that corresponds to the current line in the editor."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:433
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>ForwardPDF</guibutton>: jump to the page of the PDF file that corresponds to the current line in the editor."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:436
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you look at the <guilabel>Edit</guilabel> toolbar, you will notice three large drop-down menus. The drop-down menus were designed for you to be able to quickly add certain common features into your document. The first drop down box is used for quickly dividing your document by parts, chapter, sections and so on; the available commands to add segments to your &latex; source code are:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:443
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>part</guilabel>: highest level of sectioning for a document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:444
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>chapter</guilabel>: starts a new chapter."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:445
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>section</guilabel>: create a new section."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:446
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>subsection</guilabel>: create a new subsection."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:447
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>subsubsection</guilabel>: a secondary section between subsection and paragraph."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:449
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>paragraph</guilabel>: create a new paragraph."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:450
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>subparagraph</guilabel>: create a new subparagraph."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:453
#, no-c-format
msgid "The drop down box named <guilabel>Other</guilabel> is used to insert items into your document such as indexes, footnotes, and references; the available commands are:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:457
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>label</guilabel>: a command that produces a label for a chapter, a figure or another element."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:459
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>index</guilabel>: creates an entry for the index."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:460
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>footnote</guilabel>: creates a footnote in your document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:461
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>ref</guilabel>: used to refer to a predefined label, which you can choose from a drop-down list."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:463
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>pageref</guilabel>: just like <guilabel>ref</guilabel>, but refers to a page instead of a structure element."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:465
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>cite</guilabel>: create a reference with data from a bibliography."
msgid "<screeninfo>Selecting the label for a reference</screeninfo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:491
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Selecting the label for a reference</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:493
#, no-c-format
msgid "<para>Selecting the label for a reference</para>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:497
#, no-c-format
msgid "When using <guilabel>cite</guilabel>, you are presented with a drop-down list of bibitems, but if you are using &bibtex; this will only work if the file belongs to a Project. For editing &bibtex; files the usage of specialized editors is recommended. The author has had good results with &kbibtex;. Of course you can also write the &bibtex; files by hand inside &kile;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:502
#, no-c-format
msgid "The last drop down box labeled <guilabel>tiny</guilabel> is used to set the size of the text. You can set the size of the main text, of footnotes, and so on. The available commands are:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:506
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>tiny</guilabel>: smallest."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:507
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>scriptsize</guilabel>: very small."
msgid "Writing a &latex; Document with &kile; for Beginners"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:529
#, no-c-format
msgid "Users of &kile; have two choices when starting a new document: they can use the <guimenu>Wizard</guimenu> to begin a new document, select the type of document they would like to create and options such as font size, paper size, and so on; otherwise, they can write the code by hand."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: programlisting
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:534
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"\\documentclass[12pt]{article}\n"
"\\begin{document}\n"
" Here is a bunch of text coded in \\LaTeX.\n"
"\\end{document}"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:536
#, no-c-format
msgid "Every document in &latex; begins with the command <userinput> \\documentclass[optional argument]{class}</userinput>, where class specifies the document type."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:539
#, no-c-format
msgid "Typing in the code example above from the text box gives you the following output:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:542
#, no-c-format
msgid "<screeninfo>Compiled text in &DVI; output</screeninfo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:548
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Compiled text in &DVI; output</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:550
#, no-c-format
msgid "<para>Compiled text in &DVI; output</para>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:554
#, no-c-format
msgid "The brackets that come after the command <userinput>\\documentclass</userinput> contain the options for the command. The option <userinput>[12pt]</userinput> sets the size of the font for your article; if you do not set the font size in the beginning, you can set it later in the text."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:559
#, no-c-format
msgid "Once you have typed in the code example from the box above, you will need to compile your &latex; source code. The easiest way for you to compile &latex; is to use the <guimenu>Build</guimenu> menu, or using the <guilabel>Quickbuild</guilabel> button."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:563
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keycombo>&Alt;<keycap>2</keycap></keycombo> is the keyboard shortcut to compile your source code."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:566
#, no-c-format
msgid "You have to save your source code before you can compile; &kile; will do this automatically for you."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:568
#, no-c-format
msgid "If your document did not compile, check the log for errors. When using the <guilabel>Quickbuild</guilabel> key, the &okular; viewer should be launched automatically; if it does not, look at the log."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:574 index.docbook:1539
#, no-c-format
msgid "Environments"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:576
#, no-c-format
msgid "An environment is a segment of text that is managed differently from the rest of the document. For example, you create a report with font size 12, but you need to change your font size for a few sentences. The commands <userinput>\\begin{environment}</userinput>, <userinput>\\huge</userinput> and <userinput>\\end{environment}</userinput> will let you temporarily alter the text inside the environment commands to be size huge."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:583
#, no-c-format
msgid "Changes are only effective from <userinput>\\begin{environment}</userinput> to <userinput>\\end{environment}</userinput>. There are no limits as to how many changes you can make inside an environment."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:587
#, no-c-format
msgid "There are many features you can add to your document that will make it more readable and user-friendly. You can add features such as specific fonts, bold, italics, underline &etc; to your document, and these commands will end with either an <userinput>\\end</userinput> command, or at the end of your environment."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:593
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>\\begin{emph}</userinput>: this command makes text italicized, and is valid until the code comes across a <userinput>\\end{emph}</userinput>, or another environment. To italicize one word in a sentence, you can use the syntax: this is <userinput>\\emph{my}</userinput> sentence."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:597
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>\\textbf{I am making this text inside the brackets bold}</userinput>: this command makes your text bold."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:599
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>\\quote</userinput>: to create a quote inside your document; begin your quote with <userinput>\\begin{quote}</userinput> and end it with <userinput>\\end{quote}</userinput>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:601
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>\\center</userinput>: centers the text."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:602
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>\\verse</userinput>: creates offset text for poems."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:603
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>\\itemize</userinput>: makes an itemized list."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:610
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using &kile;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:612
#, no-c-format
msgid "Now that we have given you some background about how to write code using the &latex; markup language, we will show you how to create a document using &kile; step-by-step."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:617
#, no-c-format
msgid "Start &kile;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:618
#, no-c-format
msgid "Select <menuchoice><guimenu>Wizard</guimenu><guimenuitem>Quick Start</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, then choose a format, and set your preferences in the wizard."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:620
#, no-c-format
msgid "Once the wizard has entered text, do some customization to make the document more readable, add a minimum of one quote, some bold text, italics, and a verse to see the difference between the commands."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:623
#, no-c-format
msgid "Save your file, and give it the name <filename>intro.tex</filename>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:624
#, no-c-format
msgid "Build your document using <keycombo>&Alt;<keycap>2</keycap></keycombo>, or the button labeled <guilabel>LaTeX</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:626
#, no-c-format
msgid "Select <guibutton>ViewDVI</guibutton>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:627
#, no-c-format
msgid "Check out all your new text."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:628
#, no-c-format
msgid "When you are done viewing your document, click the <guibutton>Editor View</guibutton> button or press <keycombo>&Ctrl;<keycap>E</keycap></keycombo> to return to the editor if you are using the embedded viewer, or close the viewer window if you are using a separate viewer."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:634
#, no-c-format
msgid "That's it! You have just created your first &latex; document!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:636
#, no-c-format
msgid "Once you have created your &DVI;, you will be able to print your document, or change it into a &PostScript; or PDF file if you want. Experiment and have fun!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:643
#, no-c-format
msgid "&DVI; Files"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:645
#, no-c-format
msgid "&DVI; stands for <emphasis>DeVice Independent</emphasis> file. These files are produced by &tex; or &latex; to be read by a driver of some sort on your computer. There are many different types of output that a <literal role=\"extension\">.dvi</literal> can be sent to, such as a printer, &PostScript; or PDF file converter, or your computer screen."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:651
#, no-c-format
msgid "Viewing a &DVI;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:653
#, no-c-format
msgid "You have already seen how to view a &DVI; file on the screen by using the <guibutton>ViewDVI</guibutton> button in the toolbar."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:659
#, no-c-format
msgid "Printing a &DVI;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:661
#, no-c-format
msgid "To print a &DVI;, you can use the same process that you used to create your document earlier (see <xref linkend=\"quick_using\" role=\"select: title pageabbrv\"/>). At step 7, after clicking <guibutton>ViewDVI</guibutton>, select <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Print</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in the viewer, and if you have your printer properly configured, you will be able to print the &DVI;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:672
#, no-c-format
msgid "Converting &DVI; files"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:674
#, no-c-format
msgid "The toolbar gives the options of Converting a &DVI; to other formats. Once you have created a &DVI; from your &latex; source code, you will be able to export it to a format of your choice using the toolbar buttons."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:684
#, no-c-format
msgid "Forward Search between &kile; and &okular;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:686
#, no-c-format
msgid "The forward search functions allow you to jump from your editor directly to the associated position of the &DVI; or PDF file."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:689
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kile; offers a configuration with this option for all &latex; binaries. Go to <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guisubmenu>Configure Kile...</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>Tools</guimenuitem><guilabel>Build</guilabel></menuchoice> and always choose the <guilabel>Modern</guilabel> configuration."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:694
#, no-c-format
msgid "To execute a forward search, position the cursor on a line of source code, and click <guilabel>Forward Search</guilabel> to jump to the associated position in the &DVI; or PDF viewer window."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:701
#, no-c-format
msgid "Inverse Search between &kile; and &okular;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:703
#, no-c-format
msgid "Inverse search is a very useful feature when you are writing a &latex; document yourself. If everything is set up properly, you can click into &okular;'s window with the <mousebutton>left</mousebutton> mouse button while pressing &Shift;. After that &kile; loads the &latex; source file and jumps to the proper paragraph. To use inverse search, you have to compile your &latex; file with the <guilabel>Modern</guilabel> configuration."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:708
#, no-c-format
msgid "Inverse search cannot work unless:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:711
#, no-c-format
msgid "The source file has been compiled successfully."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:712
#, no-c-format
msgid "&okular; knows which editor you would like to use."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:715
#, no-c-format
msgid "With this feature of &okular;, a left mouse click while pressing &Shift; in the &DVI; or PDF document will result in &kile; opening the corresponding &latex; document and attempt to go to the corresponding line. Remember to tell &okular; to use &kile; as a text editor, in &okular;'s menu item <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Configure Okular...</guimenuitem></menuchoice> (on the page <guimenuitem>Editor</guimenuitem>)."
msgid "If you are trying to use quickbuild, and the &DVI; viewer does not open, chances are you have an error. If you have an error, it will be visible in the log file / message area, and the summary of the error will be given."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:743
#, no-c-format
msgid "The log file will explain the source of the error in your code. In the editor, you can use the buttons in the toolbar labeled <guibutton>Previous LaTeX Error</guibutton> and <guibutton>Next LaTeX Error</guibutton> to jump to and from errors. The log file always states in which line the error occurred. To view the line where an error occurred, click on the error in the log window, and &kile; will take you to the error's line."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:754
#, no-c-format
msgid "Starting a New Document"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:756
#, no-c-format
msgid "When you click the button in the toolbar to begin a new document a dialog appears, asking which type of template you would like to use to write your document. The default choices are:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:761
#, no-c-format
msgid "Empty document"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:762
#, no-c-format
msgid "Article"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:763
#, no-c-format
msgid "Beamer"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:764
#, no-c-format
msgid "Book"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:765
#, no-c-format
msgid "HA-Prosper"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:766
#, no-c-format
msgid "Powerdot"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:767
#, no-c-format
msgid "Letter"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:768
#, no-c-format
msgid "Report"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:769
#, no-c-format
msgid "Scrartcl (from the KOMA-Script package)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:770
#, no-c-format
msgid "Scrbook (from the KOMA-Script package)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:771
#, no-c-format
msgid "Scrlttr2 (from the KOMA-Script package)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:772
#, no-c-format
msgid "Scrreprt (from the KOMA-Script package)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:773
#, no-c-format
msgid "<para>PDF</para>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:774
#, no-c-format
msgid "<para>XeLaTeX</para>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:777
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you selected an <guilabel>Empty document</guilabel>, you can either start writing a document from scratch, or you can use the wizard to quickly start a new document (see <xref linkend=\"intro_docwizard\" role=\"select: title pageabbrv\"/>)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:784
#, no-c-format
msgid "Templates"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:786
#, no-c-format
msgid "Frequent users of &latex; typically use the same preamble for almost every document they use. Templates can be created, saved and loaded within &kile; to make it easier to start a new document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:791
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create a New Template"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:793
#, no-c-format
msgid "To create a new template, you must first either open a &tex; / &latex; file, or create a file of your own. &kile; can generate a template from an existing document by opening the desired document and selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Create Template from Document</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:801
#, no-c-format
msgid "Configuring Automatic Substitutions"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:803
#, no-c-format
msgid "When creating a new document by selecting a template from <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, certain character combinations will be replaced by data such as your name, or the character encoding you are using. These variables can be configured in <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guisubmenu>Configure Kile...</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>Settings</guimenuitem><guilabel>General</guilabel></menuchoice>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:810
#, no-c-format
msgid "When designing your own template, it is useful to know which character combinations are replaced by which template variables:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:814
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>$$AUTHOR$$</userinput>: This string will be replaced by the author variable."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:816
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>$$DOCUMENTCLASSOPTIONS$$</userinput>: This string will be replaced by the documentclass options variable. Typically this is used as follows: <userinput>\\documentclass[$$DOCUMENTCLASSOPTIONS$$]{article}</userinput>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:819
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>$$INPUTENCODING$$</userinput>: If the inputencoding variable is set to, say, <userinput>latin1</userinput> this string is replaced by <userinput>\\input[latin1]{inputenc}</userinput>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:828
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create a Template from the Wizard"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:830
#, no-c-format
msgid "The easiest way to create a new template is to start the wizard, and then add commands in the editor. Once you have your document set up the way you like:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:835
#, no-c-format
msgid "Save your file;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:836
#, no-c-format
msgid "Go to <guimenu>File</guimenu>;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:837
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose <guimenuitem>Create Template from Document</guimenuitem>;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:838
#, no-c-format
msgid "Make any corrections necessary to the template;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:839
#, no-c-format
msgid "Enter a name for your new template;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:840
#, no-c-format
msgid "Click <guibutton>OK</guibutton> to add your template to the menu."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:843
#, no-c-format
msgid "Next time you start up a new document, you will be able to choose your customized template instead of the default ones."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:850
#, no-c-format
msgid "Creating a Template from any File"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:852
#, no-c-format
msgid "A template can be created from any &latex; file. If you are looking for an easy way to configure a template, go find one you like on the Internet and follow the same steps as listed in <xref linkend=\"templ_wiz\" role=\"select: title pageabbrv\"/>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:856
#, no-c-format
msgid "For instance, you may want to create a full-fledged A0 poster. These posters are usually seen at scientific conferences, and &latex; will help you make an attractive, catchy poster. You can get a template for A0 posters at <ulink url=\"http://www.stats.ox.ac.uk/~marchini/a0poster.html\">Jonathan Marchini's home page</ulink>, but many more are available. Remember that you will need the <filename>a0poster</filename> package, which is normally not included in standard &tex; distributions. Download it from <ulink url=\"http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/a0poster/\">here</ulink> and place it in the same folder as your &latex; file."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:866
#, no-c-format
msgid "Removing a Template"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:868
#, no-c-format
msgid "To remove a template from &kile;, do as follows:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:871
#, no-c-format
msgid "Go to <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Remove Template...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:873
#, no-c-format
msgid "A dialog box will appear with all templates listed: select a template;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:874
#, no-c-format
msgid "Click <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, and your template will be removed."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:877
#, no-c-format
msgid "Templates marked with an asterisk (*) cannot be removed without the proper permission."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:886
#, no-c-format
msgid "Editing &latex; Documents"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:888
#, no-c-format
msgid "The internal editor that &kile; uses is &kate;. &kate; is a text editor created for programmers, which incorporates the ability to read and highlight many different types of text files, among which are &latex; and &bibtex;; you can access many options for &kate; directly from &kile;'s <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> menu."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
#: index.docbook:893
#, no-c-format
msgid "To learn more about &kate; and its capabilities, see the <ulink url=\"help:/kate\">&kate; Handbook</ulink>. &kile; users can start reading from the chapter <quote>Working with the &kate; Editor</quote>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk
#: index.docbook:897
#, no-c-format
msgid "To learn more about &kate; and its capabilities, see the <ulink url=\"help:kate\">&kate; Handbook</ulink>. &kile; users can start reading from the chapter <quote>Working with the &kate; Editor</quote>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:898
#, no-c-format
msgid "The &latex; Reference"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:900
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kile; features a very practical &latex; tag reference, which you can access by choosing <menuchoice><guimenu>Help</guimenu><guimenuitem>LaTeX Reference</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. It contains a thorough description of almost all the commands that you may use in &latex; and their syntax."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:909
#, no-c-format
msgid "Cursor Movements"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:911
#, no-c-format
msgid "To select text, you have the following options:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:914
#, no-c-format
msgid "Hold left mouse button, and drag mouse to highlight text."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:915
#, no-c-format
msgid "Click once on a word to move the cursor to a new area."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:916
#, no-c-format
msgid "Click twice on a word to select the whole word."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:917
#, no-c-format
msgid "Click twice on a word and pressing <keycombo>&Ctrl;</keycombo> to select the whole &tex; word. This means clicking in this way on <userinput>\\par</userinput> from <userinput>\\par\\bigskip</userinput> only select \\par."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:919
#, no-c-format
msgid "Click three times to select the whole sentence."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:922
#, no-c-format
msgid "Holding the left mouse button, and dragging the text you want to select, automatically copies the selected text to the clipboard."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:925
#, no-c-format
msgid "Holding &Shift; and using the arrow keys allows you to select portions of the source code in the editor window."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:932
#, no-c-format
msgid "Brackets"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:934
#, no-c-format
msgid "Bracket completion is a visual tool that the editor view uses to indicate to you which bracket matches which. If you open any <literal role=\"extension\">.tex</literal> file, and select any bracket, whether it be a parenthesis (), square brackets [] or braces {}, the editor will highlight the bracket and its match in yellow (this default color can be changed). So, for example, if you position the cursor on the braces in <userinput>\\section{Introduction}</userinput>, you would see <userinput>\\section{Introduction}</userinput> in the default yellow highlight, showing you the location of the beginning and ending brackets."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:947
#, no-c-format
msgid "Highlighting"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:949
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kile; has the ability to look for and highlight different types of code. For example, &latex; commands are distinguished from normal text, and math formulas are also highlighted in a different color."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:956
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Bullets</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:958
#, no-c-format
msgid "Many wizards can insert optional bullets, a special kind of bookmark within the text. The menu entries <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guisubmenu>Bullets</guisubmenu></menuchoice> or the corresponding keyboard shortcuts will allow you to jump to the next or last bullet. This will also highlight this bullet so that it will be deleted automatically, when you enter your first letter."
msgid "Jump to the previous bullet in the text if there is one."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:996
#, no-c-format
msgid "Select"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:998
#, no-c-format
msgid "Editing is of course one of the main aspects when you use a program like &kile;. Although &kate; already has great capabilities, &kile; adds some important features, which are especially needed to write &latex; source. &latex; always needs a lot of environments and groups, so &kile; supports very special commands to select them. Under <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guisubmenu>Select</guisubmenu></menuchoice> you will find the following commands to select text."
msgid "Select an environment without the surrounding tags. If this command is called, when an environment is already selected, &kile; will expand the selection to the next surrounding environment."
msgid "Select a whole paragraph, &ie; a group of text lines separated on both sides by empty lines. A paragraph does not mean just continuous lines of text, as it is in other text editors. This extended meaning also includes tables, &latex; commands and all other lines of source. The only important thing for &kile; is that this kind of paragraph is separated by two empty lines."
msgid "Select the word under the current cursor position. This selection has also en extended meaning, because this command can also select &latex; commands, which begin with a backslash and may also have an optional star at the end."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1095
#, no-c-format
msgid "Select &latex; commands"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1097
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kile; has an extended feature to select &latex; commands. If you for example have typed"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: programlisting
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1100
#, no-c-format
msgid "text \\bfseries\\itshape more text"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1102
#, no-c-format
msgid "and double click on one of the &latex; commands, both will be selected. But often you only want to select one of two or more commands. This can be done using the <keycombo>&Ctrl;</keycombo> key. You only have to press the <keycombo>&Ctrl;</keycombo> key and a double click will only select the desired command."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1113
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1115
#, no-c-format
msgid "To delete some parts of a document you can of course select them, and then use the <keycombo><keycap>Delete</keycap></keycombo> key. &kate; also offers the command <keycombo>&Ctrl;<keycap>K</keycap></keycombo> which deletes the whole line. But &kile; offers a faster way with its own delete commands. Under <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guisubmenu>Delete</guisubmenu></menuchoice> you will find the following commands to delete text."
msgid "Delete a whole paragraph. Look at the <menuchoice><guisubmenu>Select</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Paragraph</guimenuitem></menuchoice> command, how a paragraph is defined in &kile;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: menuchoice
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1181
#, no-c-format
msgid "<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;&Alt;<keycap>T</keycap></keycombo> <keycap>,I</keycap></shortcut> <guimenuitem>To End of Line</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1185
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delete the text from the current cursor position to the end of the line."
msgid "Delete the word or &latex; command under the current cursor position."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1203
#, no-c-format
msgid "Environment"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1205
#, no-c-format
msgid "It has already been mentioned that environments are a central point in &latex;. So &kile; offers five other commands to make the work with &latex; as easy as possible under submenus <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guisubmenu>Environment</guisubmenu></menuchoice>."
msgid "<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;&Alt;<keycap>E</keycap></keycombo> <keycap>,B</keycap></shortcut> <guimenuitem>Go to Begin</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1227
#, no-c-format
msgid "This command will jump to the beginning of the current environment, wherever your current position is. The cursor will be placed directly in front of the opening environment tag."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: menuchoice
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1232
#, no-c-format
msgid "<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;&Alt;<keycap>E</keycap></keycombo> <keycap>,E</keycap></shortcut> <guimenuitem>Go to End</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1236
#, no-c-format
msgid "This command will jump to the end of the current environment, wherever your current position is. The cursor will be placed directly behind the closing environment tag."
msgid "When your cursor is placed in front of or above the <userinput>\\begin{environment}</userinput> tag, it will be moved to the opposite end of the environment and vice versa."
msgid "Typing a lot of nested environment tags, you may lose control of all those environments. This command will close the last opened environment, so that the nested structure of environments will not be broken."
msgid "This closes all open environments, not only the last opened environment."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1273
#, no-c-format
msgid "&tex; Group"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1275
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kile; also offers some special commands for &latex; groups, which are determined by braces <userinput>{...}</userinput>. In submenu <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guisubmenu>TeX Group</guisubmenu></menuchoice> you will find some important commands, which correspond to those from <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guisubmenu>Environment</guisubmenu></menuchoice>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1283
#, no-c-format
msgid "<screeninfo>Edit->TeX Group</screeninfo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1289
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Edit->TeX Group</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: menuchoice
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1295
#, no-c-format
msgid "<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;&Alt;<keycap>G</keycap></keycombo> <keycap>,B</keycap></shortcut> <guimenuitem>Go to Begin</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1299
#, no-c-format
msgid "This command will jump to the beginning of the current group, wherever your current position is. The cursor will be placed directly in front of the opening brace."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: menuchoice
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1304
#, no-c-format
msgid "<shortcut><keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;&Alt;<keycap>G</keycap></keycombo> <keycap>,E</keycap></shortcut> <guimenuitem>Go to End</guimenuitem>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1308
#, no-c-format
msgid "This command will jump to the end of the current group, wherever your current position is. The cursor will be placed directly behind the closing brace."
msgid "When your cursor is placed in front of or behind an opening brace of a &tex; group, it will be moved to the opposite end of the group and vice versa."
msgid "Typing a lot of nested group braces may be hard work. This command will close the last opened group, so that the nested structure of &tex; groups will not be broken."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1337
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Double Quotes</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1339
#, no-c-format
msgid "In &latex;, two single quotes are used as double quotes. To help you insert these efficiently, &kile; allows you to press <keycap>\"</keycap> to insert two opening single quotes. Furthermore, if you want to close a quotation, you also have to press <keycap>\"</keycap>. &kile; will be smart enough to recognize this situation and inserts two closing quotes for &latex;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1347
#, no-c-format
msgid "To get a literal double quote on the other side, press <keycap>\"</keycap> twice."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1350
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can enable or disable this auto insertion of opening and closing double quotes in section <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guisubmenu>Configure Kile...</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>LaTeX</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1356
#, no-c-format
msgid "<screeninfo>Double Quotes</screeninfo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1362
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Double Quotes</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1367
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you also include language-specific options like <userinput>ngerman</userinput> or <userinput>french</userinput>, you will also be able to use German or French double quotes. Many more languages are available."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1376
#, no-c-format
msgid "Smart Newline"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1378
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you press <keycombo>&Ctrl;<keycap>Return</keycap></keycombo>, &kile; inserts an intelligent newline. If your current position is inside a list environment, like <userinput>enumerate</userinput> or <userinput>itemize</userinput>, &kile; will not only insert a newline, but also add a <userinput>\\item</userinput> command."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1384
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you are inside a tabular environment, &kile; will finish the current line with <userinput>\\\\</userinput>, followed by the newline."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1387
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you are inside a &latex; comment, &kile; will start the next line with a <userinput>%</userinput>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1390
#, no-c-format
msgid "Even better, &kile; is smart enough to support predefined &latex; and user defined environments, which can be added in section <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guisubmenu>Configure Kile...</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>LaTeX</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1399
#, no-c-format
msgid "Smart Tabulator"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1401
#, no-c-format
msgid "Some users like to arrange columns in tabular environments and put all ampersand characters <keycap>&</keycap> beneath each other. &kile; tries to support this. If you press <keycombo>&Alt;&Shift;<keycap>&</keycap></keycombo>, &kile; will look for the next tab in the row above. Although this tab may not be the corresponding tab, &kile; will add some spaces to adjust the column position with the current tab."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1414
#, no-c-format
msgid "Code Completion"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1416
#, no-c-format
msgid "Although &kate; already offers a good completion mode, &kile; extends code completion to support some special methods especially for &latex;. Five different modes are integrated. Three of them work on demand, the other two are autocompletion modes. All modes can be configured to work very differently at <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guimenuitem>Configure Kile...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1424
#, no-c-format
msgid "Automatic Environment Completion"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1426
#, no-c-format
msgid "When you begin a new environment, typing <userinput>\\begin{environment}</userinput>, &kile; will automatically add an <userinput>\\end{environment}</userinput> command, with a line in between for your text."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1430
#, no-c-format
msgid "Autocompletion can be turned off in the &latex; section of <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guisubmenu>Configure Kile...</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>LaTeX</guimenuitem><guilabel>Environments</guilabel></menuchoice>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1435 index.docbook:1649
#, no-c-format
msgid "<screeninfo>Completing an Equation Environment</screeninfo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1441 index.docbook:1655
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Completing an Equation Environment</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1443
#, no-c-format
msgid "<para>Completing an Equation Environment</para>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1451 index.docbook:1635
#, no-c-format
msgid "&latex; Commands"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1453
#, no-c-format
msgid "When you type some letters, you can activate this completion mode for &latex; commands and normal words with <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guisubmenu>Complete</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>(La)TeX Command</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or the keyboard shortcut <keycombo>&Ctrl;&Shift;<keycap>Space</keycap></keycombo>. &kile; first reads the letters from the current cursor position to the left and stops at the first non-letter character or a backslash. If this pattern begins with a backslash, &kile; will enter completion mode for &tex; or &latex; commands. Otherwise it enters normal dictionary mode, where you will not find any &latex; commands. Depending on the chosen mode, a completion box will be opened. You will see all commands or words whose beginning matches the current pattern. You can navigate with the cursor keys through this list and select one entry with &Enter; or a double click with the mouse."
msgid "<phrase>Completing a LaTeX Command</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1477
#, no-c-format
msgid "When you push the &Backspace; key, the last letter of your pattern will be deleted, and the completion list may grow. On the other hand, if you type another letter it will expand the pattern and the visible word list may shrink."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1482
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you decide not to select any of the suggestions, you can leave this dialog with &Esc;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1485
#, no-c-format
msgid "You will see that all commands are written with a short description of their parameters. These descriptions are of course stripped when you select a command. Optionally you can let &kile; insert bullets at these places, so that you can easily jump to these positions with <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guisubmenu>Bullets</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Next Bullet</guimenuitem></menuchoice> and insert the parameter you want."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1503
#, no-c-format
msgid "Go to <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guisubmenu>Configure Kile...</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>Kile</guimenuitem><guilabel>Complete</guilabel></menuchoice> to configure one or more of these lists. You can choose different word lists for &tex; and &latex; commands and dictionary mode for normal words."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1509
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you choose the option <guimenuitem>Show Latex commands</guimenuitem>, the entries of all chosen compressed word list (cwl) files for &latex; command completion are shown in a separate view of &kile;'s sidebar. You will see which commands are available and what parameters and options must or can be given for a completion. You can also simply select one entry with a mouse click and it will be inserted into the document, with all named parameters and options stripped."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1518
#, no-c-format
msgid "<screeninfo>LaTeX commands in the sidebar</screeninfo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1524
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>LaTeX commands in the sidebar</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1529
#, no-c-format
msgid "As each chosen word list will be shown in a separate view of its own, there could be too many views, so that &kile;'s main window may be larger than a small screen allows. As this looks very ugly, &kile; works with a maximum number of allowed views, which by default is set to 10. If this value is too big for your screen, you should reduce it."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1541
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <emphasis>command mode</emphasis> is not useful for code completion of environments. You always have to type some letters of <userinput>\\begin</userinput>, and invoking the completion mode will result in a huge list of environment tags. On the other hand, environments are so often used that &kile; offers a special mode for code completion of environments. Forget the opening tag and write, for example, <userinput>al</userinput>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1547
#, no-c-format
msgid "When you call the completion mode with <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guisubmenu>Complete</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Environment</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or keyboard shortcut <keycombo>&Alt;&Shift;<keycap>Space</keycap></keycombo>, the opening tag is automatically added and you will see <userinput>\\begin{al}</userinput>. After this change, the completion list is much less cluttered."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1564
#, no-c-format
msgid "Now select an environment, and you will see that it is also automatically closed. Even more, if &kile; recognizes it as a list environment, it will also insert a first <userinput>\\item</userinput> tag."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1580
#, no-c-format
msgid "Go to <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guisubmenu>Configure Kile...</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>Kile</guimenuitem><guilabel>Complete</guilabel></menuchoice> to configure one or more of these lists. This mode uses the same word lists as the completion mode for &tex; and &latex; commands."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1590 index.docbook:1619
#, no-c-format
msgid "Abbreviations"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1592
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kile; supports user defined lists of abbreviations, which are replaced on demand by longer text strings. Look at <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guisubmenu>Configure Kile...</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>Kile</guimenuitem><guilabel>Complete</guilabel></menuchoice> to configure one or more of these lists. For the example given here, the abbreviation list in <filename>example.cwl</filename> must be chosen. In this file you will find, for example, the entry <userinput>L=\\LaTeX</userinput>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1600
#, no-c-format
msgid "For example, type only the letter <userinput>L</userinput>. Now invoke the abbreviation mode of word completion with <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guisubmenu>Complete</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Abbreviation</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or keyboard shortcut <keycombo>&Ctrl;&Alt;<keycap>Space</keycap></keycombo>, and the letter <userinput>L</userinput> is replaced by the string <userinput>\\LaTeX</userinput>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1606
#, no-c-format
msgid "Abbreviation completion also supports newline <userinput>%n</userinput> and <userinput>%C</userinput> to place the cursor, if these characters are present in the expansion text. So if you have the entry"
msgid "in the completion file, and invoke the abbreviation completion, the expansion looks as below, where <userinput>x</userinput> shows the final cursor position."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: programlisting
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1615
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"\\begin{enumerate}\n"
" \\item x\n"
"\\end{enumerate}"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1621
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you choose <guimenuitem>Show abbreviations</guimenuitem>, all possible abbreviations are shown in a view of the sidebar. So you will have a good survey of all possible abbreviations."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1631
#, no-c-format
msgid "Autocompletion Modes"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1637
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can also enable an autocompletion mode for &latex; commands. When a given threshold of letters (default: 3) is entered, a popup window opens with a list of all matching &latex; commands. You can select one of these commands, or ignore this window and type further letters. The entries of the completion box will always change and match your currently typed word."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1643
#, no-c-format
msgid "Go to <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guisubmenu>Configure Kile...</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>Kile</guimenuitem><guilabel>Complete</guilabel></menuchoice> to enable or disable this mode or to change the threshold."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1664
#, no-c-format
msgid "Document Words"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1666
#, no-c-format
msgid "Large dictionaries are not useful in autocompletion mode. But, we have seen that a lot of words in a document are typed more than once. So &kile; offers a completion for all words from the document that the user has already typed. You can manually invoke this completion, if you press <keycombo>&Ctrl;<keycap>Space</keycap></keycombo>. Note that this mode is different from the completion mode for &latex; commands."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1673
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you want to turn this mode on or off, go to <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guisubmenu>Configure Kile...</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>Editor</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Editing</guimenuitem><guilabel>Auto Completion</guilabel></menuchoice>. In this dialog you can configure if completion mode for document words should be enabled. There is also an additional autocompletion mode, where a completion box pops up, when a certain threshold is reached."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1686
#, no-c-format
msgid "Writing Own Completion Files"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
#: index.docbook:1688
#, no-c-format
msgid "The latest specification of the completion file format can found in the <ulink url=\"https://commits.kde.org/kile?path=README.cwl\"> CWL file format specification</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk
#: index.docbook:1692
#, no-c-format
msgid "The latest specification of the completion file format can found in the <ulink url=\"http://projects.kde.org/projects/extragear/office/kile/repository/revisions/master/raw/README.cwl\"> CWL file format specification</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1693
#, no-c-format
msgid "Completion files can be installed in a user's home folder under the <filename>~/.kde/share/apps/kile/complete/<mode>/</filename> subdirectory, where <parameter><mode></parameter> either stands for <constant>abbreviation</constant>, <constant>dictionary</constant> or <constant>tex</constant>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1703
#, no-c-format
msgid "Wizards and Dialogs"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1709
#, no-c-format
msgid "This wizard has already been described in the section <xref linkend=\"intro_docwizard\" role=\"select: title pageabbrv\"/>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1715
#, no-c-format
msgid "Include Graphics"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1717
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <guilabel>Include Graphics</guilabel> dialog makes insertion of graphics as easy as possible. You can reach it via the menubar with <menuchoice><guimenu>LaTeX</guimenu><guimenuitem>Image Insertion</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. Please take a look at <xref linkend=\"build_graphics\" role=\"select: title pageabbrv\"/> and <xref linkend=\"build_epsgraphics\" role=\"select: title pageabbrv\"/> to get an overview of some basic facts concerning graphic formats."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1724
#, no-c-format
msgid "<screeninfo>Including a graphics element</screeninfo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1730
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Including a graphics element</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1736
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose a graphics file. This can be a JPEG, PNG, PDF, EPS or even a zipped or gzipped EPS file. If you have installed <ulink url=\"http://www.imagemagick.org/\">&imagemagick;</ulink> and also configured &kile; to use it (<menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guisubmenu>Configure Kile...</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>LaTeX</guimenuitem><guilabel>Graphics</guilabel></menuchoice>), the width and the height of the graphic is automatically shown. If &imagemagick; can determine a resolution, the size of the graphics is also shown in centimeters."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1746
#, no-c-format
msgid "Decide whether your image shall be centered on the page."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1748
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose whether you want the <userinput>\\graphicspath</userinput> notation for your graphics file."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1751
#, no-c-format
msgid "By default graphics files have to be in the same folder as your master document. However, it is possible to put them in other folders to make things tidier. Without a <userinput>\\graphicspath</userinput> command, &kile; would include the path for the graphics file. But if you use <userinput>\\graphicspath</userinput> in your preamble like this:"
msgid "and check this option, &kile; will only use the base name of the graphics file."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1764
#, no-c-format
msgid "Another example: if you set <userinput>\\graphicspath</userinput> command like:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: programlisting
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1767
#, no-c-format
msgid "\\graphicspath{{./}{camera/}{images/}}"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1769
#, no-c-format
msgid "&latex; will search in the current folder, then in <filename>camera</filename> and finally in <filename>images</filename> to find your graphics file."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1773
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you choose either a width or a height, the whole graphics will be proportionally scaled. If you set two values for width and height at the same time, width and height may be scaled with different factors, and this could not be what you want. See also the information near the top of the dialog to know the original size of the graphics."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1779
#, no-c-format
msgid "Insert an angle by which to rotate the graphics counterclockwise."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1781
#, no-c-format
msgid "The bounding-box information is set automatically when you choose a graphics file. This information is only needed when you work with traditional &latex; and bitmapped graphics. See the discussion of <link linkend=\"build_epsgraphics\">EPS graphics</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1787
#, no-c-format
msgid "If &latex; needs a bounding box and you do not want to generate a bb file, &kile; supports this option. On the other hand, &pdflatex; will give a warning when you want to include a png or jpg graphics with this option. This checkbox enables or disables the bounding-box option."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1792
#, no-c-format
msgid "Scale the image by the desired scale factor. ⪚, 0.5 to reduce by half, or 2 to double. When you use this option, you do not have to set a width or height for the image."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1796
#, no-c-format
msgid "In the <guilabel>Trim Image</guilabel> tab you can crop your image in all four directions."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1800
#, no-c-format
msgid "Finally, you have to specify whether you want to embed this image into a figure environment. When you want the text to wrap around the figure, use the wrapfigure environment instead."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1804
#, no-c-format
msgid "When you choose the wrapfigure environment, you need to include the wrapfig package in your preamble."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1806
#, no-c-format
msgid "In either case you can insert a caption and a label for your image. Generally, it is a good idea to add a different prefix to each kind of label. It is common to use the prefix <userinput>fig:</userinput> for images."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1812
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you pick the figure environment, you can choose where &latex; should preferably position the figure."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1815
#, no-c-format
msgid "In the wrapfigure environment you can:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1817
#, no-c-format
msgid "Pick a placement rule for the figure and decide whether the figure should float or not. In a two-sided document you can define whether the figure should be on the inside or outside edge of the page."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1821
#, no-c-format
msgid "Define how many shortened lines of the text are set alongside the figure. If you leave this empty, &latex; will determine this itself as well as is possible."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1825
#, no-c-format
msgid "Define an overhang to the chosen side. This is especially useful when you have columns in your document and you want a figure to span over more than just one column or you want shortened text on both sides of the figure."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1829
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose a width for the figure. This should be a bit bigger than the actual image width, so there will be some empty space between the figure and the text."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1841
#, no-c-format
msgid "Arrays and tabulars"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1843
#, no-c-format
msgid "One of the most boring jobs one can do in &latex; is to write a matrix or a tabular environment. One has to keep track of all the elements, ensure that the environment is well formed, and that all things are where they are supposed to be. Good indentation helps, but there is a simpler way: using &kile;'s <menuchoice><guimenu>Wizard</guimenu><guimenuitem>Array</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or <menuchoice><guimenu>Wizard</guimenu><guimenuitem>Tabular</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu entries. You will then have a matrix-style input form that you can easily fill in with your entries. This dialog also offers some options to typeset the tabular material."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1853
#, no-c-format
msgid "<screeninfo>Inserting a tabular environment</screeninfo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1859
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Inserting a tabular environment</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1864
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using the toolbar on top of the dialog you can set the <userinput>align</userinput> of a cell, define a certain <userinput>font style</userinput>, <userinput>join</userinput> and <userinput>split</userinput> cells, choose a <userinput>border</userinput>, and specify background and font <userinput>colors</userinput>. On the extreme right there is a <guilabel>Paste</guilabel> button. With this button you can insert a table from the clipboard into the dialog, which allows you to copy and paste tables from a spreadsheet program, for example."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1872
#, no-c-format
msgid "Below you can choose how many rows and columns you want, and you can tweak some more details about your array:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1877
#, no-c-format
msgid "With the <guilabel>Name</guilabel> option you can select which environment should be used for your array or tabular material."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1880
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can select the vertical cell alignment with the <guilabel>Parameter</guilabel> option. This is only enabled for environments which support that feature."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1884
#, no-c-format
msgid "If it exists for the selected environment, you can select <guilabel>use starred version</guilabel>. When you select this option, you also have to specify a <guilabel>table width</guilabel>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1888
#, no-c-format
msgid "Tables sometimes look nicer when you select the <guilabel>use booktabs package</guilabel> option."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1891
#, no-c-format
msgid "Of course, you can also <guilabel>Center</guilabel> your whole array."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1894
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Inserting bullets</guilabel> helps you when you want to fill in your content in the editor. With this option checked, &kile; will insert bullet placeholders for each element of your array."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1900
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <menuchoice><guimenu>Wizard</guimenu><guimenuitem>Tabbing</guimenuitem></menuchoice> option will display a simpler dialog to quickly set up a tabbing environment. It allows you to easily specify the number of rows or columns and the required spacing."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1906
#, no-c-format
msgid "Inserting floating elements"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1908
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kile; helps you with inserting your floating elements. With the <menuchoice><guimenu>Wizard</guimenu><guimenuitem>Floats</guimenuitem></menuchoice> wizard it is very simple to create a new figure or table environment."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1914
#, no-c-format
msgid "<screeninfo>Inserting a floating element</screeninfo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1920
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Inserting a floating element</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1925
#, no-c-format
msgid "To insert a new floating environment just follow these steps:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1931
#, no-c-format
msgid "Choose whether you want to insert a figure or a table."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1936
#, no-c-format
msgid "Select the desired positioning rules."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1941
#, no-c-format
msgid "Enter a caption for your floating element."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1946
#, no-c-format
msgid "Type in a label for your new floating element. &kile; will automatically suggest an appropriate prefix , ⪚ \"fig:\" for figures and \"tab:\" for tables."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1955
#, no-c-format
msgid "Inserting Math environments"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1957
#, no-c-format
msgid "Remembering how all the different math elements work can be really annoying. Of course &kile; can do the magic for you here: <menuchoice><guimenu>Wizard</guimenu><guimenuitem>Math</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1961
#, no-c-format
msgid "<screeninfo>Inserting a math element</screeninfo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1967
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Inserting a math element</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1972
#, no-c-format
msgid "Options:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1976
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Name:</guilabel> Choose the type of math element you want to create."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1977
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Without numbering:</guilabel> This can switch numbering off for numbered elements like equations or aligns."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1979
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Space command to separate groups:</guilabel> In an environment which supports several groups like alignat, you can define a space separator when you have more than one group. You can enter any space command here, which exists in mathmode, ⪚ \\quad."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1982
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Standard tabulator:</guilabel> Select the tabulator which should be used. &kile; should automatically pick the right one for you here."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1984
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Displaymath mode:</guilabel> For environments like matrices or arrays you can choose which math environment your mathematical text should be displayed with."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1986
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Use bullets:</guilabel> With this option checked, &kile; will insert bullet placeholders for each element of your mathematical text."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1993
#, no-c-format
msgid "&PostScript; Utilities"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:1995
#, no-c-format
msgid "PS files are not so popular as PDF files, but are an excellent base for manipulations and rearrangements of pages. If you need PDF output, you can rearrange pages with some &PostScript; utilities and then convert it to PDF with <command>ps2pdf</command>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2000
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <emphasis>&PostScript; Wizard</emphasis> under <menuchoice><guimenu>Wizard</guimenu><guimenuitem>Postscript Tools</guimenuitem></menuchoice> will suggest the most popular rearrangement. The conversion is done by the programs <command>pstops</command> and <command>psselect</command>, which can be found in most distributions in the package <userinput>psutils</userinput>. If one of these programs is not available, the corresponding item will not be visible."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2009
#, no-c-format
msgid "<screeninfo>Dialog PSTools</screeninfo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2015
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Dialog PSTools</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2020
#, no-c-format
msgid "First choose your input file. If &kile; finds a PS file corresponding to your current master document, it is already filled in as the input file, but you are also free to choose another file. Then choose an output file, and select one of the tasks. Finally, you have to decide whether you want to do the conversion only, or also invoke &okular; to view the result."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2029
#, no-c-format
msgid "1 A5 page + empty page --> A4"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2030
#, no-c-format
msgid "Combine one A5 page together with one empty page on one A4 page. Whenever two A5 pages are combined together, they are rotated 90 degrees and will be arranged on an A4 page in landscape mode."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2035 index.docbook:2303
#, no-c-format
msgid "<screeninfo>A5 + empty page</screeninfo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2041 index.docbook:2309
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>A5 + empty page</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2049
#, no-c-format
msgid "1 A5 page + duplicate --> A4"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2050
#, no-c-format
msgid "Put one A5 page and a duplicate together on one A4 page."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2053
#, no-c-format
msgid "duplicate A5 pages"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2059
#, no-c-format
msgid "Duplicate an A5 page"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2067
#, no-c-format
msgid "2 A5 pages --> A4"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2068
#, no-c-format
msgid "Put two consecutive A5 pages together on one A4 page."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2071 index.docbook:2361
#, no-c-format
msgid "<screeninfo>Combine two A5 pages</screeninfo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2077 index.docbook:2367
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Combine two A5 pages</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2085
#, no-c-format
msgid "2 A5L pages --> A4"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2086
#, no-c-format
msgid "Put two consecutive A5 pages in landscape mode together on one A4 page."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2091
#, no-c-format
msgid "<term>4 A5 pages --> A4</term>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2092
#, no-c-format
msgid "Combine four consecutive A5 pages together on one A4 page. The A5 pages have to be scaled with factor 0.7 to fit on the page."
msgid "Combine one A4 page together with one empty page on one A4 page. Whenever two A4 pages are combined together on one resulting A4 page, they have to be scaled with factor 0.7 and will be arranged in landscape mode."
msgid "Put two consecutive A4 pages together on one A4 page."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2152 index.docbook:2373
#, no-c-format
msgid "<screeninfo>Combine two A4 pages</screeninfo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2158 index.docbook:2379
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Combine two A4 pages</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2166
#, no-c-format
msgid "2 A4L pages --> A4"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2167
#, no-c-format
msgid "Put two consecutive A4 pages in landscape mode together on one A4 page."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2172 index.docbook:2439
#, no-c-format
msgid "select even pages"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2173 index.docbook:2440
#, no-c-format
msgid "Select all even pages of a document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2177 index.docbook:2444
#, no-c-format
msgid "select odd pages"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2178 index.docbook:2445
#, no-c-format
msgid "Select all odd pages of a document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2182 index.docbook:2449
#, no-c-format
msgid "select even pages (reverse order)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2183 index.docbook:2450
#, no-c-format
msgid "Select all even pages of a document and reverse the order."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2187 index.docbook:2454
#, no-c-format
msgid "select odd pages (reverse order)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2188 index.docbook:2455
#, no-c-format
msgid "Select all odd pages of a document and reverse the order."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2192 index.docbook:2459
#, no-c-format
msgid "reverse all pages"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2193 index.docbook:2460
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reverse all pages of a document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2197
#, no-c-format
msgid "copy all pages (sorted)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2198
#, no-c-format
msgid "Copy all pages of a document. You have to choose the number of sorted copies."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2201
#, no-c-format
msgid "<screeninfo>Copy all pages (sorted)</screeninfo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2207
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Copy all pages (sorted)</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2215
#, no-c-format
msgid "copy all pages (unsorted)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2216
#, no-c-format
msgid "Copy all pages of a document. You have to choose the number of non-sorted copies."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2219
#, no-c-format
msgid "<screeninfo>Copy all pages (unsorted)</screeninfo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2225
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Copy all pages (unsorted)</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2233
#, no-c-format
msgid "pstops: choose parameter"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2234
#, no-c-format
msgid "There are many options for &PostScript; utilities <command>pstops</command> and <command>psselect</command>. If you need a very special one, you can invoke <command>pstops</command> with an option of your choice. Please read the manual for all possible options."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2242
#, no-c-format
msgid "psselect: choose parameter"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2243
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can invoke <command>psselect</command> with an option of your choice. Please read the manual for all possible options."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2254
#, no-c-format
msgid "PDF Utilities"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2256
#, no-c-format
msgid "Many people think of PDFs as frozen files, which cannot be modified. But this is not true, as there exist excellent tools"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2259
#, no-c-format
msgid "for manipulations and rearrangements of pages"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2260
#, no-c-format
msgid "to read and update document info"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2261
#, no-c-format
msgid "to read, set or change some permissions"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2264
#, no-c-format
msgid "of an existing PDF document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2266
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kile;'s <emphasis>PDF wizard</emphasis> under <menuchoice><guimenu>Wizard</guimenu><guimenuitem>PDF Tools</guimenuitem></menuchoice> uses two different methods to manipulate and rearrange PDF documents:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2269
#, no-c-format
msgid "&latex; package <command>pdfpages</command>, which is part of each &latex; distribution. <command>pdfpages</command> doesn't work with encrypted pages."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2270
#, no-c-format
msgid "<command>pdftk</command>, which is an excellent command line tool for doing everyday things with PDF documents (see <ulink url=\"http://www.pdflabs.com/tools/pdftk-the-pdf-toolkit\">The PDF Toolkit</ulink>)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2273
#, no-c-format
msgid "If one of these helpers, <command>pdfpages</command> or <command>pdftk</command>, is not present in your system, the corresponding items will not be visible. Furthermore, remember that only <command>pdftk</command> can work with encrypted files."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2277
#, no-c-format
msgid "Rearrangements"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2279
#, no-c-format
msgid "If &kile;'s PDF wizard is called, it starts with the <userinput>Rearrangements</userinput> register card."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2282
#, no-c-format
msgid "<screeninfo>Dialog PDF Tools</screeninfo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2288
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Dialog PDF Tools</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2293
#, no-c-format
msgid "First choose your input file. If &kile; finds a PDF file corresponding to your current master document, it will already be filled in as the input file, but you are also free to choose another file. Then choose an output file or overwrite the existing PDF file, and select one of the tasks. Finally, you have to decide whether you want to do the conversion only, or also invoke the viewer (⪚ &okular;) to show the resulting document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2295
#, no-c-format
msgid "If the PDF file is encrypted, only <command>pdftk</command> will work and you have to give the password of this document to execute tasks."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2300
#, no-c-format
msgid "1 page + empty page --> A4"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2301
#, no-c-format
msgid "Combine one page together with an empty page on one A4 page. Whenever two A5 pages are combined together, they are rotated by 90 degrees and arranged on an A4 page in landscape mode."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2313 index.docbook:2371
#, no-c-format
msgid "Whenever two A4 pages are combined together, they are scaled, rotated by 90 degrees and arranged on an A4 page in landscape mode."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2315
#, no-c-format
msgid "A4 + empty page --> A4"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2321
#, no-c-format
msgid "A4 + empty page"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2329
#, no-c-format
msgid "1 page + duplicate --> A4"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2330
#, no-c-format
msgid "Put one page and a duplicate together on one A4 page."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2332 index.docbook:2344
#, no-c-format
msgid "<screeninfo>Duplicate a page</screeninfo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2338 index.docbook:2350
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Duplicate a page</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2342
#, no-c-format
msgid "If the page to be duplicated has A4 size, it will be scaled to fit on the page."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2358
#, no-c-format
msgid "2 pages --> A4"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2359
#, no-c-format
msgid "Combine two consecutive pages together on one A4 page. Whenever two A5 pages are combined together, they are rotated by 90 degrees and arranged on an A4 page in landscape mode."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2387
#, no-c-format
msgid "2 pages (landscape) --> A4"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2388
#, no-c-format
msgid "Put two consecutive pages in landscape mode together on one A4 page."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2390
#, no-c-format
msgid "<screeninfo>Combine two pages (in landscape mode)</screeninfo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2396
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Combine two pages (in landscape mode)</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2404
#, no-c-format
msgid "<term>4 pages --> A4</term>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2405
#, no-c-format
msgid "Combine four consecutive pages together on one A4 page. The pages have to be scaled to fit on the page."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2408
#, no-c-format
msgid "<screeninfo>4 pages --> A4</screeninfo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2414
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>4 pages --> A4</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2422
#, no-c-format
msgid "4 pages (landscape) --> A4"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2423
#, no-c-format
msgid "Combine four consecutive pages in landscape mode together on one A4 page. The pages have to be scaled to fit on the page."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2425
#, no-c-format
msgid "<screeninfo>Combine four pages (in landscape mode)</screeninfo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2431
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Combine four pages (in landscape mode)</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2464
#, no-c-format
msgid "decrypt a file"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2465
#, no-c-format
msgid "If the PDF file is encrypted, you can decrypt it."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2469
#, no-c-format
msgid "select pages"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2470
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add a comma separated list of pages or page ranges, ⪚ 1,4-7,9. Only these pages will appear in the resulting PDF file."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2474
#, no-c-format
msgid "delete pages"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2475
#, no-c-format
msgid "Add a comma separated list of pages or page ranges, which should be removed from the chosen PDF file."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2479
#, no-c-format
msgid "apply a background watermark"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2480
#, no-c-format
msgid "Applies a PDF watermark to the background of a single input PDF. The wizard only uses the first page from the background PDF and applies it to every page of the input PDF. This page is scaled and rotated as needed to fit the input page."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2484
#, no-c-format
msgid "apply a background color"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2485
#, no-c-format
msgid "Applies a background color to all pages of the current document. This can only be done once, as the second color will be put behind the first color and will not then be visible."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2489
#, no-c-format
msgid "apply a foreground stamp"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2490
#, no-c-format
msgid "Applies a foreground stamp on top of the input PDF document's pages. The wizard uses only the first page from the stamp PDF and applies it to every page of the input PDF. This page is scaled and rotated as needed to fit the input page. This works best if the stamp PDF page has a transparent background."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2494
#, no-c-format
msgid "pdftk: choose parameter"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2495
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can invoke <command>pdftk</command> with an option of your choice. Please read the manual for all possible options."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2499
#, no-c-format
msgid "pdfpages: choose parameter"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2500
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can invoke <command>pdfpages</command> with an option of your choice. Please read the manual for all possible options."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2509
#, no-c-format
msgid "Properties"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2511
#, no-c-format
msgid "The setting, changing and removing of properties will only be possible if <command>pdftk</command> is installed and if additionally &kile; was compiled with the <userinput>libpoppler</userinput> library."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2514
#, no-c-format
msgid "<screeninfo>Dialog PDF Properties</screeninfo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2520
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Dialog PDF Properties</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2525
#, no-c-format
msgid "Traditional PDF metadata includes the document's title, author, subject, keywords, creator, producer and the dates of creation and last modification."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2531
#, no-c-format
msgid "Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2533
#, no-c-format
msgid "Also, the setting, changing and removing of permissions will be only possible if <command>pdftk</command> is installed."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2536
#, no-c-format
msgid "<screeninfo>Dialog PDF Permissions</screeninfo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2542
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Dialog PDF Permissions</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2547
#, no-c-format
msgid "A password is necessary to set or change these document settings. Additionally, PDF encryption is done to lock the file's content behind this password or to enforce lighter restrictions imposed by the author. So the author can allow or restrict:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2550
#, no-c-format
msgid "printing pages"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2551
#, no-c-format
msgid "modifying pages"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2552
#, no-c-format
msgid "copying text and graphics from pages"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2553
#, no-c-format
msgid "changing or adding annotations"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2554
#, no-c-format
msgid "filling form fields with data."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2557
#, no-c-format
msgid "Changing permissions always forces encryption associated with 128-bit security of <userinput>Acrobat</userinput> 5 and 6, and also needs a password."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2559
#, no-c-format
msgid "But always remember: encryption and a password do not provide any real PDF security. The content is encrypted, but the key is known. You should see it more as a polite but firm request to respect the author's wishes."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2566
#, no-c-format
msgid "Document Statistics"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2568
#, no-c-format
msgid "The statistics dialog in <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Statistics</guimenuitem></menuchoice> gives you a statistical overview for a selection, a document or a whole project. It includes the number of words, &latex; commands/environments and also includes the number of characters for each type."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2573
#, no-c-format
msgid "The statistics obtained can be copied as text or as a nicely formatted &latex; table to the clipboard."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2575
#, no-c-format
msgid "When you select a text and open the statistics dialog, you get the statistics for the currently selected text. If you open the dialog without any text selected, the statistics for all opened files are shown. If you want to get statistics for the whole project, you can use <menuchoice><guimenu>Project</guimenu><guisubmenu>Open All Project Files</guisubmenu></menuchoice> for an easy and quick way to open all source files of your project."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2581
#, no-c-format
msgid "A note of caution has to be sounded about the accuracy of the numbers. We have included some logic to get a good estimate, ⪚ K\\\"uhler gives one word and one command, with six and two characters respectively. But there are other combinations in which parts of commands are counted as words and vice versa. Please note that the algorithm was developed and tested for languages similar to English or German. So don't take the numbers for granted. If you write a report whose length has to be of a certain numbers of words or characters, please make some tests first in order to check whether &kile;'s accuracy satisfies your needs."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2595
#, no-c-format
msgid "Special Tags in &latex;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2598
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using the &latex; Tag Library"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2600
#, no-c-format
msgid "&latex; has thousands of tags for symbols and special characters. The easiest way to insert these tags is to use the sidebar menu, to the left of the editor window."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2605
#, no-c-format
msgid "<screeninfo>The Sidebar Menu</screeninfo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2611
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>The Sidebar Menu</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2613
#, no-c-format
msgid "<para>The Sidebar Menu</para>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2616
#, no-c-format
msgid "The following types are available:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2619
#, no-c-format
msgid "Most Frequently Used"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2620
#, no-c-format
msgid "Relation"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2621
#, no-c-format
msgid "Operators"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2622
#, no-c-format
msgid "Arrows"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2623
#, no-c-format
msgid "Miscellaneous Math"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2624
#, no-c-format
msgid "Miscellaneous Text"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2625
#, no-c-format
msgid "Delimiters"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2626
#, no-c-format
msgid "Greek"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2627
#, no-c-format
msgid "Special Characters"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2628
#, no-c-format
msgid "Cyrillic Characters"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2629
#, no-c-format
msgid "User Defined"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2631
#, no-c-format
msgid "The tooltips of the icons show the &latex; commands and additionally needed packages."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2632
#, no-c-format
msgid "Pressing <keycombo>&Shift;</keycombo> and clicking a symbol will result in <userinput>$\\symbolcmd$</userinput> being inserted. Similarly, pressing <keycombo>&Ctrl;</keycombo> inserts it in curly brackets."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2635
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you insert a command which requires a package which is not included in your &latex; document, you will see a warning message in the logview window."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2637
#, no-c-format
msgid "The first list of symbols holds the <guilabel>Most Frequently Used</guilabel> symbols. Inserted symbols will be added to this list, for quick and easy reference. The ordering of the symbols will not be changed upon addition of new symbols, instead a reference counter is incremented. If the number of items exceeds 30 items, the item with the lowest count is removed."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2641
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <guilabel>User Defined</guilabel> symbol list can hold your own symbols. To create your own symbols you need the program gesymb and the file <filename>definitions.tex</filename> from the kile source package. Additionally you need a &latex; compiler (what a surprise) and <ulink url=\"http://www.dvipng.sourceforge.net\">&dvipng;</ulink> (version 1.7 or later). The procedure is that you create a &latex; file with <userinput>\\input{definitions}</userinput>, which makes the commands listed below available, and let <userinput>gesymb mysymbols.tex user</userinput> (which calls &latex; and &dvipng;) create the icons. After copying them to <userinput>$HOME/.kde/share/apps/kile/mathsymbols/user/</userinput> and restarting kile you can use your own symbols."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2650
#, no-c-format
msgid "The following commands are defined in <filename>definitions.tex</filename>:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2654
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>\\command[\\optarg]{\\symbol}</userinput>: Include the symbol <userinput>\\symbol</userinput> in the symbol list, the optional argument <userinput>\\optarg</userinput> specifies the command which kile should insert. If it is not given the command in the mandatory argument is used."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2661
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>\\mathcommand[\\optarg]{\\symbol}</userinput>: Same as above, except that the command in the mandatory argument is inserted in math mode."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2667
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>\\pkgs[arg]{pkg}</userinput>: Declare that the command given in this line needs the &latex; package <userinput>pkg</userinput> with the optional argument <userinput>arg</userinput>. This command has to be in front of the <userinput>\\command</userinput> command and overrides any package specification by the neededpkgs enviroment."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2675
#, no-c-format
msgid "<userinput>\\begin{neededpkgs}[pkgs-args]{pkgs} ... \\end{neededpkgs}</userinput>: Has the same effect as above, but for all enclosed commands."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2682
#, no-c-format
msgid "An example for completeness is given here:"
msgid "<userinput>\\bibitem</userinput> is a command used to enter a reference in a <userinput>thebibliography</userinput> environment in your document. The syntax for using <userinput>\\bibitem</userinput> is <userinput>\\bibitem[label]{key}</userinput>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2696
#, no-c-format
msgid "The optional <userinput>[label]</userinput> is for you to add your own labeling system for the bibliography entry. If no label is set, the entries will be set in numerical order: [1], [2], [3], &etc;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2700
#, no-c-format
msgid "The argument <userinput>{key}</userinput> is used to reference and link the commands <userinput>\\bibitem</userinput> and <userinput>\\cite</userinput> to each other and the information they contain. The command <userinput>\\cite</userinput> contains the label associated with the intended <userinput>\\bibitem</userinput>, which is located inside a <userinput>thebibliography</userinput> environment, and contains the reference data. Both corresponding <userinput>\\bibitem</userinput> and <userinput>\\cite</userinput> must have the same <userinput>{key}</userinput>; the easiest way to organize keys is by the author's last name. The secondary braces in the <userinput>thebibliography</userinput> environment denote the longest bibliography label you expect to have. So, inserting <userinput>{<replaceable>foo</replaceable>}</userinput> means you can have any label shorter or as large as the expression <userinput><replaceable>foo</replaceable></userinput>. Failure to set this parameter correctly may result in a not so attractive indentation of your bibliography."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2714
#, no-c-format
msgid "The bibliography is a section apart from your main document, and an example of code for the bibliography would look like the following:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: programlisting
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2717
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"\\begin{thebibliography}{50}\n"
" \\bibitem{Simpson} Homer J. Simpson. \\textsl{Mmmmm...donuts}. Evergreen Terrace Printing Co.,\n"
" Springfield, SomewhereUSA, 1998\n"
"\\end{thebibliography}"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2719
#, no-c-format
msgid "Then, your main source code would contain the location of the information relating to the <userinput>\\bibitem</userinput> using <userinput>\\cite</userinput>. That source code would look similar to this:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: programlisting
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2722
#, no-c-format
msgid "My thesis, about the philosophy of The Simpsons\\copyright comes from my favorite book \\cite{Simpson}."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2724
#, no-c-format
msgid "As it is often difficult to remember the exact citation key once you have many references, &kile; provides an easy way to insert a citation. Using <menuchoice><guimenu>LaTeX </guimenu><guimenuitem>References</guimenuitem><guimenuitem>Cite</guimenuitem></menuchoice> a list with all the citation keys pops up. Select the correct reference and a citation will be inserted into your document. To update the list of keys, either save the file, or <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Refresh Structure</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or press <keycap>F12</keycap>. With code completion enabled, &kile; will show you a list of all the <userinput>bibitem</userinput>-labels as soon as you open up a <userinput>\\cite</userinput> command."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2734
#, no-c-format
msgid "The final result in your document's bibliography would then look like this:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: computeroutput
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2736
#, no-c-format
msgid "[1] Homer J. Simpson. Mmmmm...donuts. Evergreen Terrace Printing Co., Springfield, SomewhereUSA, 1998."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2739
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kile; can also work together with &bibtex; editors, such as &kbibtex; to make it easier to enter citations. When a &bibtex; file is added to the project, &kile; will help you complete citation commands, just as described above."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2751
#, no-c-format
msgid "The Build Tools"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2755
#, no-c-format
msgid "Compiling, converting and viewing"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2757
#, no-c-format
msgid "To view the result of your work, you first need to compile the source. All the build tools are grouped closely together in the <menuchoice><guimenu>Build</guimenu><guisubmenu>Compile</guisubmenu></menuchoice>, <menuchoice><guimenu>Build</guimenu><guisubmenu>Convert</guisubmenu></menuchoice>, and <menuchoice><guimenu>Build</guimenu><guisubmenu>View</guisubmenu></menuchoice> menus."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2764
#, no-c-format
msgid "To compile your source code for screen viewers like &okular; or further conversion, you can use the shortcut <keycombo>&Alt;<keycap>2</keycap></keycombo>. Then you can view the &DVI; file using your default viewer with <keycombo>&Alt;<keycap>3</keycap></keycombo>, convert the &DVI; to a PS file with <keycombo>&Alt;<keycap>4</keycap></keycombo>, and view the PS file with <keycombo>&Alt;<keycap>5</keycap></keycombo>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2773
#, no-c-format
msgid "&bibtex;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2775
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you are using <ulink url=\"http://www.ecst.csuchico.edu/~jacobsd/bib/formats/bibtex.html\">&bibtex;</ulink> for your bibliography entries, you usually have to follow a special compiling scheme. This means calling &latex; and then &bibtex; and then &latex; twice again. Fortunately &kile; is clever enough to detect automatically if it is necessary to call additional tools like &bibtex;, &makeidx; and &asymptote;. This logic is turned on by default and can be changed in <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guisubmenu>Configure Kile...</guisubmenu><guisubmenu>Tools</guisubmenu><guilabel>Build</guilabel></menuchoice> in the <guilabel>General</guilabel> tab in the &latex; and &pdflatex; tools."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2798
#, no-c-format
msgid "MetaPost and &asymptote;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2800
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you want to compile your document with <application>MetaPost</application> or <application>&asymptote;</application>, picture drawing programs, you can do it with <menuchoice><guimenu>Build</guimenu><guisubmenu>Compile</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Metapost</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or <menuchoice><guimenu>Build</guimenu><guisubmenu>Compile</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>&asymptote;</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2808
#, no-c-format
msgid "&pdflatex;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2810
#, no-c-format
msgid "There is also another way to compile your document, if you want a PDF: you can run &pdflatex;, that will compile the source directly into a PDF file, with <keycombo>&Alt;<keycap>6</keycap></keycombo>: you can then view the compiled file by pressing <keycombo>&Alt;<keycap>7</keycap></keycombo>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2815
#, no-c-format
msgid "Alternatively, you can convert a PS into a PDF with <keycombo>&Alt;<keycap>8</keycap></keycombo>, or a &DVI; directly into a PDF with <keycombo>&Alt;<keycap>9</keycap></keycombo>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2819
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using &pdflatex; instead of &latex; may be just a matter of simplicity or habit, but sometimes the behavior of the two programs can differ."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2826
#, no-c-format
msgid "&latex; to Web"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2828
#, no-c-format
msgid "Finally, you may want to publish your work on the web and not just on paper. You may then use the <application>latex2html</application> program, that can be called from &kile;'s menu <menuchoice><guimenu>Build</guimenu><guisubmenu>Convert</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>LaTeX to Web</guimenuitem></menuchoice>. The result will be placed in a subfolder of the work folder, and you will be able to see the result of the conversion choosing the menu item <menuchoice><guimenu>Build</guimenu><guisubmenu>View</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>View &HTML;</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2840
#, no-c-format
msgid "Passing Command Line Parameters"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2842
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you want to pass some specific command line parameters to the compile, convert or view tools, you can configure their call in <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guisubmenu>Configure Kile...</guisubmenu><guisubmenu>Tools</guisubmenu><guilabel>Build</guilabel></menuchoice>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2851
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Quick Preview</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2853
#, no-c-format
msgid "You will always need some time to view the result, when working with &latex;. &latex; has to compile the source and the viewer has to be called. This can be annoying if you only changed some letters in an equation difficult to typeset. &kile; offers a <emphasis>Quick Preview</emphasis> mode, where you can compile only a part of a document and save a lot of time. It supports four different modes, which can be combined with seven configurations."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2861
#, no-c-format
msgid "<screeninfo>Quick Preview</screeninfo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2867
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Quick Preview</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2872
#, no-c-format
msgid "All settings must be done in <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guisubmenu>Configure Kile...</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>Tools</guimenuitem><guilabel>Preview</guilabel></menuchoice>."
msgid "The user has to select a part of the document. Menu entry <menuchoice><guimenu>Build</guimenu><guisubmenu>QuickPreview</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Selection</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or the keyboard shortcut <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;&Alt;<keycap>P</keycap></keycombo>,<keycap>S</keycap> will start the selected programs. &kile; takes the preamble of the original text, so that all packages and user defined commands are included. The user can choose one of eight predefined configurations:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: application
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2899
#, no-c-format
msgid "LaTeX+&DVI; (embedded viewer)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: application
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2900
#, no-c-format
msgid "LaTeX+&DVI; (&okular;)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: application
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2901
#, no-c-format
msgid "LaTeX+PS (embedded viewer)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: application
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2902
#, no-c-format
msgid "LaTeX+PS (&okular;)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: application
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2903
#, no-c-format
msgid "PDFLaTeX+PDF (embedded viewer)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: application
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2904
#, no-c-format
msgid "PDFLaTeX+PDF (&okular;)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: application
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2905
#, no-c-format
msgid "XeLaTeX+PDF (embedded viewer)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: application
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2906
#, no-c-format
msgid "XeLaTeX+PDF (&okular;)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2909
#, no-c-format
msgid "This should be sufficient for all situations for which a quick preview is needed."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2915
#, no-c-format
msgid "Environment Mode"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2917
#, no-c-format
msgid "Very often you want to preview the current environment, and especially mathematical environments, which sometimes may be difficult to write. &kile; offers a very fast way to do this. No selection is needed, just choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Build</guimenu><guisubmenu>QuickPreview</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Environment</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or the keyboard shortcut <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;&Alt;<keycap>P</keycap></keycombo>,<keycap>E</keycap> and the current environment will be compiled and shown."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2928
#, no-c-format
msgid "Subdocument Mode"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2930
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you have a large project with a lot of documents, compiling the whole project is not a great idea, if you have made changes only in one single document. &kile; is able to compile and show a preview of the current subdocument. It takes the preamble from the master document and only compiles the current part when you choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Build</guimenu><guisubmenu>QuickPreview</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Subdocument</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or the keyboard shortcut <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;&Alt;<keycap>P</keycap></keycombo>,<keycap>D</keycap>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2941
#, no-c-format
msgid "Mathgroup Mode"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2943
#, no-c-format
msgid "The mathgroup preview mode allows you to preview the mathgroup you are currently editing. &kile; takes the preamble from the master document and only compiles the mathgroup the cursor is currently in when you choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Build</guimenu><guisubmenu>QuickPreview</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Mathgroup</guimenuitem></menuchoice> or the keyboard shortcut <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;&Alt;<keycap>P</keycap></keycombo>,<keycap>M</keycap>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2952
#, no-c-format
msgid "Quick Preview in Bottom Bar"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2954
#, no-c-format
msgid "Instead of showing the preview in a new document &kile; can also be configured to use the bottom bar for preview compilations. You can activate this feature in the quick preview configuration panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2963
#, no-c-format
msgid "Graphic File Formats"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2967
#, no-c-format
msgid "&latex; and &pdflatex;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2969
#, no-c-format
msgid "&pdflatex;, when used with <userinput>graphics</userinput> or <userinput>graphicx</userinput> packages, can correctly compile PNG and JPG files into &DVI; or PDF, but is not able to handle EPS files. Conversely, the process of compiling with &latex; to &DVI; and converting to PS and eventually PDF does support EPS, but does not support PNG and JPG."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2975
#, no-c-format
msgid "A lot of users want to create PDF documents, but also want to use the excellent <application>Pstricks</application> package to create &PostScript; graphics, or they want to use the &PostScript; output of mathematical and scientific software like <application>Mathematica</application>, <application>Maple</application> or <application>MuPAD</application>. These &latex; users have to compile first in &PostScript;, even if they want to create PDF documents, because these programs produce &PostScript; code which cannot be managed by &pdflatex;. However, it is not so hard as it may sound, because &kile; will help."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2987
#, no-c-format
msgid "Graphics Conversion"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2989
#, no-c-format
msgid "To overcome this frustrating loop, when you want to include both &PostScript; code and PNG or JPG files, you have a number of workarounds:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2993
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you need a file in PS format, but have JPG or PNG graphics, you can also simply use &pdflatex; with &DVI; output first, and then run <application>dvips</application> to create the PS file. You see that &pdflatex; is a very good choice, if your source contains no &PostScript; code at all."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:2998
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can convert EPS files to PNG or other formats with utilities as the <ulink url=\"http://www.gimp.org/\"><application>Gimp</application></ulink> or <ulink url=\"http://www.imagemagick.org/\">&imagemagick;</ulink> and use &pdflatex;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3003
#, no-c-format
msgid "A preferred way is to convert EPS graphics to PDF graphics with <command>epstopdf</command>, which comes with every &tex; distribution and then use &pdflatex;. It produces high quality graphics, and you can even control the result with some of the following options:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: programlisting
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3009
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"-dAutoFilterColorImages=false\n"
" -dAutoFilterGrayImages=false\n"
" -sColorImageFilter=FlateEncode\n"
" -sGrayImageFilter=FlateEncode\n"
" -dPDFSETTINGS=/prepress\n"
" -dUseFlateCompression=true"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3012
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"Even better: if your system allows <userinput>shell-escape</userinput>, conversion can be done on the fly. All you have to do is to include the <application>epstopdf</application> package, which is part of all &tex; distributions, with the command <userinput>\\usepackage{epstopdf}</userinput>. Assuming that your code is: <programlisting>\n"
" \\includegraphics[width=5cm]{test.eps}\n"
"</programlisting> When you call &pdflatex; with option <option>--shell-escape</option>, graphics <filename>test.eps</filename> is automatically converted into <filename>test.pdf</filename>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3022
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"This conversion will take place each time you run &pdflatex;. If your graphics command is given implicitly: <programlisting>\n"
" \\includegraphics[width=5cm]{test}\n"
"</programlisting> <application>epstopdf</application> checks whether <filename>test.pdf</filename> is already available, so that the conversion step can be skipped."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3030
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can convert the other way around, and use &latex; and PS-PDF conversion. This is not always a good idea, since EPS encapsulation of JPG or PNG can yield larger files, that in turn yield unnecessarily large documents. This is however <emphasis>highly</emphasis> dependent on the graphic utility that you use, since EPS can encapsulate other graphics, but not all applications support this perfectly. Some might actually try to build your JPG image with vectors and various scripting, which will result in gigantic files. Conversion of all graphics formats to EPS can be done by <ulink url=\"http://www.imagemagick.org/\">&imagemagick;</ulink>. Another simple program that does this process correctly is <ulink url=\"http://www.tex.uniyar.ac.ru/win32/tools/jpg2ps/\"><application>jpg2ps</application></ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3042
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can also use an automatic conversion. All graphics files are converted on the fly to EPS, and inserted into the PS document. This is a comfortable way, but you have to set up your system properly. This is discussed in the section <link linkend=\"build_epsgraphics\">EPS Graphics</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3053
#, no-c-format
msgid "Use the right File for the right Graphic"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3056
#, no-c-format
msgid "EPS is sort of a graphic vector scripting language, describing all the lines and dots the graphic is made of; it looks good even when magnified beyond its default size, and suits best diagrams and vectorial graphics natively produced in EPS, which look very clear and sharp while maintaining a very small byte size."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3060
#, no-c-format
msgid "PNG (or the deprecated &GIF;) is a <emphasis>non-lossy</emphasis> file format, with good compression and quality. It is very good for diagrams, scans of drawings, or anything whose sharpness you do want to retain. It is sometimes overkill when used for photos."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3064
#, no-c-format
msgid "JPG is a <emphasis>lossy</emphasis> format, that compresses files better than PNG at the price of some loss in the picture detail. This is usually irrelevant for photos, but may cause bad quality for diagrams, drawings, and may make some thin lines disappear outright; in those cases use EPS or PNG."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3070
#, no-c-format
msgid "But always remember: garbage in, garbage out! No conversion will make a bad picture good."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3078
#, no-c-format
msgid "EPS Graphics"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3080
#, no-c-format
msgid "EPS graphics files are the traditional way to insert graphics files into &latex; documents. As mailing lists are full with questions concerning EPS graphics, we will discuss some important aspects and demonstrate how &kile; supports them."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3087
#, no-c-format
msgid "&latex; and EPS Graphics"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3089
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you decided to use the traditional &latex; to produce PS or PDF output, you will probably run into some problems with graphics. You have to use EPS graphics (Encapsulated &PostScript;); no JPEG or PNG files. This should be no problem, as there are a lot of <link linkend=\"build_graphics_conversion\">converters</link> like <command>convert</command> from the excellent <ulink url=\"http://www.imagemagick.org/\">&imagemagick;</ulink> package. But, it needs some time of course."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3098
#, no-c-format
msgid "The EPS files are used by both &latex; and the &DVI;-PS converter:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3101
#, no-c-format
msgid "&latex; scans the EPS file for the bounding-box line, which tells &latex; how much space to reserve for the graphics."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3105
#, no-c-format
msgid "The &DVI;-PS converter then reads the EPS file and inserts the graphics in the PS file."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3109
#, no-c-format
msgid "This has some implications:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3112
#, no-c-format
msgid "&latex; never reads the EPS file if the bounding-box parameters are specified in the graphics insertion command."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3115
#, no-c-format
msgid "Since &latex; cannot read non-ASCII files, it cannot read the bounding-box information from compressed or non-EPS graphics files."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3119
#, no-c-format
msgid "The EPS graphics are not included in the &DVI; file. Since the EPS files must be present when the &DVI; file is converted to PS, the EPS files must accompany the &DVI; files whenever they are moved."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3125
#, no-c-format
msgid "Now you can call &latex;, and a &DVI;-PS converter like <application>dvips</application> to create your &PostScript; document. If your goal is a PDF document, you should run <command>dvips</command> with option <option>-Ppdf</option> and then call <command>ps2pdf</command>. You will find a lot of documents describing this solution."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3134
#, no-c-format
msgid "The &PostScript; Way of &kile;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3136
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kile; helps you to get the bounding-box information. If you have installed <ulink url=\"http://www.imagemagick.org/\">&imagemagick;</ulink> package, &kile; will extract this information from the EPS file and insert it as an option. This is done automatically when you select the graphics file. There are two advantages to proceeding like this:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3143
#, no-c-format
msgid "The information is already scanned in the dialog, and need not to be done by &latex; later on."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3145
#, no-c-format
msgid "Even more important is that the width and height of the picture can be calculated, when the resolution is known. This information will be shown near the top of the dialog, and may serve as a clue when you want to scale the graphics."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3149
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kile; can also support zipped or gzipped EPS files, which are much smaller than uncompressed EPS files. But, this feature can only be used with a special system setup and a change of your local graphics configuration, as it is described in the <link linkend=\"build_graphics_bitmap\">Bitmap Graphics</link> section."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3164
#, no-c-format
msgid "The &PostScript; Way and Bitmap Graphics"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3166
#, no-c-format
msgid "If your system allows <userinput>shell-escape</userinput>, &kile; also supports an easy way to include bitmap graphics, if you set up your &tex; system properly. There is no need to convert JPEG or PNG graphics, this can be done automatically when the &DVI; file is converted to PS."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3171
#, no-c-format
msgid "&latex; needs some information about the file suffixes. The package <userinput>graphicx</userinput> looks for a file <filename>graphics.cfg</filename>, which must be somewhere in your search path for &latex; documents. Search for entries like:"
msgid "You will find this file, for example in Debian, at <filename>/etc/texmf/latex/graphics.cfg</filename>. The best way to proceed is to copy this file to your local texpath and then change this copy. See your &tex; distribution manual to learn how to get a list of your &tex; folders."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3187
#, no-c-format
msgid "With this configuration file you are able to insert bitmap graphics and zipped or gzipped EPS files in &latex;. The command for conversion is given by <command>dvips</command>. When you look at the conversion command you will see that no extra file is created. The result of the conversion process is directly piped into the PS file. The only thing &latex; must know is the size of the graphics, and therefore we need the bounding box, which is provided by &kile;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3195
#, no-c-format
msgid "Some say that this way is insecure; you have to decide on how to work. In any case, you need no bounding box, as &kile; will extract this information from all types of graphics."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3203
#, no-c-format
msgid "&pdflatex; and EPS Graphics"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3205
#, no-c-format
msgid "As already stated, &pdflatex; is not able to handle EPS graphic files, but converters like <link linkend=\"build_graphics_epstopdf\">epstopdf</link> will help. The best way is to include package <filename>epstopdf</filename>, which must follow the <userinput>graphicx</userinput> package."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: programlisting
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3210
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"\\usepackage[pdftex]{graphicx}\n"
" \\usepackage{epstopdf}"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3212
#, no-c-format
msgid "Now you can already include EPS graphics, if you run <command>pdflatex</command> with option <option>--shell-escape</option>, but we can make it even better and also handle zipped or gzipped EPS files. Again we have to change the graphics configuration file <filename>graphics.cfg</filename> as above. This time we search for:"
msgid "With these lines, &pdflatex; is able to handle EPS files, and hopefully there should be no more issues concerning graphics."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3233
#, no-c-format
msgid "Master Document"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3235
#, no-c-format
msgid "Defining your document as a master allows you to work with separate files, which gives you a parent document (or Master document), and child documents that make up a complete work. After having defined your Master document, with the corresponding command in the <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> menu, all the commands of the <guimenu>Tools</guimenu> menu will apply only to this document, even when you are working on the child documents. You can even close the Master document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3246
#, no-c-format
msgid "Error Handling"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3248
#, no-c-format
msgid "After you have compiled something, &kile; takes a look at the error messages that were generated. If there are any errors or warnings, they will be briefly reported in the <guilabel>Log and Messages</guilabel> window. One can take a closer look at the messages by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>Build</guimenu><guimenuitem>View Log File</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, or by using the keyboard shortcut <keycombo>&Alt;<keycap>0</keycap></keycombo>. The generated log is then displayed in the <guilabel>Log and Messages</guilabel> view; errors and warnings are highlighted."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3256
#, no-c-format
msgid "<screeninfo>Viewing the log</screeninfo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3262
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Viewing the log</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3264
#, no-c-format
msgid "<para>Viewing the log</para>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3268
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can easily jump from one message in the log file to another by using the <menuchoice><guimenu>Build</guimenu><guimenuitem>Next / Previous LaTeX Error / Warning</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu items, or by using the corresponding toolbar buttons."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3273
#, no-c-format
msgid "To jump to the line in the &latex; source where the error or warning occurred, click on the error or warning in the <guilabel>Log and Messages</guilabel> view. &kile; will take you automatically to the offending line."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3281
#, no-c-format
msgid "The Watch File Mode"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3283
#, no-c-format
msgid "When you launch the <guibutton>Quickbuild</guibutton> command, a viewer of some sort will normally be called after the compilation. If you are not using an embedded viewer, a new window will be opened every time."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3287
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you are adjusting the look of your document, you might launch <guibutton>Quickbuild</guibutton> very often, and have many viewer windows open on your desktop; to avoid this confusion, you can activate the <guibutton>Watch file</guibutton> mode, that will prevent <guibutton>Quickbuild</guibutton> from launching a viewer."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3292
#, no-c-format
msgid "This mode is of course useless with the embedded viewers, as you have to close them anyway to get back to editing the document and recompiling."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3301
#, no-c-format
msgid "Navigating the &latex; Source"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3305
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>Using the Structure View</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3307
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <guilabel>Structure</guilabel> view shows the hierarchy of the document being created in &kile;, and allows you to quickly navigate it, showing its segmentation. To navigate around your document, all you need to do is to left click on any label, chapter, section, subsection, etc., and you will be taken to the beginning of the corresponding area."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3313
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you included a separate &latex; file in your source using the <userinput>\\input</userinput> or <userinput>\\include</userinput> tags, these files will be referred to in the <guilabel>Structure</guilabel> view; double-clicking on their names will make &kile; bring up the included file in the editor window."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3318
#, no-c-format
msgid "The hierarchy tree also has a separate branch for labels used in the text."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3335
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using the Context Menu"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3337
#, no-c-format
msgid "Most of the entries in the structure view have a lot of entries in the context menu, which you can open with a right mouse click. So look at the structure view in the following picture."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3342
#, no-c-format
msgid "<screeninfo>Using the Structure View</screeninfo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3348
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Using the Structure View</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3353
#, no-c-format
msgid "You will find some labels, some sectioning entries, two figure environments and three pictures. If you right click on one of the sectioning entries, a menu with some useful commands will popup. All commands like <guibutton>Select</guibutton>, <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> or <guibutton>Comment</guibutton> will work with all lines, which belong to this section."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3359
#, no-c-format
msgid "<screeninfo>Context menu for sectioning entries</screeninfo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3365
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Context menu for sectioning entries</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3370
#, no-c-format
msgid "Clicking on a figure or table entry will offer some actions with respect to references and a right click on a graphics entry will offer some programs to open the graphics."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3374
#, no-c-format
msgid "<screeninfo>Context menu for figure/tables and graphics entries</screeninfo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3380
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Context menu for figure/tables and graphics entries</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3389
#, no-c-format
msgid "Updating the Structure View"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3391
#, no-c-format
msgid "To update your structure view you can either go to <menuchoice><guimenu>Edit</guimenu><guimenuitem>Refresh Structure</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, hit <keycombo><keycap>F12</keycap></keycombo>, or you can save your document, which will make &kile; update its <guilabel>Structure</guilabel> view."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3402
#, no-c-format
msgid "Bookmarks"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3404
#, no-c-format
msgid "Bookmarks are your reference to a segment of text or a line inside the &kile; environment. To use a bookmark, select a specific line of your document you would like to return to, then press <keycombo>&Ctrl; <keycap>B</keycap></keycombo>, and &kile; will add a bookmark to this line. Alternatively, you can also set a bookmark by highlighting a line and choosing the menu labeled <menuchoice><guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu><guimenuitem>Set Bookmark</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3412
#, no-c-format
msgid "To remove all your bookmarks, select <menuchoice><guimenu>Bookmarks</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Clear All Bookmarks</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3421
#, no-c-format
msgid "Projects"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3425
#, no-c-format
msgid "Working with Projects"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3427
#, no-c-format
msgid "In &kile; you can create and work with <emphasis>projects</emphasis>. A project is a group of &latex;, graphic, &bibtex;, or other files that contain all the information that is used to build your complete document. A typical project would be a document consisting of several chapters, written in different <literal role=\"extension\">.tex</literal> files; all of them could be included in a project, to make the whole document easier to manage. The specifications of the project are stored in a special file, with extension <literal role=\"extension\">.kilepr</literal>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3434
#, no-c-format
msgid "A Project adds the following functionalities:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3437
#, no-c-format
msgid "You need not set a master document, &kile; does this automatically."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3438
#, no-c-format
msgid "Project files can easily be archived together by going to <menuchoice><guimenu>Project</guimenu><guimenuitem>Archive</guimenuitem></menuchoice>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3439
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <guilabel>Files and Projects</guilabel> view shows which files are included in the project."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3441
#, no-c-format
msgid "After opening a project, any file that was previously opened will be restored with the original encoding and highlighting."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3443
#, no-c-format
msgid "Code completion works across all project files."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3444
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reference completion works across all project files."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3445
#, no-c-format
msgid "Citation completion works across all project files."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3446
#, no-c-format
msgid "Search in all project files."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3447
#, no-c-format
msgid "Specify custom quickbuild and &makeidx; command."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3450
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can find all project related commands in the <guilabel>Project</guilabel>-menu. From there you can open, close and manage your projects."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3456
#, no-c-format
msgid "Creating a Project"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3458
#, no-c-format
msgid "To create a project, select <menuchoice><guimenu>Project</guimenu> <guimenuitem>New Project...</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
msgid "You will be asked to give the following information to create your project:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3475
#, no-c-format
msgid "Title of your project (<guilabel>Project title</guilabel> text field)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3478
#, no-c-format
msgid "The title of the project will be used to create a name of the project file by transforming to lowercase and adding <filename role=\"extension\">.kilepr</filename> extension."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3483
#, no-c-format
msgid "A folder where the project file will be stored (<guilabel>Project folder</guilabel> text field)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3488
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you want to create a new main file of the project check the <guilabel>Create a new file and add it to this project</guilabel> item."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3493
#, no-c-format
msgid "When you fill out the <guilabel>Filename</guilabel> box, you have to include a relative path from where the <filename role=\"extension\">.kilepr</filename> project file is stored (see the <guilabel>Project folder</guilabel> item)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3498
#, no-c-format
msgid "Type of the created file, <guilabel>Empty File</guilabel>, <guilabel>Article</guilabel>, <guilabel>Book</guilabel>, <guilabel>Letter</guilabel>, <guilabel>Report</guilabel>, &etc; can be chosen from a visual list at the bottom of the <guilabel>File</guilabel> panel."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3503
#, no-c-format
msgid "Extensions for the default files in the project can be selected using the <guilabel>Extensions</guilabel> panel. Your choice will be used to define the files that should be opened when you choose <menuchoice><guimenu>Project</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open All Project Files</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu item and in the &kile; wizards. The extensions in the text field should be separated with spaces."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3512
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>The Files and Projects View</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3514
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <guilabel>Files and Projects</guilabel> view is a button of the sidebar menu. From this view, you can see the structure of your project, its files, and the name of the <literal role=\"extension\">.kilepr</literal> file that stores the project information. Adding, removing, or changing options in your project is done via the <guilabel>Files and Projects</guilabel> view."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3521
#, no-c-format
msgid "<screeninfo>The Files and Projects View</screeninfo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3527
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>The Files and Projects View</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3529
#, no-c-format
msgid "<para>The Files and Projects View</para>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3537
#, no-c-format
msgid "Adding and Removing Files"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3539
#, no-c-format
msgid "To add a file to your project, open any &tex; file, right click on its name in the <guilabel>Files and Projects</guilabel> view, and select <guilabel>Add to Project</guilabel>. If you have opened multiple projects, a dialog box will pop up in which you can specify to which project the file should be added."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3548
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can also right-click on the project's name in the <guilabel>Files and Projects</guilabel> view, and select <guilabel>Add Files...</guilabel> to bring up a file selection dialog."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3553
#, no-c-format
msgid "<screeninfo>Adding a file to a project</screeninfo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3559
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Adding a file to a project</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3561
#, no-c-format
msgid "<para>Adding a file to a project</para>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3565
#, no-c-format
msgid "To remove a file from a project, right-click on it and select <guilabel>Remove File</guilabel>. This does <emphasis>not</emphasis> delete your file (and also does not close it), but only removes it from the list of files contained in the <literal role=\"extension\">.kilepr</literal> extension."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3571
#, no-c-format
msgid "Archiving your Project"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3573
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kile; allows you to easily backup your project by storing all its files into a single archive (often known as a <emphasis>tarball</emphasis>). To archive your project, right-click on its name in the <guilabel>Files and Projects</guilabel> view, or select <menuchoice><guimenu>Project</guimenu><guimenuitem>Archive</guimenuitem></menuchoice>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3578
#, no-c-format
msgid "By default, all files in a project are added to the archive. If you do not want to include a certain file in the archive, right-click on it in the <guilabel>Files and Projects</guilabel> view, and uncheck the <guilabel>Include in Archive</guilabel> option."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3582
#, no-c-format
msgid "The archive operation is currently realized by executing the <command>tar</command> from the project folder (where the <literal role=\"extension\">.kilepr</literal> file is located)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3591
#, no-c-format
msgid "Project Options"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3593
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kile; has a few options related to your project that can be set. To change them, right-click on the title of your project and select <guilabel>Project Options</guilabel>, and you will have the option of changing:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3598
#, no-c-format
msgid "The title of your project."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3599
#, no-c-format
msgid "Default file extensions."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3600
#, no-c-format
msgid "The Master document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3601
#, no-c-format
msgid "The Quickbuild command."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3602
#, no-c-format
msgid "The &makeidx; options."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3621
#, no-c-format
msgid "Closing a Project"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3623
#, no-c-format
msgid "To close a project, select the <guilabel>Files and Projects</guilabel> view from the vertical toolbar, right click on your project title, and then select <guimenuitem> Close</guimenuitem>. This will close your project, all the files associated with your project, and will also add the name of the project you just closed to <guisubmenu>Open Recent Project...</guisubmenu> in the <guimenu>Project</guimenu> menu."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3635
#, no-c-format
msgid "Document Encoding"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3637
#, no-c-format
msgid "The &kile; editor allows you to read, convert and save text in the character encoding your document needs. With this it is possible, for example, to use accented characters, such as are commonly used in Italian or French, directly in &latex; documents. Selecting the encoding for your document can be done in two ways:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3643
#, no-c-format
msgid "One way to set the document encoding is by using the submenu <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guisubmenu>Configure Kile...</guisubmenu><guimenuitem>Editor</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, where you can set the default character encoding for all files."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3648
#, no-c-format
msgid "<screeninfo>Set the default character encoding</screeninfo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3654
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Set the default character encoding</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3659
#, no-c-format
msgid "A second way to set the encoding for a document is to choose the desired encoding within the wizard to create a new document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3663
#, no-c-format
msgid "&latex; itself only understands ASCII, which represents a very limited set of characters. Hence, it is not possible to use accented characters directly. To use them nevertheless, a special syntax was invented: such as for example <userinput>\\\"e</userinput> for <computeroutput>ë</computeroutput>. The <application>inputenc</application> package is available to help you with this. It is included in the preamble using <userinput>\\usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}</userinput>, where the optional argument specifies the encoding you would like to use (nowadays in most cases <userinput>utf8</userinput>). This tells &latex; to translate all of the <userinput>ë</userinput>'s you wrote to <userinput>\\\"e</userinput>'s before compiling. Please refer to the <application>inputenc</application> documentation directly for more information. Last but not least: remember to make sure that your file is <emphasis>actually</emphasis> saved in the same encoding you specified for the <application>inputenc</application> package!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3674
#, no-c-format
msgid "This multitude of different character coding tables has created numerous problems: for example, you cannot write a course of Turkish in French without losing one language's special characters. There is general agreement that, sooner or later, everybody will switch to <ulink url=\"http://www.unicode.org\">Unicode</ulink>. There are many implementations of Unicode, and <abbrev>UTF-8</abbrev> is the most successful in &Linux;; &Windows;® relies instead on the more cumbersome and less flexible <abbrev>UCS-2</abbrev>. Most distributions have already begun setting their default encoding to <abbrev>UTF-8</abbrev>, and therefore you may be very interested in using the <userinput>utf8</userinput> argument to the <userinput>inputenc</userinput> package."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3687
#, no-c-format
msgid "The &ucs; Package"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3688
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you don't have the &ucs; package installed, you can proceed as follows:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3690
#, no-c-format
msgid "Get the &ucs; package from <ulink url=\"http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/unicode/\">CTAN</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3694
#, no-c-format
msgid "To install it, unpack the downloaded file and place it in a folder listed in your $<envar>TEXINPUTS</envar> environment variable. This can also be set inside &kile;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: programlisting
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3699
#, no-c-format
msgid ""
"\\usepackage{ucs}\n"
"\\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3705
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>XeLaTeX</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3707
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you are using <userinput>XeLaTeX</userinput>, you can simply load the <userinput>xltxtra</userinput> package. It will additionally load all the required packages."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: programlisting
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3709
#, no-c-format
msgid "\\usepackage{xltxtra}"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3715
#, no-c-format
msgid "&cjk; Support"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3717
#, no-c-format
msgid "Adding support for ideographic languages is quite tricky. However, once you are done with it, it will work quite well. Other than installing packages, there is some extra configuration work to do."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3721
#, no-c-format
msgid "Your &Linux; distribution might already have a &cjk; (Chinese, Japanese, Korean) package ready for you, so you might be saved the hassle of manually installing everything. Do check before going forward!"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3725
#, no-c-format
msgid "There is the possibility of using the &ucs; package in order to write short snippets of &cjk; text, but that option is seriously limited as it does not handle, among other things, newlines. Instead, we will install the complete &cjk;-&latex; package and make it work for both &latex; and &pdflatex;. A lot of this material has been inspired by <ulink url=\"http://www.ece.uci.edu/~chou/\">Pai H. Chou</ulink>'s <ulink url=\"http://www.ece.uci.edu/~chou/unicode-tex.html\">page about how to setup &pdflatex;</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3735
#, no-c-format
msgid "Download the <ulink url=\"http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/entries/cjk.html\">&cjk;</ulink> package. Copy its unpacked files to an appropriate subfolder of $<envar>TEXMF</envar>, just as you did with the &ucs; package before (see <xref linkend=\"ucs\" role=\"select: title pageabbrv\"/>). The files will be unpacked in a <filename>CJK/X_Y.Z</filename> folder; it is not important that you take them out, though it will probably be tidier and easier for you to maintain."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3744
#, no-c-format
msgid "Now you have to download a font that supports all the &cjk; characters you need. You can choose any <literal role=\"extension\">*.ttf</literal> file that covers them, but in this walkthrough we will use <ulink url=\"ftp://ftp.wu-wien.ac.at/pub/www/Netscape/communicator/extras/fonts/windows/Cyberbit.ZIP\">Cyberbit</ulink>. Unzip the file and rename <filename>Cyberbit.ttf</filename> to <filename>cyberbit.ttf</filename>, since uppercase might confuse your system."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3750
#, no-c-format
msgid "Place <filename>cyberbit.ttf</filename> in a folder together with <ulink url=\"http://delloye.free.fr/Unicode.sfd\"><filename>Unicode.sfd</filename></ulink>, and generate the <literal role=\"extension\">*.tfm</literal> and <literal role=\"extension\">*.enc</literal> files with the command <userinput><command>$ ttf2tfm cyberbit.ttf -w cyberbit@Unicode@</command></userinput>. For some reason, sometimes this does not produce the hundreds of files it should. Should that happen in your case, you can download both <ulink url=\"http://www.ece.uci.edu/~chou/unicode/cyberbit-tfm.tgz\"><literal role=\"extension\">*.tfm</literal></ulink> and <ulink url=\"http://www.ece.uci.edu/~chou/unicode/cyberbit-enc.tgz\"><literal role=\"extension\">*.enc</literal></ulink> files."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3761
#, no-c-format
msgid "Place the <literal role=\"extension\">*.tfm</literal> files in an appropriate folder, say <filename>$<envar>TEXMF</envar>/fonts/tfm/bitstream/cyberbit/</filename>; the <literal role=\"extension\">*.enc</literal> files may be installed in <filename>$<envar>TEXMF</envar>/pdftex/enc/cyberbit/</filename>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3766
#, no-c-format
msgid "Now we need a map file to connect the <literal role=\"extension\">*.enc</literal> files to the font. Download <ulink url=\"http://delloye.free.fr/cyberbit.map\"><filename>cyberbit.map</filename></ulink> and install it in <filename>$<envar>TEXMF</envar>/pdftex/config/</filename>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3771
#, no-c-format
msgid "Download another file, <ulink url=\"http://delloye.free.fr/c70cyberbit.fd\"><filename>c70cyberbit.fd</filename></ulink>, and place it in an appropriate folder. You may choose, for example, <filename>$<envar>TEXMF</envar>/tex/misc/</filename>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3776
#, no-c-format
msgid "The last file we have to generate is a &PostScript; Type 1 font, necessary to read &DVI; files generated with &latex;. Run the command <userinput><command>$ ttf2pfb cyberbit.ttf -o cyberbit.pfb</command></userinput>, and copy the resulting <filename>cyberbit.pfb</filename> to a folder such as <filename>$<envar>TEXMF</envar>/fonts/type1/cyberbit/</filename>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3782
#, no-c-format
msgid "Let's now place <filename>cyberbit.ttf</filename> among the fonts where &latex; can find it. You could place it in a folder named <filename>$<envar>TEXMF</envar>/fonts/truetype/</filename>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3786
#, no-c-format
msgid "Check the configuration file you find at <filename>$<envar>TEXMF</envar>/web2c/texmf.cnf</filename>, and make sure that the line mentioning <envar>TTFONTS</envar> is uncommented and points to the folder where you saved <filename>cyberbit.ttf</filename>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3791
#, no-c-format
msgid "To make it possible for &pdflatex; to use your &cjk; fonts, it is necessary that you add a line in the configuration file <filename>$<envar>TEXMF</envar>/pdftex/config/pdftex.cfg</filename>. Add <userinput>map +cyberbit.map</userinput> in the file to complete the configuration for &pdflatex;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3797
#, no-c-format
msgid "To configure &latex; so that you can produce &DVI; files with &cjk; characters, you have to add a line in file <filename>ttfonts.map</filename>. The file might be in a folder named <filename>$<envar>TEXMF</envar>/ttf2pk/</filename>, but you will probably have to look for it. Append the line <userinput>cyberbit@Unicode@ cyberbit.ttf</userinput> to it."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3804
#, no-c-format
msgid "Now, you only have to run <userinput><command>texhash</command></userinput> and the system should be ready."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3809
#, no-c-format
msgid "To test whether your configuration is correct, you can try to compile <ulink url=\"http://www.math.nus.edu.sg/aslaksen/cs/sample-utf8.tex\">this test file</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3814
#, no-c-format
msgid "&cjk; Troubleshooting"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3816
#, no-c-format
msgid "There are many things that can go wrong when adding &cjk; support manually. If something seems not to work, the following checklist might help you."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3822
#, no-c-format
msgid "Obviously, since you run &latex; as a user and not as root, you must <emphasis>allow</emphasis> ordinary users to access the new files. Make sure all folders and files are accessible using the <command>chmod</command> command."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3827
#, no-c-format
msgid "If &latex; writes a &DVI; without problems, but you cannot view it, it is almost certainly because of some problems in the automatic generation of <literal role=\"extension\">*.pk</literal> fonts. They are supposed to be generated on the fly when viewing a &DVI; file, but this might fail for a number of reasons: double-check <filename>ttfonts.map</filename> for your custom line first. However, it might happen that your <command>ttf2pk</command> command, which is usually invoked by the &DVI; viewer, has been compiled <emphasis>without</emphasis> support for the <application>kpathsea</application> libraries. If this is the case, <userinput><command>ttf2pk</command> <option>--version</option></userinput> will make no mention of <application>kpathsea</application>. As support for these libraries is necessary, you might have to find a new package, or recompile <application>FreeType 1</application> yourself."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3849
#, no-c-format
msgid "How do I input &cjk; in Unicode?"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3851
#, no-c-format
msgid "There are a number of different input engines, and the choice can depend also on personal preference. The author uses <ulink url=\"http://www.scim-im.org/projects/skim\"><application>Skim</application></ulink>, a port to &kde; of the <ulink url=\"http://www.scim-im.org\"><application>Scim</application></ulink> engine. Refer to your distribution's documentation to learn how to install these programs. Configuration of such programs can be tricky too, in the case of <application>Skim</application> you will have to define an environment variable <userinput><envar>XMODIFIERS</envar>=\"@im=SCIM\"</userinput> <emphasis>before</emphasis> starting <application>X</application>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3872
#, no-c-format
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3876
#, no-c-format
msgid "Help Documents"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3878
#, no-c-format
msgid "&latex; is a rather sophisticated system, where basic features can be expanded by a great variety of additional packages. &kile; provides numerous different ways to aid the user."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guimenu
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3885
#, no-c-format
msgid "LaTeX Reference"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3886
#, no-c-format
msgid "An alphabetical index of the most common &latex; commands."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guimenu
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3891
#, no-c-format
msgid "TeX Documentation"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3892
#, no-c-format
msgid "&tetex;/&texlive; ships with a huge number of help documents. This includes documentation for all the included packages and an additional &latex; reference."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guimenu
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3898
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guimenu>LaTeX</guimenu>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3899
#, no-c-format
msgid "A full reference for &tex; and friends. This is not only a description of all programs, but some important packages are also mentioned. It also includes a full reference manual of &latex; commands—ideal for looking up a particular piece of formatting while writing a document. As this document is really extensive, it is referenced in &kile; by three bookmarks."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guimenu
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3908
#, no-c-format
msgid "LaTeX Command"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3909
#, no-c-format
msgid "Another alphabetical index of the most common &latex; commands."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guimenu
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3914
#, no-c-format
msgid "LaTeX Subject"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3915
#, no-c-format
msgid "A description of important &latex; subjects."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guimenu
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3920
#, no-c-format
msgid "LaTeX Env"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3921
#, no-c-format
msgid "An alphabetical index of the most common &latex; environments."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3931
#, no-c-format
msgid "Context Sensitive Help"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3933
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kile; also supports a context sensitive help, which is called with <keycombo action=\"simul\">&Ctrl;&Alt;<keycap>H</keycap></keycombo>,<keycap>K</keycap>. In <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guisubmenu>Configure Kile...</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>Kile</guimenuitem><guilabel>Help</guilabel></menuchoice> you can choose whether you want to use &kile;'s &latex; reference or the help system of &tetex;/&texlive;, which is the default setting."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3956
#, no-c-format
msgid "Searching for Keywords"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3958
#, no-c-format
msgid "It is not always easy to find the right document as &tetex;/&texlive; ships with a huge number of help documents. In order to facilitate this process, &tetex;/&texlive; provides a tiny program called <application>texdoctk</application>. It provides a database of all the help documents, for which &kile; offers a user-friendly interface."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3976
#, no-c-format
msgid "All the documents are grouped into categories. Additionally, one can search for package names or keywords. &kile; will then show only the help documents matching the search string."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:3992
#, no-c-format
msgid "A mouse double-click or the <keycap>Space</keycap> key will start a viewer for the selected document. This can be an arbitrary document, not only a &DVI;, PS, PDF or &HTML; document. &kile; takes the &kde; settings into account in order to start an appropriate viewer."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:4002
#, no-c-format
msgid "User Defined Help"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:4004
#, no-c-format
msgid "Besides this static &tetex;/&texlive; documentation, &kile; also supports a more flexible variable way for help documents. In the <guimenu>Help</guimenu> menu &kile; has a special <guimenu>User help</guimenu> submenu, where the user can add documents of his or her own choice. These can be the most important documents of the &tetex;/&texlive; documentation, or even self-written documents. It is also possible to enter URLs."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:4011
#, no-c-format
msgid "Go to <menuchoice><guimenu>Settings</guimenu><guisubmenu>Configure Kile...</guisubmenu> <guimenuitem>Kile</guimenuitem><guilabel>Help</guilabel></menuchoice> and choose the <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> button to configure this <guimenu>User help</guimenu> menu. You can add, remove or move menu entries around, and insert separators to optimize the structure of the menu."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:4020
#, no-c-format
msgid "<screeninfo>Dialog: configure user defined help entries</screeninfo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:4026
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Dialog: configure user defined help entries</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:4031
#, no-c-format
msgid "Pressing the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button will open another dialog, where you can edit the name of the menu entry, and choose the corresponding file or &URL;. The second button to the right of the text field launches &konqueror;, which can be used to determine the correct &URL;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:4037
#, no-c-format
msgid "<screeninfo>Dialog: add a new helpentry</screeninfo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:4043
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Dialog: add a new helpentry</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:4048
#, no-c-format
msgid "After finishing the configuration, all the entries will appear in the <guimenu>Help</guimenu> menu of &kile; as a special menu entry <guimenu>User help</guimenu>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:4052
#, no-c-format
msgid "<screeninfo>Userhelp menu</screeninfo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:4058
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Userhelp menu</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:4069
#, no-c-format
msgid "Credits and License"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:4071
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kile; is an open-source user-friendly &latex; / &tex; source code editor. It runs on systems that have the &kde; Desktop Environment installed. &kde; is available for several architectures including &Linux; and other Unix-like systems."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 trunk
#: index.docbook:4075
#, no-c-format
msgid "Many thanks are owed to the people who strive to continue the &kile; project and to those who sacrifice numerous hours of their time to develop tools we can all use under the &GNU; license. Up-to-date information about contributors can be found in the <guimenuitem>About &kile;</guimenuitem> dialog from the <guimenu>Help</guimenu> menu."
msgid "The &kmymoney; GnuCash importer handles direct reading of standard (&XML;) files as produced by GnuCash versions 1.8 and 2.0. The following are not supported:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:23
#, no-c-format
msgid "The &kappname; GnuCash importer handles direct reading of standard (&XML;) files as produced by GnuCash versions 1.8 and 2.0. The following are not supported:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:30
#, no-c-format
msgid "import of database (Postgres) data"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:31
#, no-c-format
msgid "import of 'multi-book' files"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:32
#, no-c-format
msgid "import into an existing &kmymoney; file"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:32
#, no-c-format
msgid "import into an existing &kappname; file"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:33
#, no-c-format
msgid "import of small-business specific features (Employees, Invoices, &etc;)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:33
#, no-c-format
msgid "import of small-business specific features (Employees, Invoices, etc.)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:35
#, no-c-format
msgid "export to GnuCash files."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:38
#, no-c-format
msgid "The import will probably only work correctly if presented with a valid file. It is recommended that the GnuCash <guimenuitem>Check & Repair All</guimenuitem> function (in the <guimenu>Actions</guimenu> menu) be run before attempting to import."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:44
#, no-c-format
msgid "Files can be opened by specifying the filename on the command line (<command>kmymoney <path to file></command>), or by means of the &kmymoney; <menuchoice> <shortcut><keycombo>&Ctrl;<keycap>O</keycap></keycombo></shortcut> <guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Import</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> menu items."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:44
#, no-c-format
msgid "Files can be opened by specifying the filename on the command line (<command>kmymoney <path to file></command>), or by means of the &kappname; <menuchoice> <shortcut><keycombo>&Ctrl;<keycap>O</keycap></keycombo></shortcut> <guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Open</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> or <menuchoice> <guimenu>File</guimenu><guimenuitem>Import</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> menu items."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:56
#, no-c-format
msgid "The similarity between the two products means that much day-to-day data can be imported in a straightforward fashion. However, there are some areas where differences arise, and various options are provided to deal with these. The following sections will describe some of these differences; understanding them should lead to a smoother importation."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:66
#, no-c-format
msgid "Similarities, Differences, and Terminology"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:69
#, no-c-format
msgid "Small Business Usage"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:71
#, no-c-format
msgid "It should be noted that &kmymoney; is a <emphasis>personal</emphasis> finance manager, and as such, does not directly support any of the business features of GnuCash, such as tax tables, payroll, and tracking of lots. Any Accounts Payable or Receivable accounts found in a file will be imported as Liability or Asset accounts respectively."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:71
#, no-c-format
msgid "It should be noted that &kappname; is a <emphasis>personal</emphasis> finance manager, and as such, does not directly support any of the business features of GnuCash, such as tax tables, payroll, and tracking of lots. Any Accounts Payable or Receivable accounts found in a file will be imported as Liability or Asset accounts respectively."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:81
#, no-c-format
msgid "Accounts"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:84
#, no-c-format
msgid "Account types"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:86
#, no-c-format
msgid "For both products, the highest level of structure in the file is the account. &kmymoney; supports 5 main types of account: Asset, Liability, Income, Expense and Equity, each of which may have various subtypes, ⪚, Checking, Credit Card, &etc; &kmymoney; includes a 'standard' account for each of these five types, and all other accounts are held subordinate to one of these. &kmymoney; enforces more consistency (or less flexibility, depending on your point of view) between account types than does GnuCash, and the importer will correct any inconsistencies it detects. This may result in a slightly different account structure, though this can, within reason, be amended after the import is complete."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:86
#, no-c-format
msgid "For both products, the highest level of structure in the file is the account. &kappname; supports 5 main types of account: Asset, Liability, Income, Expense and Equity, each of which may have various subtypes, ⪚, Checking, Credit Card, &etc; &kappname; includes a 'standard' account for each of these five types, and all other accounts are held subordinate to one of these. &kappname; enforces more consistency (or less flexibility, depending on your point of view) between account types than does GnuCash, and the importer will correct any inconsistencies it detects. This may result in a slightly different account structure, though this can, within reason, be amended after the import is complete."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:101
#, no-c-format
msgid "Categories"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:103
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kmymoney; uses the term Category to denote an account of an Income or Expense type. Unlike GnuCash, these are not considered as 'ledger' accounts, and entry of transactions folder into categories is not supported; allocations are made during transaction entry into other account types."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:103
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kappname; uses the term Category to denote an account of an Income or Expense type. Unlike GnuCash, these are not considered as 'ledger' accounts, and entry of transactions folder into categories is not supported; allocations are made during transaction entry into other account types."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:112
#, no-c-format
msgid "Structure and Placeholders"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:114
#, no-c-format
msgid "GnuCash supports the use of Placeholder accounts. In effect, these are just read-only accounts into which no transactions can be entered, but which function in an analogous fashion to folders in a folder structure, as a holder for other accounts. Though &kmymoney; does not support this feature as such, it does provide a parent/child account relationship, so the importer simulates placeholders by creating empty accounts."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:114
#, no-c-format
msgid "GnuCash supports the use of Placeholder accounts. In effect, these are just read-only accounts into which no transactions can be entered, but which function in an analogous fashion to folders in a folder structure, as a holder for other accounts. Though &kappname; does not support this feature as such, it does provide a parent/child account relationship, so the importer simulates placeholders by creating empty accounts."
msgid "As with GnuCash, data is entered in the form of transactions, each generally consisting of 2 or more split entries. In fact, valid GnuCash transactions will always contain at least 2 splits, and to conform to GnuCash's double-entry bookkeeping standard, these must be in monetary balance (&ie;, they must balance out to zero). &kmymoney; encourages, but does not enforce, this standard, but any imported transaction which is not balanced will be marked in the ledger view as having a problem."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:195
#, no-c-format
msgid "As with GnuCash, data is entered in the form of transactions, each generally consisting of 2 or more split entries. In fact, valid GnuCash transactions will always contain at least 2 splits, and to conform to GnuCash's double-entry bookkeeping standard, these must be in monetary balance (i.e., they must balance out to zero). &kappname; encourages, but does not enforce, this standard, but any imported transaction which is not balanced will be marked in the ledger view as having a problem."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:207
#, no-c-format
msgid "Payees"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:209
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kmymoney; prefers that all transactions have a Payee (a generic term that encompasses both payees and payers), and unlike GnuCash, a list of these payees is maintained. Payee names are generated by the importer from the GnuCash transaction's Description field."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:209
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kappname; prefers that all transactions have a Payee (a generic term that encompasses both payees and payers), and unlike GnuCash, a list of these payees is maintained. Payee names are generated by the importer from the GnuCash transaction's Description field."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:218
#, no-c-format
msgid "Transfers"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:220
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kmymoney; uses the term Transfer to describe a transaction which does not involve a Category, but only transfers money between Asset and/or Liability accounts."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:220
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kappname; uses the term Transfer to describe a transaction which does not involve a Category, but only transfers money between Asset and/or Liability accounts."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:228
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reconcile"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:230
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kmymoney; provides an account reconciliation function similar to that of GnuCash, and the corresponding transaction status will be imported."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:230
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kappname; provides an account reconciliation function similar to that of GnuCash, and the corresponding transaction status will be imported."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:238
#, no-c-format
msgid "Commodities"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:240
#, no-c-format
msgid "GnuCash uses the term Commodity to cover both currencies and non-currency assets. These are treated separately in &kmymoney;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:240
#, no-c-format
msgid "GnuCash uses the term Commodity to cover both currencies and non-currency assets. These are treated separately in &kappname;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:246
#, no-c-format
msgid "Currencies"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:248
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kmymoney; has built-in support for all foreign <link linkend=\"details.currencies\">currency</link> types. &kmymoney; also requires that the user specify a base currency, this being the default currency for new accounts. The importer will attempt to determine the most likely base currency, though this choice may be rejected in favor of an alternative."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:248
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kappname; has built-in support for all foreign <link linkend=\"details.currencies\">currency</link> types. &kappname; also requires that the user specify a base currency, this being the default currency for new accounts. The importer will attempt to determine the most likely base currency, though this choice may be rejected in favor of an alternative."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:257
#, no-c-format
msgid "(NOTE: &kmymoney; does not currently support accounts denominated in 'defunct' currencies (except those replaced by the Euro). At present, it will be necessary to remove any such accounts from your GnuCash file before importing. We hope to improve on this situation in a future release.)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:257
#, no-c-format
msgid "(NOTE: &kappname; does not currently support accounts denominated in 'defunct' currencies (except those replaced by the Euro). At present, it will be necessary to remove any such accounts from your GnuCash file before importing. We hope to improve on this situation in a future release.)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:266
#, no-c-format
msgid "Securities and Investments"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:268
#, no-c-format
msgid "Non-currency assets (normally stocks and bonds) are called Securities by &kmymoney;, and represent the main difference between the two products, in that &kmymoney; requires any account denominated in a security to be subordinate to an Investment Account. This is described in more detail in the chapter on <link linkend=\"details.investments\">Investments</link>. Though users may have implemented such a relationship, GnuCash imposes no defined structure on it, so the importer is unable to detect it and perform an automatic conversion. Three options are therefore made available:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:268
#, no-c-format
msgid "Non-currency assets (normally stocks and bonds) are called Securities by &kappname;, and represent the main difference between the two products, in that &kappname; requires any account denominated in a security to be subordinate to an Investment Account. This is described in more detail in the chapter on <link linkend=\"details.investments\">Investments</link>. Though users may have implemented such a relationship, GnuCash imposes no defined structure on it, so the importer is unable to detect it and perform an automatic conversion. Three options are therefore made available:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:281
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create a separate Investment account for each security, with the same name as the security"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:286
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create a single Investment account which will act as 'parent' for all security accounts"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:291
#, no-c-format
msgid "Create several Investment accounts, and assign securities to them as directed by the user."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:296
#, no-c-format
msgid "It depends entirely on user requirements which of these options is relevant in each situation, and in some cases, manual restructuring of accounts after importation may be necessary."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:304
#, no-c-format
msgid "Prices and currency rates"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:306
#, no-c-format
msgid "Security prices and currency exchange rates as displayed in the GnuCash Price Editor will be imported. In addition, price and rate entries will be generated from all transactions involving securities and multiple currencies."
msgid "For obtaining online price and currency rate quotations, GnuCash uses a package called Finance::Quote. Recent versions of &kmymoney; contain support for this package for obtaining stock quotes, and this will be used by default when importing data. You may however select to convert to the native method used by &kmymoney; which is covered in more detail in <link linkend=\"details.investments.onlinequotes\">online quotes</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:316
#, no-c-format
msgid "For obtaining online price and currency rate quotations, GnuCash uses a package called Finance::Quote. Recent versions of &kappname; contain support for this package for obtaining stock quotes, and this will be used by default when importing data. You may however select to convert to the native method used by &kappname; which is covered in more detail in <link linkend=\"details.investments.onlinequotes\">online quotes</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:325
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you choose to do so, the following dialog will allow selection of a 'native' &kmymoney; price source, or a user-defined source, for each account for which online quotes are required. However, the stock (ticker) symbol will be imported unchanged. Since this symbol will almost certainly be different in the two packages, it will need to be manually edited after completion of the import process. Future currency rate updates will not use Finance::Quote, and will always use the native retrieval method."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:325
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you choose to do so, the following dialog will allow selection of a 'native' &kappname; price source, or a user-defined source, for each account for which online quotes are required. However, the stock (ticker) symbol will be imported unchanged. Since this symbol will almost certainly be different in the two packages, it will need to be manually edited after completion of the import process. Future currency rate updates will not use Finance::Quote, and will always use the native retrieval method."
msgid "&kmymoney; does not retain the separation made in GnuCash between template transactions and their frequency of occurrence. Transaction data will be duplicated if the same template is used in different schedules, but this is not likely to be of great significance."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:350
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kappname; does not retain the separation made in GnuCash between template transactions and their frequency of occurrence. Transaction data will be duplicated if the same template is used in different schedules, but this is not likely to be of great significance."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:358
#, no-c-format
msgid "Schedule types"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:360
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kmymoney; classifies all schedules as one of three types, Bills, Deposits, or Transfers. Since GnuCash does not make such a distinction, the importer attempts to determine the classification from the accounts and direction of money movements. It may be that in some cases incorrect assumptions are made, and these will need manual correction."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:360
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kappname; classifies all schedules as one of three types, Bills, Deposits, or Transfers. Since GnuCash does not make such a distinction, the importer attempts to determine the classification from the accounts and direction of money movements. It may be that in some cases incorrect assumptions are made, and these will need manual correction."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:370
#, no-c-format
msgid "Suspect Schedules"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:372
#, no-c-format
msgid "Some features of GnuCash scheduled transactions are not available in &kmymoney;, so the importer tries in each case to reach a reasonable compromise in converting the data. These transactions will be flagged as suspect, and the user will be given the option of editing them directly during the import process. Examples of situations which may cause this are:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:372
#, no-c-format
msgid "Some features of GnuCash scheduled transactions are not available in &kappname;, so the importer tries in each case to reach a reasonable compromise in converting the data. These transactions will be flagged as suspect, and the user will be given the option of editing them directly during the import process. Examples of situations which may cause this are:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:382
#, no-c-format
msgid "some frequency intervals supported in GnuCash are not currently available in &kmymoney;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:382
#, no-c-format
msgid "some frequency intervals supported in GnuCash are not currently available in &kappname;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:387
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kmymoney; does not support the use of formulae and variables in amount fields"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:387
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kappname; does not support the use of formulae and variables in amount fields"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:392
#, no-c-format
msgid "complex cases which have not yet been identified for import."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:396
#, no-c-format
msgid "Despite best efforts, it is possible that, due to the many options involved, a scheduled transaction may cause a fatal error within &kmymoney;. If this sort of problem seems to be occurring, the importer offers the option to drop all suspect schedules."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:396
#, no-c-format
msgid "Despite best efforts, it is possible that, due to the many options involved, a scheduled transaction may cause a fatal error within &kappname;. If this sort of problem seems to be occurring, the importer offers the option to drop all suspect schedules."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:406
#, no-c-format
msgid "Reports"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:408
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kmymoney; provides a comprehensive selection of configurable reports, described in more detail in <link linkend=\"details.reports\">Reports.</link> These will not necessarily, however, match precisely those reports available in GnuCash."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:408
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kappname; provides a comprehensive selection of configurable reports, described in more detail in <link linkend=\"details.reports\">Reports.</link> These will not necessarily, however, match precisely those reports available in GnuCash."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:418
#, no-c-format
msgid "Selecting Importer Options"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:431
#, no-c-format
msgid "Investment Handling"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:433
#, no-c-format
msgid "See <link linkend=\"gncsecurities\">\"Securities and Investments\"</link> above."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:441
#, no-c-format
msgid "Turn this off if you wish to use the native method for future online price quotes."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:446
#, no-c-format
msgid "See <link linkend=\"details.impexp.gncquotes\">\"Online Quotes\"</link> above."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:454
#, no-c-format
msgid "See <link linkend=\"gncschedules\">\"Scheduled Transactions\"</link> above."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:460
#, no-c-format
msgid "Decoding Options"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:462
#, no-c-format
msgid "If your native language is written in letters or symbols which are different from those used in the 'Latin' languages (&ie;, generally Western European), these are represented in a special fashion ('encoded') in your GnuCash file. If these letters are not displayed correctly on your screen, then they must be decoded. Currently, it is often not possible to detect accurately which form of decoding must be used, so you may need to set this option and select an entry from the list. In general, the first item in the list will be that which is considered appropriate for your locale (&ie;, the country and language which was selected as native when your operating system was installed), so this should be tried first. Since the import process does not overwrite your GnuCash file, you are free to experiment with any of these selections."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:462
#, no-c-format
msgid "If your native language is written in letters or symbols which are different from those used in the 'Latin' languages (i.e., generally Western European), these are represented in a special fashion ('encoded') in your GnuCash file. If these letters are not displayed correctly on your screen, then they must be decoded. Currently, it is often not possible to detect accurately which form of decoding must be used, so you may need to set this option and select an entry from the list. In general, the first item in the list will be that which is considered appropriate for your locale (i.e., the country and language which was selected as native when your operating system was installed), so this should be tried first. Since the import process does not overwrite your GnuCash file, you are free to experiment with any of these selections."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:479
#, no-c-format
msgid "Transaction Notes option"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:481
#, no-c-format
msgid "Under some usage conditions, non-split GnuCash transactions may contain residual, often incorrect, memo data which is not normally visible to the user. When imported into &kmymoney; however, due to display differences, this data can become visible. Often, these transactions will have a Notes field describing the real purpose of the transaction. If this option is selected, these notes, if present, will be used to override the extraneous memo data."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:481
#, no-c-format
msgid "Under some usage conditions, non-split GnuCash transactions may contain residual, often incorrect, memo data which is not normally visible to the user. When imported into &kappname; however, due to display differences, this data can become visible. Often, these transactions will have a Notes field describing the real purpose of the transaction. If this option is selected, these notes, if present, will be used to override the extraneous memo data."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:492
#, no-c-format
msgid "Debug Options"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:494
#, no-c-format
msgid "These need only be used in the event of import problems. If you have such problems, you should also report them to the &kmymoney; developer list &devlist;. Note that the traces produced by these options may contain data of a confidential nature, and the Anonymize option should be used if they are to be made publicly available."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:494
#, no-c-format
msgid "These need only be used in the event of import problems. If you have such problems, you should also report them to the &kappname; developer list &devlist;. Note that the traces produced by these options may contain data of a confidential nature, and the Anonymize option should be used if they are to be made publicly available."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:505
#, no-c-format
msgid "Import Report"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:507
#, no-c-format
msgid "At the end of processing, the importer produces a report showing the number of different entities processed, and any errors or anomalies encountered. This report will be displayed on screen, and may be saved to a file for later review. A full report may contain the following sections:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:516
#, no-c-format
msgid "Record counts"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:520
#, no-c-format
msgid "Inconsistencies in account types and actions taken"
msgid "Generally speaking, the QIF format should be avoided wherever possible. It is a poor choice for transporting financial data. Among other things, QIF suffers from these problems:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:558
#, no-c-format
msgid "Lack of standardized format: Different versions of the same program will impart different meanings to the same element."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:563
#, no-c-format
msgid "Lack of transaction identifier: Because there is no ID number associated with each transaction, matching duplicate transactions is haphazard at best."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:569
#, no-c-format
msgid "Lack of expressiveness: The grammar is really simple, and cannot portray the depth of financial information found in today's financial environment."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:575
#, no-c-format
msgid "This is generally why Intuit stopped supporting QIF input at all with Quicken 2005. If you have the option of getting data some other way, like OFX, always choose that option."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:583
#, no-c-format
msgid "How to import a QIF file"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:585
#, no-c-format
msgid "To import a QIF file, first ensure you have a valid &kmymoney; file open. Then select <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Import</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>QIF...</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> from the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:586
#, no-c-format
msgid "To import a QIF file, first ensure you have a valid &kappname; file open. Then select <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Import</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>QIF...</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> from the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:602
#, no-c-format
msgid "The resulting dialog prompts for the QIF filename allowing you to locate the file by clicking on the <guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:607
#, no-c-format
msgid "Also, &kmymoney; differentiates between the import of a bank statement file and historic data exported from another application. The default is to import a bank statement file. In case you are importing data from your previous personal finance manager application select the appropriate option."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:608
#, no-c-format
msgid "Also, &kappname; differentiates between the import of a bank statement file and historic data exported from another application. The default is to import a bank statement file. In case you are importing data from your previous personal finance manager application select the appropriate option."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:614
#, no-c-format
msgid "In general the default QIF profile should work with your QIF data. In some cases it might become necessary to use a modified QIF profile. See the <link linkend=\"details.impexp.qifimp.profile\">next section</link> for more details on that subject."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:621
#, no-c-format
msgid "Click on <guibutton>Import</guibutton> to import the QIF file."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:625
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kmymoney; will start scanning the file to determine the formats used to represent dates and numbers. In case it cannot determine a date format unambiguously, &kmymoney; will ask the user to select one from the list of possible date formats."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:626
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kappname; will start scanning the file to determine the formats used to represent dates and numbers. In case it cannot determine a date format unambiguously, &kappname; will ask the user to select one from the list of possible date formats."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:632
#, no-c-format
msgid "Next, &kmymoney; imports the data and creates all necessary objects, such as payee information, accounts and category records, and stock price information. Wherever possible, existing transactions will be matched against the imported information. A progress bar is shown and updated during the import process."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:633
#, no-c-format
msgid "Next, &kappname; imports the data and creates all necessary objects, such as payee information, accounts and category records, and stock price information. Wherever possible, existing transactions will be matched against the imported information. A progress bar is shown and updated during the import process."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:639
#, no-c-format
msgid "In case &kmymoney; could not detect the name of the account to be imported, the user will be asked to select the account into which the data should be imported. If the account does not already exist in your file, a new account can be created by clicking on <guibutton>Create</guibutton>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:640
#, no-c-format
msgid "In case &kappname; could not detect the name of the account to be imported, the user will be asked to select the account into which the data should be imported. If the account does not already exist in your file, a new account can be created by clicking on <guibutton>Create</guibutton>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:646
#, no-c-format
msgid "At the end of the import, &kmymoney; shows a statement import statistics window."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:647
#, no-c-format
msgid "At the end of the import, &kappname; shows a statement import statistics window."
msgid "After importing, all of the imported transactions will be shown with a yellow background in the ledger view. In case &kmymoney; was able to match an imported transaction with an already existing transaction, the background is shown in light green."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:666
#, no-c-format
msgid "After importing, all of the imported transactions will be shown with a yellow background in the ledger view. In case &kappname; was able to match an imported transaction with an already existing transaction, the background is shown in light green."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:672
#, no-c-format
msgid "The next step is to verify the imported data and accept it. This is a general process and also applies to imports from other sources. It is outlined in a separate section of this document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:679
#, no-c-format
msgid "The colors used to mark imported and matched transactions are customizable and may be different in your environment."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:730
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting up a QIF profile"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:732
#, no-c-format
msgid "Because there is no universally standard format for a QIF file, different vendors have taken liberties with the format, and introduced their own nuances. The QIF Profile allows &kmymoney; to know about the peculiarities of your file. To edit an existing QIF Profile, or to create a new one, press the <guibutton>New</guibutton> button on the QIF Import dialog, near the profile selector."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:733
#, no-c-format
msgid "Because there is no universally standard format for a QIF file, different vendors have taken liberties with the format, and introduced their own nuances. The QIF Profile allows &kappname; to know about the peculiarities of your file. To edit an existing QIF Profile, or to create a new one, press the <guibutton>New</guibutton> button on the QIF Import dialog, near the profile selector."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:747
#, no-c-format
msgid "QIF Profile Editor"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:754
#, no-c-format
msgid "Previous versions of &kmymoney; used to have a tab for date and amount specifications. &kmymoney; now determines those settings by scanning the file. If it cannot figure out all settings, it will interrogate the user during import."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:755
#, no-c-format
msgid "Previous versions of &kappname; used to have a tab for date and amount specifications. &kappname; now determines those settings by scanning the file. If it cannot figure out all settings, it will interrogate the user during import."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:763
#, no-c-format
msgid "Another possible use of a profile is if your QIF file uses a non-standard character set, such as ISO-8859-1. To have &kappname; convert the file to UTF-8 on import, you can use"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: programlisting
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:768
#, no-c-format
msgid "iconv -f iso-8859-1 -t utf-8"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:769
#, no-c-format
msgid "as the value of the filter."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:803
#, no-c-format
msgid "Transaction matching"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:805
#, no-c-format
msgid "As noted previously, one of the major drawbacks of the QIF format is the lack of a unique identifier for each transaction. Thus, if you import a QIF file and some of the transactions are already in your ledger, you may get duplicates. &kmymoney; attempts to get around this by looking for transactions that look similar to those you already have. If it finds something that looks like the same transaction, it will match the apparent duplicate."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:817
#, no-c-format
msgid "As noted previously, one of the major drawbacks of the QIF format is the lack of a unique identifier for each transaction. Thus, if you import a QIF file and some of the transactions are already in your ledger, you may get duplicates. &kappname; attempts to get around this by looking for transactions that look similar to those you already have. If it finds something that looks like the same transaction, it will match the apparent duplicate."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:815
#, no-c-format
msgid "This can be a problem if you have transactions that look too similar but are actually different. In this case, you can unmatch those transactions later in the ledger view."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:823
#, no-c-format
msgid "Writing an import filter"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:825
#, no-c-format
msgid "Sometimes you may have data in a custom format, like comma-separated-values (CSV) or something else unique to your situation. As of version 4.6, &kmymoney; includes a CSV Importer Plugin, but you can still import other types of files into &kmymoney; using a QIF Import Filter. A filter is a custom program you write which takes your special file as input, and produces a QIF file as output. This can be a shell script, a perl script, a compiled program written in C/C++, or anything else you can dream of, as long as the system can run it."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:837
#, no-c-format
msgid "Sometimes you may have data in a custom format, like comma-separated-values (CSV) or something else unique to your situation. As of version 4.6, &kappname; includes a CSV Importer Plugin, but you can still import other types of files into &kappname; using a QIF Import Filter. A filter is a custom program you write which takes your special file as input, and produces a QIF file as output. This can be a shell script, a perl script, a compiled program written in C/C++, or anything else you can dream of, as long as the system can run it."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:836
#, no-c-format
msgid "To use it, edit your favorite QIF Profile, and select the Filter tab. Enter the location of your filter program where prompted. Then, whenever you do a QIF import using this profile, the file you select for importing will be run through your filter first."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:843
#, no-c-format
msgid "A common problem is to convert a list of comma-separated-values into a QIF file. This is a textbook case for the awk tool. Create a script called csv2qif.awk, with the following two lines as contents:"
msgid "Then, change the QIF keys (D,T,N,P,M) to match the order of your csv data. Set the input filter to <userinput>awk -f csv2qif.awk</userinput>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:856
#, no-c-format
msgid "Another problem sometimes arises in the encoding of QIF files. &kmymoney; expects files to be UTF8 encoded. If your file is encoded in something else, it can be useful to convert it to UTF8. For example to convert it from iso-8859-1, you would set the input filter to <userinput>recode iso-8859-1..utf-8</userinput>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:868
#, no-c-format
msgid "Another problem sometimes arises in the encoding of QIF files. &kappname; expects files to be UTF8 encoded. If your file is encoded in something else, it can be useful to convert it to UTF8. For example to convert it from iso-8859-1, you would set the input filter to <userinput>recode iso-8859-1..utf-8</userinput>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:866
#, no-c-format
msgid "Special &kmymoney; QIF extensions"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:878
#, no-c-format
msgid "Special &kappname; QIF extensions"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:868
#, no-c-format
msgid "As already mentioned, one of the major drawbacks of the QIF format is the lack of a unique identifier for each transaction. If you are writing your own QIF file creator (or filter, as described above), you can overcome this problem. &kmymoney; supports the '#' field. The importer will interpret this as a unique transaction ID, and disregard the record if the transaction is already in the system."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:880
#, no-c-format
msgid "As already mentioned, one of the major drawbacks of the QIF format is the lack of a unique identifier for each transaction. If you are writing your own QIF file creator (or filter, as described above), you can overcome this problem. &kappname; supports the '#' field. The importer will interpret this as a unique transaction ID, and disregard the record if the transaction is already in the system."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:880
#, no-c-format
msgid "QIF Exporter"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:881
#, no-c-format
msgid "To export one of your accounts to a QIF file, choose the <menuchoice><guimenuitem>Export</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>QIF</guimenuitem></menuchoice> from the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu. You will be prompted for which single account to export, what file to export it to, and what QIF Profile to use."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:888
#, no-c-format
msgid "At the moment, QIF Exporter does not handle export of investments."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:899
#, no-c-format
msgid "QIF Export"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:911
#, no-c-format
msgid "OFX Importer Plugin"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:914
#, no-c-format
msgid "Getting the plugin"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:916
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kmymoney; will import OFX files painlessly. However, this functionality is not built into the core program. You must obtain and install the OFX Importer Plugin. Once that is installed, the command to import OFX files will automatically show up under the <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Import</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:928
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kappname; will import OFX files painlessly. However, this functionality is not built into the core program. You must obtain and install the OFX Importer Plugin. Once that is installed, the command to import OFX files will automatically show up under the <menuchoice><guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Import</guimenuitem></menuchoice> menu."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:924
#, no-c-format
msgid "Note that many prepackaged versions of &kmymoney; were built with the OFX importer already included or available as a separate package. If the OFX importer does not seem to be installed in your version, the first place to check is in the same place you got your base &kmymoney; package."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:936
#, no-c-format
msgid "Note that many prepackaged versions of &kappname; were built with the OFX importer already included or available as a separate package. If the OFX importer does not seem to be installed in your version, the first place to check is in the same place you got your base &kappname; package."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:931
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you have installed from RPM, the OFX Importer Plugin is contained within the kmymoney-ofx RPM. It should be available from whatever source you got the base &kmymoney; RPM. If you have built from sources, all you need to do is have preferably the libOFX 0.9 development headers and libraries installed on your system. The &kmymoney; build process will detect these and compile the plugin. At the time of release of &kmymoney; 4.6, the latest libofx version was 0.9.4, which is also the minimum required version."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:943
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you have installed from RPM, the OFX Importer Plugin is contained within the kmymoney-ofx RPM. It should be available from whatever source you got the base &kappname; RPM. If you have built from sources, all you need to do is have preferably the libOFX 0.9 development headers and libraries installed on your system. The &kappname; build process will detect these and compile the plugin. At the time of release of &kappname; 4.6, the latest libofx version was 0.9.4, which is also the minimum required version."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:941
#, no-c-format
msgid "Should you run into trouble trying to compile &kmymoney;, and you are certain you have the correct version of libOFX installed, please contact the developers list &devlist; for assistance. Include a copy of your config.log file, compressed first via gzip."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:953
#, no-c-format
msgid "Should you run into trouble trying to compile &kappname;, and you are certain you have the correct version of libOFX installed, please contact the developers list &devlist; for assistance. Include a copy of your config.log file, compressed first via gzip."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:950
#, no-c-format
msgid "What is OFX"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:952
#, no-c-format
msgid "OFX stands for <quote>Open Financial Exchange</quote>. According to the <ulink url=\"http://www.ofx.net/\">OFX web site</ulink> <quote>Open Financial Exchange (OFX) is a unified specification for the electronic exchange of financial data between financial institutions, businesses and consumers via the Internet. OFX is not a financial institution.</quote> The specification defines formats for transfer of financial data both by file and by direct interchange."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:962
#, no-c-format
msgid "Although the standard is much more complete and robust than QIF, there are still variations, depending on the specific implementation used by any institution. OFX files may have an extension of <quote>OFX</quote> or <quote>QFX</quote> (upper or lower case); this does not imply any particular difference in the content. The specification is based on &XML;, so the files can be read in any text editor, but as whitespace is not relevant to the content itself, some implementations do not use any, making it very hard for a human to read."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:974
#, no-c-format
msgid "Although the standard is much more complete and robust than QIF, there are still variations, depending on the specific implementation used by any institution. OFX files may have an extension of <quote>OFX</quote> or <quote>QFX</quote> (upper or lower case); this does not imply any particular difference in the content. The specification is based on XML, so the files can be read in any text editor, but as whitespace is not relevant to the content itself, some implementations do not use any, making it very hard for a human to read."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:973
#, no-c-format
msgid "Another site with good information is <ulink url=\"http:/ofxhome.com/\">OFX Home</ulink>. They maintain a directory of financial institutions that support OFX. This can be useful if you have problems setting up <link linkend=\"details.impexp.ofxdirectconnect\">OFX direct connect.</link> They also have a forum for discussions about OFX issues."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:983
#, no-c-format
msgid "Importing an OFX file"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:985
#, no-c-format
msgid "The most basic way to import an OFX file is to choose the importer from the menu bar. From the <guimenu>File</guimenu> menu, choose <guimenuitem>Import</guimenuitem>, and then <guimenuitem>OFX...</guimenuitem>. If OFX does not show up under Import, you do not have the OFX Importer Plugin installed correctly. Please see the previous section."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:994
#, no-c-format
msgid "The first thing the importer will do is ask you into which account to import the transactions. If there are transactions from multiple accounts in your file, you will be asked this question multiple times."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:1000
#, no-c-format
msgid "After importing, some of your transactions may be shown with an exclamation mark on a yellow triangle in the ledger. This is because they need to be assigned a category. The importer was not able to automatically assign a category based on your past transaction history. You can edit each transaction in the ledger to assign a category, and the mark will be removed."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:1008
#, no-c-format
msgid "Please note that this section describes the <quote>native</quote> OFX importer. OFX files may also be imported using the AqBanking Importer Plugin if you have installed that. Note that the two importers do behave slightly differently, and they are written and supported by two different developers."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:1017
#, no-c-format
msgid "Importing Investments"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:1019
#, no-c-format
msgid "Please note that if you are importing a file with investment transactions, those investments must first exist in your &kmymoney; file. The trading symbol is used to match, so please ensure that the symbol in &kmymoney; is exactly the same as the one in the file you're importing."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:1031
#, no-c-format
msgid "Please note that if you are importing a file with investment transactions, those investments must first exist in your &kappname; file. The trading symbol is used to match, so please ensure that the symbol in &kappname; is exactly the same as the one in the file you're importing."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:1028
#, no-c-format
msgid "Web Connect"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:1030
#, no-c-format
msgid "The easiest way to import an OFX file is to set up Web Connect. Visit your bank's web site, and click on a link to download an OFX file. Your browser should ask you what program you would like to use to open the file. Point your browser to &kmymoney;. It will then import the downloaded OFX file into the &kmymoney; file you most recently had open. You can also change the file associations of your desktop environment, and have &kmymoney; open the OFX file automatically for you."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:1042
#, no-c-format
msgid "The easiest way to import an OFX file is to set up Web Connect. Visit your bank's web site, and click on a link to download an OFX file. Your browser should ask you what program you would like to use to open the file. Point your browser to &kappname;. It will then import the downloaded OFX file into the &kappname; file you most recently had open. You can also change the file associations of your desktop environment, and have &kappname; open the OFX file automatically for you."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:1040
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you need to import the OFX file into some other &kmymoney; file, load up that file in &kmymoney; first, and then visit your bank's web site."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:1052
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you need to import the OFX file into some other &kappname; file, load up that file in &kappname; first, and then visit your bank's web site."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:1047
#, no-c-format
msgid "Direct Connect"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:1049
#, no-c-format
msgid "OFX Direct Connect is now supported in &kmymoney;. This gives you the ability to contact your bank directly to obtain statements. In the future, there will be more help written, and this will be moved to its own section."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:1061
#, no-c-format
msgid "OFX Direct Connect is now supported in &kappname;. This gives you the ability to contact your bank directly to obtain statements. In the future, there will be more help written, and this will be moved to its own section."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:1055
#, no-c-format
msgid "To enable this feature, you must compile &kmymoney; with the --enable-ofxbanking switch (now the default)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:1067
#, no-c-format
msgid "To enable this feature, you must compile &kappname; with the --enable-ofxbanking switch (now the default)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:1060
#, no-c-format
msgid "Please be warned: Many banks require a separate signup, will give you a separate password or PIN, and may even charge you a separate fee for this service. No bank directly supports &kmymoney;. You will have to tell them you want to bank directly from MS Money or Quicken."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:1072
#, no-c-format
msgid "Please be warned: Many banks require a separate signup, will give you a separate password or PIN, and may even charge you a separate fee for this service. No bank directly supports &kappname;. You will have to tell them you want to bank directly from MS Money or Quicken."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:1067
#, no-c-format
msgid "The first step is to configure each account for which you wish to download statements. Go to the Accounts view, right click on the account you wish to configure, and choose <guimenuitem>Map to online account...</guimenuitem>. In case more than one online banking plugin is installed on your system you will be asked which one to use. For the internal OFX method select <guimenuitem>KMyMoney OFX</guimenuitem>. A list of banks will be downloaded from the Internet and a wizard will guide you through choosing a bank, entering your username and password, and selecting an account. Should you find that your bank is not listed, then it may still be possible to use the manual option. Your bank may be able to provide the required parameters, or you may have to do some research to find them."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:1082
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting up OFX Direct Connect can sometimes be a challenge, especially as the implementation at most institutions do not provide sufficient details in error messages. One particular issue to note is that many institutions require you to change your password the first time you access it online using this method. Unfortunately, at this time, the library that &kmymoney; uses (libofx) does not have a way to interactively change a password. In some cases, it is possible to get a techincal support person at the institution to change the password for you. Until we are able to expand this section with more detailed troubleshooting information, if you have trouble getting this to work for you, you can ask for help on the &kmymoney; developer list &devlist;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:1094
#, no-c-format
msgid "Setting up OFX Direct Connect can sometimes be a challenge, especially as the implementation at most institutions do not provide sufficient details in error messages. One particular issue to note is that many institutions require you to change your password the first time you access it online using this method. Unfortunately, at this time, the library that &kappname; uses (libofx) does not have a way to interactively change a password. In some cases, it is possible to get a techincal support person at the institution to change the password for you. Until we are able to expand this section with more detailed troubleshooting information, if you have trouble getting this to work for you, you can ask for help on the &kappname; developer list &devlist;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:1097
#, no-c-format
msgid "Once you have an account set up with online banking, go to the ledger for that account. Then from the <guimenu>Account</guimenu> menu, choose <guimenuitem>Update account...</guimenuitem>. This will connect to your bank, and download a statement for the last 60 days."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: details-impexp.docbook:1105
#, no-c-format
msgid "In version of &kmymoney; prior to 4.6, the payee name was always taken from the PAYEEID field. As of version 4.6, the payee name can be based on either the PAYEEID, NAME, or MEMO field in the OFX transaction. You can configure this feature and some other OFX direct connect settings by selecting the appropriate tab in the <link linkend=\"details.accounts.edit\">Edit account</link> dialog."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:1117
#, no-c-format
msgid "In version of &kappname; prior to 4.6, the payee name was always taken from the PAYEEID field. As of version 4.6, the payee name can be based on either the PAYEEID, NAME, or MEMO field in the OFX transaction. You can configure this feature and some other OFX direct connect settings by selecting the appropriate tab in the <link linkend=\"details.accounts.edit\">Edit account</link> dialog."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:1117
#, no-c-format
msgid "Exporting an OFX file"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:1119
#, no-c-format
msgid "It is not possible to export your data as an OFX file currently. If you are interested to contribute in this area, please contact the libofx development team for details."
msgid "&kmymoney; contains explicit support for importer plugins. If you have a custom format, and you would like to write an importer plugin, we would value your contribution. To do so, you'll need to compile the program from source. Then use the OFX Importer Plugin as an example."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> stable
#: details-impexp.docbook:1148
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kappname; contains explicit support for importer plugins. If you have a custom format, and you would like to write an importer plugin, we would value your contribution. To do so, you'll need to compile the program from source. Then use the OFX Importer Plugin as an example."
msgid "For licensing information of both the software and this documentation, please refer to the <link linkend=\"credits\">final section</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:75
+#: index.docbook:86
#, no-c-format
msgid "This document is a handbook for using &tellico;, a collection manager software application."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:85
+#: index.docbook:96
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keyword>KDE</keyword>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:86
+#: index.docbook:97
#, no-c-format
msgid "tellico"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:87
+#: index.docbook:98
#, no-c-format
msgid "book"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:88
+#: index.docbook:99
#, no-c-format
msgid "bibliography"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:89
+#: index.docbook:100
#, no-c-format
msgid "movie"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:90
+#: index.docbook:101
#, no-c-format
msgid "collection"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:91
+#: index.docbook:102
#, no-c-format
msgid "database"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:92
+#: index.docbook:103
#, no-c-format
msgid "catalog"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:93
+#: index.docbook:104
#, no-c-format
msgid "extragear"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:109
+#: index.docbook:120
#, no-c-format
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:117
+#: index.docbook:128
#, no-c-format
msgid "<title>&tellico;</title>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:119
+#: index.docbook:130
#, no-c-format
msgid "&tellico; is a program for managing collections. It began as a simple book collection manager, and has expanded to include default collection templates for bibliographies, comic books, videos, music, coins, stamps, trading cards, video games, wines, board games, and file listings. In addition, custom collections can be built for any other type of collectibles."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:128
+#: index.docbook:139
#, no-c-format
msgid "What &tellico; Is"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:130
+#: index.docbook:141
#, no-c-format
msgid "&tellico; keeps track of the items in a collection, and offers an easy way to enter data for each entry. It provides several field types, and allows for an unlimited number of user-defined fields. The entries in a collection may be grouped by any field for easy organization, and customizable views show as much or as little information as you like."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:139
+#: index.docbook:150
#, no-c-format
msgid "Loans of items in your collection may be tracked, including a due date. Collections may be imported or exported using a variety of formats, to allow for easy exchange or publication of data."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:148
+#: index.docbook:159
#, no-c-format
msgid "What &tellico; Is Not"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:150
+#: index.docbook:161
#, no-c-format
msgid "&tellico; is not an audio or video player. It does not provide facilities for reading or modifying multimedia files. It also does not provide any image-editing functionality. Although &tellico; has some functionality for managing bibliography lists, it is not a full-blown bibliographic reference manager. &tellico; also does not pretend to have all the capabilities of a full-fledged relational database."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:159
+#: index.docbook:170
#, no-c-format
msgid "As somewhat of a disclaimer, &tellico; is a hobby for the author, and no guarantees are made about its functionality, usefullness, or otherwise. More information is included in the <link linkend=\"credits\">license declaration</link>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:170
+#: index.docbook:181
#, no-c-format
msgid "Terminology"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:173
+#: index.docbook:184
#, no-c-format
msgid "Collections"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:174
+#: index.docbook:185
#, no-c-format
msgid "In &tellico;, a collection is the document. Only one collection exists in each &tellico; file. A collection contains any number of <link linkend=\"fields\">fields</link> and <link linkend=\"entries\">entries</link>. &tellico; supports 12 specific collection types by default: books, bibliographic entries, comic books, videos, music, trading cards, coins, stamps, video games, wines, board games, and file listings. In addition, an empty generic collection template is available for any other type of collectibles or lists."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:185
+#: index.docbook:196
#, no-c-format
msgid "Collection Fields"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:186
+#: index.docbook:197
#, no-c-format
msgid "Each collection may have an unlimited number of fields. &tellico; supports eleven types of fields, which allow for a range of different data. The fields can be edited with the <link linkend=\"fields-dialog\"><interface>Collection Fields Dialog</interface></link> and are explained further in the <link linkend=\"field-types\">Field Types</link> section."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:195
+#: index.docbook:206
#, no-c-format
msgid "Collection Entries"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:197
+#: index.docbook:208
#, no-c-format
msgid "An entry is the basic record in &tellico;. Each entry contains a single value for each field in the collection. A collection may have an unlimited number of entries, in theory, although since the whole collection is always resident in memory, too many entries could slow down the application."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:203
+#: index.docbook:214
#, no-c-format
msgid "&tellico; has been tested with a collection of 10,000 entries, and the speed was satisfactory. However, if many large images are included in the collection, the loading and processing time does slow down greatly. Performance can be improved by having &tellico; store images separate from the data file itself, either in the application-specific folder or a folder relative to the data file. More information can be found in the <link linkend=\"configuration\">configuration section</link>."
msgid "The author of this documentation has also granted you permission to use the content under the terms of the <ulink url=\"http://www.freebsd.org/copyright/freebsd-doc-license.html\">FreeBSD Documentation License</ulink>, if you so choose. If you wish to allow use of your version of this content only under the terms of the FreeBSD Documentation License, and not to allow others to use your version of this file under the terms of the GFDL, indicate your decision by deleting the GFDL notice and replacing it with the notice and other provisions required by the FreeBSD Documentation License. If you do not delete the GFDL notice above, a recipient may use your version of this file under the terms of either the GFDL or the FreeBSD Documentation License."
msgid "SIP and IAX2 compatible voice over IP softphone client by KDE."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
#: man-ring-kde.1.docbook:44
#, no-c-format
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
#: man-ring-kde.1.docbook:45
#, no-c-format
msgid "Ring is meant to be a robust enterprise-class desktop phone. It provides functions like call transfer, call hold, multiple lines, multiple accounts support. Ring audio layer is built upon a native ALSA interface and a native PulseAudio interface. ring-kde is a client for Ring built with KDE Frameworks; it communicates with the core side through D-Bus."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
#: man-ring-kde.1.docbook:53
#, no-c-format
msgid "Bugs"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
#: man-ring-kde.1.docbook:54
#, no-c-format
msgid "Please report bugs at https://bugs.kde.org."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
#: man-ring-kde.1.docbook:59
#, no-c-format
msgid "See Also"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
#: man-ring-kde.1.docbook:60
#, no-c-format
msgid "Ringd(1)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
#: man-ring-kde.1.docbook:61
#, no-c-format
msgid "More detailed user documentation is available from <ulink url=\"help:/ring-kde\">help:/ring-kde</ulink> (either enter this <acronym>URL</acronym> into Konqueror, or run <userinput><command>khelpcenter</command> <parameter>help:/ring-kde</parameter></userinput>)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
#: man-ring-kde.1.docbook:64
#, no-c-format
msgid "There is also further information available at <ulink url=\"http://www.ring.cx/\">the Ring website</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
#: man-ring-kde.1.docbook:70
#, no-c-format
msgid "Authors"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
#: man-ring-kde.1.docbook:71
#, no-c-format
msgid "The maintainer of Ring is Emmanuel Milou: emmanuel.milou@savoirfairelinux.com. The maintainer of Ring KDE client is Jérémy Quentin: jeremy.quentin@savoirfairelinux.com. A comprehensive list of authors and contributors is available in the complete user manual mentioned above."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
#: man-ring-kde.1.docbook:77
#, no-c-format
msgid "License"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
#: man-ring-kde.1.docbook:78
#, no-c-format
msgid "This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 3 as published by the Free Software Foundation."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
#: man-ring-kde.1.docbook:81
#, no-c-format
msgid "On Debian GNU/Linux systems, the complete text of the GNU General Public License can be found in `/usr/share/common-licenses/GPL'."
msgid "A preview of available themes is displayed in this dialog. Select a theme by clicking on it."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:31
#, no-c-format
msgid "Use the <guibutton>Get New Themes</guibutton> button to download additional themes from the Internet or load a theme from file."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:33
#, no-c-format
msgid "&plasma; comes with multiple themes. The &plasma; theme defines how the different components of &plasma; are displayed (⪚ Plasmoids, panels, widgets)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:34
#, no-c-format
msgid "The <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> button is enabled only for custom themes."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:37
#, no-c-format
msgid "Since &plasma; 5.6 it is no longer possible to edit and customize individual components or items in a theme."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:39
#, no-c-format
msgid "The recommended tools to check, blend and test themes is the plasma-sdk package, the <application> Plasma Theme Explorer</application> specifically."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:40
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here's a screenshot of the &plasma; theme manager"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:46
#, no-c-format
msgid "Customizing &plasma; theme"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:52
#, no-c-format
msgid "In this module you can:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:54
#, no-c-format
msgid "install and choose &plasma; themes"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:55
#, no-c-format
msgid "edit &plasma; themes"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:56
#, no-c-format
msgid "remove &plasma; themes"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:59
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you want to remove a theme, use the <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"edit-delete.png\" format=\"PNG\"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> overlay icon at the bottom right of the theme icon. To undo this action click on the <inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata fileref=\"edit-undo.png\" format=\"PNG\"/></imageobject></inlinemediaobject> icon. If you hit <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> or <guibutton>OK</guibutton> the themes selected for removal are actually deleted, so you cannot undo individual or all deletions."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:70
#, no-c-format
msgid "If the plasma-sdk package is installed on your system, a button appears hovering a theme preview and lets you start the <application>Plasma Theme Explorer</application>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5 plasma5lts
#: index.docbook:74
#, no-c-format
msgid "For more technical information visit <ulink url=\"https://techbase.kde.org/Development/Tutorials/Plasma5/ThemeDetails\">this page</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:82
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guilabel>Get New Plasma Themes...</guilabel>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:84
#, no-c-format
msgid "You need to be connected to the Internet to use it. Clicking on this button will display a dialog where you can choose a new plasma theme. Clicking on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> in the dialog will install the chosen &plasma; theme and after you <guibutton>Close</guibutton> the installer your new theme is immediately available."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:93
#, no-c-format
msgid "<screeninfo>Get New Plasma Themes...</screeninfo>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:99
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Get New Plasma Themes...</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guilabel
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:107
#, no-c-format
msgid "Install from File..."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:109
#, no-c-format
msgid "If you downloaded new themes from the internet, you can use this to browse to the location of those newly downloaded themes. Clicking on this button will bring you the file dialog to point to the &plasma; theme tarball you have on your disk."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: index.docbook:114
#, no-c-format
msgid "Clicking <guibutton>Open</guibutton> in this dialog will install the theme you pointed to and make it available in the theme list."
msgid "&ksirk; is a computerized version of a well known strategy game. It is fully skinable. This manual explains how to create new skins from scratch, using a file browser, a SVG image editor and &kappname;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:61
+#: index.docbook:71
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keyword>KDE</keyword>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:62
+#: index.docbook:72
#, no-c-format
msgid "kdegames"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:63
+#: index.docbook:73
#, no-c-format
msgid "game"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:64
+#: index.docbook:74
#, no-c-format
msgid "strategy"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:65
+#: index.docbook:75
#, no-c-format
msgid "Risk"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:66
+#: index.docbook:76
#, no-c-format
msgid "free"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:67
+#: index.docbook:77
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keyword>GPL</keyword>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:68
+#: index.docbook:78
#, no-c-format
msgid "skin"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:69
+#: index.docbook:79
#, no-c-format
msgid "editor"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:84
+#: index.docbook:94
#, no-c-format
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: screeninfo
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:95 index.docbook:419
+#: index.docbook:105 index.docbook:429
#, no-c-format
msgid "Here's a screenshot of &kappname;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:101 index.docbook:425
+#: index.docbook:111 index.docbook:435
#, no-c-format
msgid "Screenshot"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:106
+#: index.docbook:116
#, no-c-format
msgid "There is three main steps to create a new skin: creating the folders hierarchy; creating the graphics, all pooled inside a SVG file; and then placing sprites and naming things using &kappname;."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:112
+#: index.docbook:122
#, no-c-format
msgid "Creating a &ksirk; skin"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:113
+#: index.docbook:123
#, no-c-format
msgid "&ksirk; is fully skinable. For who have graphic capabilities, creating a new skin is as simple as copying an existing one, editing or changing the graphics and updating the data in a .desktop configuration file, which is done using the &kappname;. A last step is to edit the file describing what to install."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:116
+#: index.docbook:126
#, no-c-format
msgid "All examples (text and images) are taken from the default skin of &ksirk;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:119
+#: index.docbook:129
#, no-c-format
msgid "Structure of folders and files"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:123
+#: index.docbook:133
#, no-c-format
msgid "Data/ : Data used by the program to handle the images of the skin."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:125 index.docbook:133
+#: index.docbook:135 index.docbook:143
#, no-c-format
msgid "CMakeLists.txt : Describes what to install."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:126
+#: index.docbook:136
#, no-c-format
msgid "onu.desktop : Main file for the description of the skin. See its description below."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:131
+#: index.docbook:141
#, no-c-format
msgid "Images/ : The images of the skin (map, sprites, etc.)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:134
+#: index.docbook:144
#, no-c-format
msgid "pool.svg : the map and all the sprites used in this skin."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:135
+#: index.docbook:145
#, no-c-format
msgid "map-mask.png : the image allowing the program to find which country the mouse is over during the game (see below)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:136
+#: index.docbook:146
#, no-c-format
msgid "*.png : the other images here are buttons images."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:140
+#: index.docbook:150
#, no-c-format
msgid "CMakeLists.txt/ : Describes what to install."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:141
+#: index.docbook:151
#, no-c-format
msgid "Sounds/ : sound files for the skin."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:145
+#: index.docbook:155
#, no-c-format
msgid "The Data folder"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:146
+#: index.docbook:156
#, no-c-format
msgid "This folder contains only one file, world.desktop. This file is a description of the content of the skin. It is used to describe the organization of the world and how to display it. You don't have to fill it manualy as it will be handled by the &kappname;. But, for the sake of completeness, we will now describe its structure."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:149
+#: index.docbook:159
#, no-c-format
msgid "An onu group contains a number of country entries, a number of nationality entries and lastly a number of continent entries. Then various groups contain the description of the different sprites, the description of the different countries, continents, nationalities and goals."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:152
+#: index.docbook:162
#, no-c-format
msgid "The following sections describe the content of each group."
msgid "The height difference between flags and cannons sprites"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:175
+#: index.docbook:185
#, no-c-format
msgid "width-between-flag-and-fighter"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:175
+#: index.docbook:185
#, no-c-format
msgid "The number of pixels between the left most pixel of the flag and the right most pixel of the simple cannon (when not firing nor exploding)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:182
+#: index.docbook:192
#, no-c-format
msgid "The sprites description groups"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:183
+#: index.docbook:193
#, no-c-format
msgid "Each type of sprite (flag, infantry, cavalry, cannon, firing cannon and exploding cannon) is defined by a group. Only some sprites have a width entry. This entry is used for relative positioning during animations: the cannons, firing or exploding should not \"move\" around the country's flag during fight."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:186
+#: index.docbook:196
#, no-c-format
msgid "Sprite description group entries"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:188
+#: index.docbook:198
#, no-c-format
msgid "Entry"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:190
+#: index.docbook:200
#, no-c-format
msgid "The reference width of the flag sprite frames"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:191
+#: index.docbook:201
#, no-c-format
msgid "The reference height of the flag sprite frames"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:192
+#: index.docbook:202
#, no-c-format
msgid "frames"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:192
+#: index.docbook:202
#, no-c-format
msgid "The number of frames of the sprite"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:193
+#: index.docbook:203
#, no-c-format
msgid "versions"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:193
+#: index.docbook:203
#, no-c-format
msgid "The number of versions of the flag sprites"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:200
+#: index.docbook:210
#, no-c-format
msgid "The countries description groups"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:201
+#: index.docbook:211
#, no-c-format
msgid "Each country listed in the onu group, countries entry has its own group whose label is the country name. The table below lists the entries of these groups."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:206
+#: index.docbook:216
#, no-c-format
msgid "Country entries"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:210 index.docbook:250
+#: index.docbook:220 index.docbook:260
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>id</entry>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:210
+#: index.docbook:220
#, no-c-format
msgid "The integer unique identification number of the country, must start at zero (0)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:211
+#: index.docbook:221
#, no-c-format
msgid "The displayed name of the country"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:212
+#: index.docbook:222
#, no-c-format
msgid "<sprite>-point"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:212
+#: index.docbook:222
#, no-c-format
msgid "Each type of sprite (flag, infantry, etc.) in the country is displayed at a certain position defined by this entry made of two integers separated by a comma"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:213
+#: index.docbook:223
#, no-c-format
msgid "neighbours"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:213
+#: index.docbook:223
#, no-c-format
msgid "The list of the ids of the neighbors of the current country"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:220
+#: index.docbook:230
#, no-c-format
msgid "The nationalities description groups"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:221
+#: index.docbook:231
#, no-c-format
msgid "Each nationality listed in the onu group, nationalities entry has its own group whose label is the nationality name. The table below lists the entries of these groups."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:226
+#: index.docbook:236
#, no-c-format
msgid "Nationality entries"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:230
+#: index.docbook:240
#, no-c-format
msgid "The name of the nationality (e.g. Japan)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:231
+#: index.docbook:241
#, no-c-format
msgid "leader"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:231
+#: index.docbook:241
#, no-c-format
msgid "The name that will be proposed to the player choosing this nationality"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:232
+#: index.docbook:242
#, no-c-format
msgid "flag"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:232
+#: index.docbook:242
#, no-c-format
msgid "The name of the country's flag sprite element in the onu SVG file"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:239
+#: index.docbook:249
#, no-c-format
msgid "The continents description groups"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:240
+#: index.docbook:250
#, no-c-format
msgid "Each continent listed in the onu group, continents entry has its own group whose label is the continent name. The table below lists the entries of these groups."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:245
+#: index.docbook:255
#, no-c-format
msgid "Continent entries"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:249
+#: index.docbook:259
#, no-c-format
msgid "The name of the continent (e.g. Africa)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:250
+#: index.docbook:260
#, no-c-format
msgid "The integer unique identification number of the continent"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:251
+#: index.docbook:261
#, no-c-format
msgid "bonus"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:251
+#: index.docbook:261
#, no-c-format
msgid "The number of armies obtained at the end of the turn by the player owning all the countries of the continent"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:252
+#: index.docbook:262
#, no-c-format
msgid "continent-countries"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:252
+#: index.docbook:262
#, no-c-format
msgid "The list of the ids of the countries inside the current continent"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:259
+#: index.docbook:269
#, no-c-format
msgid "The goals description groups"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:260
+#: index.docbook:270
#, no-c-format
msgid "Each goal listed in the onu group, goals entry has its own group whose label is the goal name. The table below lists the entries of these groups."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:265
+#: index.docbook:275
#, no-c-format
msgid "Goal entries"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:269
+#: index.docbook:279
#, no-c-format
msgid "type"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:269
+#: index.docbook:279
#, no-c-format
msgid "The type of goal. Can be continents, countries or player"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:270
+#: index.docbook:280
#, no-c-format
msgid "nbArmiesByCountry"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:270
+#: index.docbook:280
#, no-c-format
msgid "set the minimal number of armies the player will have to put on each country"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:271
+#: index.docbook:281
#, no-c-format
msgid "nbCountries"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:271
+#: index.docbook:281
#, no-c-format
msgid "set the number of countries the player must possess"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:272
+#: index.docbook:282
#, no-c-format
msgid "nbCountriesFallback"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:272
+#: index.docbook:282
#, no-c-format
msgid "For a player goal type, if the target player is killed by another one, this sets the number of countries the player will have to conquer instead"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:273
+#: index.docbook:283
#, no-c-format
msgid "A full text description of the goal with appropriate placeholders (needs more doc here)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:274
+#: index.docbook:284
#, no-c-format
msgid "continents"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:274
+#: index.docbook:284
#, no-c-format
msgid "The list of continents ids the player will have to conquer"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:282
+#: index.docbook:292
#, no-c-format
msgid "The Images folder"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:283
+#: index.docbook:293
#, no-c-format
msgid "This folder contains the buttons specific to &ksirk; and the pool SVG file that contains the map and all sprites."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:287
+#: index.docbook:297
#, no-c-format
msgid "The pool.svg file"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:288
+#: index.docbook:298
#, no-c-format
msgid "This SVG file contains the map and all the sprites of the game. Each element is named such that the game can select and render separately each of them."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:291
+#: index.docbook:301
#, no-c-format
msgid "In the default skin, the sprites are flags, infantry, cavalry and cannon. Infantry represents one army, five for cavalry and ten for cannons. Cannons are also used to display fighting armies. That's why there is three kinds of cannon sprites: normal static or moving cannon, firing one and exploding one."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:294
+#: index.docbook:304
#, no-c-format
msgid "Each sprite image is the concatenation of the various views of the object and for each view, its frames. Views are organized vertically and frames horizontally. Where to cut the image in individual frames is found by dividing the height of the image by the number of views and the width by the number of frames. These data are found in the onu.desktop file."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:296
+#: index.docbook:306
#, no-c-format
msgid "An example of a sprite image: cannon.png"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:298
+#: index.docbook:308
#, no-c-format
msgid "For armies sprites, there is three different views, from top to bottom:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:300
+#: index.docbook:310
#, no-c-format
msgid "looking right"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:301
+#: index.docbook:311
#, no-c-format
msgid "looking left and"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:302
+#: index.docbook:312
#, no-c-format
msgid "facer"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:303
+#: index.docbook:313
#, no-c-format
msgid "For flags, there is only one view. All sprites backgrounds should be set to transparent."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:304
+#: index.docbook:314
#, no-c-format
msgid "An example of a flag sprite image: italy.png"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:308
+#: index.docbook:318
#, no-c-format
msgid "The elements of the pool"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:310
+#: index.docbook:320
#, no-c-format
msgid "Element name"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:310
+#: index.docbook:320
#, no-c-format
msgid "Sample Image"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:313
+#: index.docbook:323
#, no-c-format
msgid "<entry>map</entry>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:313
+#: index.docbook:323
#, no-c-format
msgid "Map of the skins's world. Countries can have arbitrary shapes, but should be grouped in eye-recognizable continents, by location only or by color"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:316
+#: index.docbook:326
#, no-c-format
msgid "italy"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:316
+#: index.docbook:326
#, no-c-format
msgid "The flag of the Italy nation. There is one such entry for each nation"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:319
+#: index.docbook:329
#, no-c-format
msgid "infantry"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:319
+#: index.docbook:329
#, no-c-format
msgid "Icon representing one army"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:322
+#: index.docbook:332
#, no-c-format
msgid "cavalry"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:322
+#: index.docbook:332
#, no-c-format
msgid "Icon representing five armies"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:325
+#: index.docbook:335
#, no-c-format
msgid "cannon"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:325
+#: index.docbook:335
#, no-c-format
msgid "Icon representing ten armies"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:328
+#: index.docbook:338
#, no-c-format
msgid "firing"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:328
+#: index.docbook:338
#, no-c-format
msgid "Icon representing armies during a fight"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:331
+#: index.docbook:341
#, no-c-format
msgid "exploding"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:331
+#: index.docbook:341
#, no-c-format
msgid "Icon representing armies when losing a fight"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:334
+#: index.docbook:344
#, no-c-format
msgid "Alaska"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:334
+#: index.docbook:344
#, no-c-format
msgid "The shape of the Alaska country. This is used to highligth the country. There is one such shape for each country. Its color is not used. As such, the color is free."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:337
+#: index.docbook:347
#, no-c-format
msgid "reddices"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:337
+#: index.docbook:347
#, no-c-format
msgid "The red dices used to show battles results"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:340
+#: index.docbook:350
#, no-c-format
msgid "bluedices"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:340
+#: index.docbook:350
#, no-c-format
msgid "The blue dices used to show battles results"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:343
+#: index.docbook:353
#, no-c-format
msgid "mark1"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:343
+#: index.docbook:353
#, no-c-format
msgid "This mark is added to fighting sprites to show the number of armies they represent, here 1. There is also a mark2 and a mark3 elements."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:351
+#: index.docbook:361
#, no-c-format
msgid "The map-mask.png file"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:352
+#: index.docbook:362
#, no-c-format
msgid "This is a png file representing also the map of the skins's world, but with coded colors that allows one to identify uniquely each country. Countries must have at least the same shapes as the corresponding countries on the map.png file so that users can click anywhere in a viewable country and select the good one. Countries, like little islands as Indonesia in the default map can be greater than the equivalent in the map.png file to facilitate the selection of the country."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:356
+#: index.docbook:366
#, no-c-format
msgid "A sample map-mask"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:359
+#: index.docbook:369
#, no-c-format
msgid "The blue component (in RGB model) of a country's color identifies the country: index 0 is country 0 in the onu.xml file, index 1 is country 1, &etc; White (0xFFFFFF in RGB) identifies the absence of country (sees or, why not, no man's lands)."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:364
+#: index.docbook:374
#, no-c-format
msgid "The buttons images"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:365
+#: index.docbook:375
#, no-c-format
msgid "The filenames are hard-coded in the code, so they should not be modified. The table below shows all the buttons that should be provided."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:367
+#: index.docbook:377
#, no-c-format
msgid "The buttons of the &GUI;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:369
+#: index.docbook:379
#, no-c-format
msgid "Image"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:369
+#: index.docbook:379
#, no-c-format
msgid "Filename"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:372
+#: index.docbook:382
#, no-c-format
msgid "newNetGame.png"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:372
+#: index.docbook:382
#, no-c-format
msgid "Tries to join a network game"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:375
+#: index.docbook:385
#, no-c-format
msgid "recycling.png"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:375
+#: index.docbook:385
#, no-c-format
msgid "After all players have put their armies, it is possible to modify the distributions (named recycling). This button asks to do such a redistribution"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:378
+#: index.docbook:388
#, no-c-format
msgid "recyclingFinished.png"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:378
+#: index.docbook:388
#, no-c-format
msgid "Chooses not to redistribute. All clients windows must have this button clicked to really end the distribution"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:381
+#: index.docbook:391
#, no-c-format
msgid "nextPlayer.png"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:381
+#: index.docbook:391
#, no-c-format
msgid "Ends the current player's turn and switch to the next one or to the next turn if the current player was the last one"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:384
+#: index.docbook:394
#, no-c-format
msgid "attackOne.png"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:384
+#: index.docbook:394
#, no-c-format
msgid "Chooses to start an attack with one army"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:387
+#: index.docbook:397
#, no-c-format
msgid "attackTwo.png"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:387
+#: index.docbook:397
#, no-c-format
msgid "Chooses to start an attack with two armies"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:390
+#: index.docbook:400
#, no-c-format
msgid "attackThree.png"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:390
+#: index.docbook:400
#, no-c-format
msgid "Chooses to start an attack with three armies"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:393
+#: index.docbook:403
#, no-c-format
msgid "defendOne.png"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:393
+#: index.docbook:403
#, no-c-format
msgid "Chooses to defend an attacked country with one army"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:396
+#: index.docbook:406
#, no-c-format
msgid "defendTwo.png"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:396
+#: index.docbook:406
#, no-c-format
msgid "Chooses to defend an attacked country with two armies"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:399
+#: index.docbook:409
#, no-c-format
msgid "moveArmies.png"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: entry
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:399
+#: index.docbook:409
#, no-c-format
msgid "Chooses to start the moving of armies between two countries (last action in the turn)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:407
+#: index.docbook:417
#, no-c-format
msgid "The Sounds folder"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:408
+#: index.docbook:418
#, no-c-format
msgid "This folder contains three sound files:"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:409
+#: index.docbook:419
#, no-c-format
msgid "roll.wav played when armies are moving"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:410
+#: index.docbook:420
#, no-c-format
msgid "cannon.wav played when firing and"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:411
+#: index.docbook:421
#, no-c-format
msgid "crash.wav played when a cannon explodes"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:415
+#: index.docbook:425
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using the &kappname;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:416
+#: index.docbook:426
#, no-c-format
msgid "After creating the graphics in the right folder and SVG file, you just have to create countries, players, etc. and associate them with the right SVG element in the pool. This can be done with the &kappname;. Note that each part of this application is auto-described by tooltips and contextual help usualy reachable through the Ctrl+F1 shortcut."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:436
+#: index.docbook:446
#, no-c-format
msgid "Command Reference"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:439
+#: index.docbook:449
#, no-c-format
msgid "The main &kappname; window"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:441
+#: index.docbook:451
#, no-c-format
msgid "The buttons"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:451
+#: index.docbook:461
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Load</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guibutton
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:454
+#: index.docbook:464
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Load</guibutton>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: action
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:456
+#: index.docbook:466
#, no-c-format
msgid "Causes the program to load an existing skin."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: phrase
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:466
+#: index.docbook:476
#, no-c-format
msgid "<phrase>Save</phrase>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: guibutton
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:469
+#: index.docbook:479
#, no-c-format
msgid "<guibutton>Save</guibutton>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: action
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:472
+#: index.docbook:482
#, no-c-format
msgid "Saves the currently edited skin"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:484
+#: index.docbook:494
#, no-c-format
msgid "Developer's Guide to &kappname;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:486
+#: index.docbook:496
#, no-c-format
msgid "Please refer to <ulink url=\"http://api.kde.org/\">http://api.kde.org/</ulink> for the documentation of the API."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:492
+#: index.docbook:502
#, no-c-format
msgid "Questions and Answers"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: chapter
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:492
+#: index.docbook:502
#, no-c-format
msgid "&updating.documentation;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:505
+#: index.docbook:515
#, no-c-format
msgid "Credits and License"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:507
+#: index.docbook:517
#, no-c-format
msgid "&kappname;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:510
+#: index.docbook:520
#, no-c-format
msgid "Program copyright 2009 Gael de Chalendar <email>kleag@free.fr</email>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
-#: index.docbook:514
+#: index.docbook:524
#, no-c-format
msgid "Documentation copyright 2009 Gael de Chalendar <email>kleag@free.fr</email>"
msgid "This DRAFT document defines how to make a theme of emoticons typically used in instant messaging applications"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: emoticonspec.docbook:28
#, no-c-format
msgid "The basic scheme is very simple. The theme consists in one sub directory which contains all the pictures and an &XML; file that gives each picture ASCII symbols. A .directory file might be used."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: emoticonspec.docbook:34
#, no-c-format
msgid "File locations"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: emoticonspec.docbook:35
#, no-c-format
msgid "Files involved in this specification are located according to the \"desktop base directory specification\" which can be found on <ulink url=\"http://www.freedesktop.org/standards/\">www.freedesktop.org</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: emoticonspec.docbook:40
#, no-c-format
msgid "All the files of the theme must be placed in a sub directory of <varname>$XDG_DATA_DIRS</varname>/emoticons/ The name of the directory must be equal to the name of the theme. That directory <emphasis>must</emphasis> contains a file called <varname>emoticons.xml</varname> the format of that file is described below."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: emoticonspec.docbook:47
#, no-c-format
msgid "The theme directory may also contain a .directory file which contains translations of the theme name and/or an icon for that theme."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: emoticonspec.docbook:53
#, no-c-format
msgid "Format of the emoticons.xml file"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: emoticonspec.docbook:54
#, no-c-format
msgid "Emoticon map files must be well-formed XML files. Implementations should ignore unknown tag or unknown attributes."
msgid "The root element is <messaging-emoticon-map> all other elements are contained by it."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: emoticonspec.docbook:72
#, no-c-format
msgid "<emoticon file=\"...\">"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: emoticonspec.docbook:74
#, no-c-format
msgid "This element represents one emoticon. The attribute file is the name of the image file which must be in the same directory. The extension may be omitted. In that case, the implementation look in that directory for a file with the same name in a supported format."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: emoticonspec.docbook:80
#, no-c-format
msgid "There are no order for emoticon in the map. But the first icon in the map is generally used to identify the theme graphically. By convention the this SHOULD be :-)"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: term
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: emoticonspec.docbook:88
#, no-c-format
msgid "<string>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: emoticonspec.docbook:90
#, no-c-format
msgid "This element may only appear below <emoticon>. It represents the ASCII string which will be matched in the text, and replaced by the image specified by the file attribute of the emoticon."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: emoticonspec.docbook:95
#, no-c-format
msgid "There may be several strings per emoticon."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: emoticonspec.docbook:98
#, no-c-format
msgid "There is no order for string inside an emoticon. But the first one SHOULD be the default one, and will be taken if there is a GUI selector."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: emoticonspec.docbook:110
#, no-c-format
msgid "Format of the image."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: emoticonspec.docbook:111
#, no-c-format
msgid "All images SHOULD be in a supported format : PNG, GIF or MNG."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: emoticonspec.docbook:117
#, no-c-format
msgid "Implementations notes"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: emoticonspec.docbook:119
#, no-c-format
msgid "Emoticon parser"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: emoticonspec.docbook:120
#, no-c-format
msgid "There are no real recommendation how to parse emoticons. But an emoticon with a longer string should have the priority over one with a shorter string. (Example: if both :-() and :-( are in a theme, the picture for the first one should be used when :-() is encountered)"
msgid "<command>po2xml</command> is a command-line tool that translates the DocBook XML file <replaceable>original-XML</replaceable> using the gettext message file <replaceable>translated-PO</replaceable>. The resulting translated XML file is sent to standard output."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-po2xml.1.docbook:40
#, no-c-format
msgid "This utility is part of the KDE Software Development Kit."
msgid "<command>split2po</command> is a command-line tool that takes the two given DocBook XML files and produces a <command>gettext</command> message file (PO-file) that represents the changes between them. The resulting PO-file is sent to standard output."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-split2po.1.docbook:39
#, no-c-format
msgid "<filename>translated-XML</filename> must be the result of translating <filename>original-XML</filename> into another language. It is this translation that the resulting PO-file will represent."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-split2po.1.docbook:44
#, no-c-format
msgid "This utility is part of the KDE Software Development Kit."
msgid "<command>swappo</command> reads the given PO-file and swaps the msgid and msgstr fields for every message. The result is a new PO-file that translates in the opposite direction. For example, if PO-file translates from English to French, the new PO-file will translate from French to English."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-swappo.1.docbook:39
#, no-c-format
msgid "The new PO-file will be written to standard output. The old PO-file will remain untouched."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-swappo.1.docbook:41
#, no-c-format
msgid "This utility is part of the &kde; Software Development Kit"
msgid "<command>xml2pot</command> is a command-line tool that produces a gettext message template file from the DocBook XML file <filename>original-XML</filename>. The template file is sent to standard output."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-xml2pot.1.docbook:39
#, no-c-format
msgid "The resulting template file can be used to create gettext message files (PO-files) for a variety of languages. These can then be used in conjunction with <command>po2xml</command>(1) to translate the original XML file into these other languages."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: man-xml2pot.1.docbook:45
#, no-c-format
msgid "This utility is part of the KDE Software Development Kit."
msgid "Thomas Friedrichsmeier & the RKWard Team"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: date
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:73
+#: index.docbook:74
#, no-c-format
-msgid "04/02/2007"
+msgid "2007-02-04"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: releaseinfo
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:74
+#: index.docbook:84
#, no-c-format
msgid "0.4.6"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:79
+#: index.docbook:89
#, no-c-format
msgid "&rkward; is a GUI frontend to the powerful &R; language for statistical computing."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:89
+#: index.docbook:99
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keyword>KDE</keyword>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:90
+#: index.docbook:100
#, no-c-format
msgid "<keyword>R</keyword>"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:91
+#: index.docbook:101
#, no-c-format
msgid "rkward"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: keyword
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:92
+#: index.docbook:102
#, no-c-format
msgid "science"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:98
+#: index.docbook:108
#, no-c-format
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:99
+#: index.docbook:109
#, no-c-format
msgid "&rkward; is meant to be(come) an easy to use graphical frontend to the powerful &R; language for statistical computing. Since &R; is a full featured programming language, &rkward; will never be able to offer a complete GUI for everything in &R;. However, &rkward; strives to make common task simple, to provide an easy entry point for newcomers, while at the same time, transparent access to the full power of the underlying &R; language is provided for advanced users."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:105
+#: index.docbook:115
#, no-c-format
msgid "Using &rkward;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:107
+#: index.docbook:117
#, no-c-format
msgid "Most documentation is available from inside &rkward; itself by selecting <menuchoice><guimenu>Help</guimenu><guimenuitem>Help</guimenuitem></menuchoice> in &rkward; from the menu, <emphasis>not</emphasis> in this document."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:110
+#: index.docbook:120
#, no-c-format
msgid "A useful guide to getting started with &rkward; is <ulink url=\"https://rkward.kde.org/User_Documentation\">User Documentation Section in the &rkward; wiki</ulink>."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:113
+#: index.docbook:123
#, no-c-format
msgid "Please go there for an introduction to &rkward;, and contact us, if you can help with creating user documentation."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:120
+#: index.docbook:130
#, no-c-format
msgid "Developer's Guide to &rkward;"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
-#: index.docbook:122
+#: index.docbook:132
#, no-c-format
msgid "&rkward; can be extended without the need to recompile using plugins. Extensive documentation on this should be included with &rkward; in DocBook format, and is available in &HTML; format <ulink url=\"https://api.kde.org/doc/rkwardplugins\">here</ulink>. (TODO: figure out, how to include this in the documentation)."
msgid "<acronym>AMOR</acronym> stands for <quote>Amusing Misuse Of Resources</quote>. It provides several different characters who prance around your X screen doing tricks and giving you tips."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
#: man-amor.6.docbook:38
#, no-c-format
msgid "&amor; is part of the &kde; toys package."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
#: man-amor.6.docbook:43
#, no-c-format
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
#: man-amor.6.docbook:45
#, no-c-format
msgid "&amor; is configured graphically, and does not have any commandline options other than the standard &kde; and &Qt; options."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
#: man-amor.6.docbook:52
#, no-c-format
msgid "See Also"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
#: man-amor.6.docbook:54
#, no-c-format
msgid "You can enter <userinput>help:/amor</userinput> in &konqueror; to see the comprehensive user manual."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
#: man-amor.6.docbook:61
#, no-c-format
msgid "Bugs"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
#: man-amor.6.docbook:63
#, no-c-format
msgid "&amor; currently only works with the &kwin; window manager."
msgstr ""
#. Tag: title
#. +> trunk5
#: man-amor.6.docbook:67
#, no-c-format
msgid "Authors"
msgstr ""
#. Tag: para
#. +> trunk5
#: man-amor.6.docbook:68
#, no-c-format
msgid "&amor; was written by <personname><firstname>Martin</firstname><othername>R.</othername><surname>Jones</surname></personname> <email>mjones@kde.org</email>. This manual page was prepared by <personname><firstname>Ben</firstname><surname>Burton</surname></personname> <email>bab@debian.org</email> for the Debian GNU/Linux system (but may be used by others)."
#. addSmoothCurveAction = new QAction(QIcon::fromTheme("labplot-xy-smooth-curve"), i18n("xy-curve from a smooth"), this);
#. addFourierFilterCurveAction = new QAction(QIcon::fromTheme("labplot-xy-fourier_filter-curve"), i18n("xy-curve from a Fourier filter"), this);
#. addFourierTransformCurveAction = new QAction(QIcon::fromTheme("labplot-xy-fourier_transform-curve"), i18n("xy-curve from a Fourier transform"), this);
#. addConvolutionCurveAction = new QAction(QIcon::fromTheme("labplot-xy-convolution-curve"), i18n("xy-curve from a (de-)convolution"), this);
#. addCorrelationCurveAction = new QAction(QIcon::fromTheme("labplot-xy-correlation-curve"), i18n("xy-curve from a auto-/cross-correlation"), this);
"For 'C Format', a period is used for the decimal point character and comma is used for the thousands group separator. Valid number representations are:"
"<ul>"
"<li>1234.56</li>"
"<li>1,234.56</li>"
"<li>etc.</li>"
"</ul>"
"When using 'System locale', the system settings will be used. E.g., for the German local the valid number representations are:"
msgid "This option determines how the imported strings have to be converted to calendar date, i.e. year, month, and day numbers in the Gregorian calendar and to time."
"<p>The ICC profiles folder seems to be invalid.</p>"
"<p>If you want to try setting it again, choose \"Yes\" here, otherwise choose \"No\", and the \"Color Management\" feature will be disabled until you solve this issue.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/digikamapp.cpp:514
#, kde-format
msgid "No item selected (%1 item)"
msgid_plural "No item selected (%1 items)"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/digikamapp.cpp:520
#, kde-format
msgid "No item selected (%1 [%2] item)"
msgid_plural "No item selected (%1 [%2] items)"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/digikamapp.cpp:524
#, kde-format
msgid "No item selected (%1 item. With grouped items: %2)"
msgid_plural "No item selected (%1 items. With grouped items: %2)"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/digikamapp.cpp:533
#, kde-format
msgid "%1/%2 items selected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/digikamapp.cpp:543
#, kde-format
msgid "%1/%2 [%3] items selected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/digikamapp.cpp:546
#, kde-format
msgid "%1/%2 items selected. Total with grouped items: %3"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/digikamapp.cpp:553
#, kde-format
msgid "%1/%2 [%3/%4] items selected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/digikamapp.cpp:557
#, kde-format
msgid "%1/%2 items selected. With grouped items: %3/%4"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/digikamapp.cpp:579
#, kde-format
msgid " (%1 of %2)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/digikamapp.cpp:588
#, kde-format
msgid " (%1 of %2 [%3])"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/digikamapp.cpp:592
#, kde-format
msgid " (%1 of %2. Total with grouped items: %3)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/digikamapp.cpp:639
#, kde-format
msgid "Write Metadata to File"
msgid_plural "Write Metadata to Selected Files"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/digikamapp.cpp:641
#, kde-format
msgid "Reread Metadata From File"
msgid_plural "Reread Metadata From Selected Files"
msgid "Edit album properties and collection information."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/digikamapp_setup.cpp:250
#, kde-format
msgid "Write Metadata to Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/digikamapp_setup.cpp:251
#: core/app/main/digikamapp_setup.cpp:408
#, kde-format
msgid "Updates metadata of files in the current album with the contents of digiKam database (file metadata will be overwritten with data from the database)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/digikamapp_setup.cpp:260
#, kde-format
msgid "Reread Metadata From Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/digikamapp_setup.cpp:261
#: core/app/main/digikamapp_setup.cpp:419
#, kde-format
msgid "Updates the digiKam database from the metadata of the files in the current album (information in the database will be overwritten with data from the files' metadata)."
msgid "Open camera dialog for the device with Solid UDI <udi>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/main.cpp:125
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatically detect and open a connected gphoto2 camera"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/main.cpp:127
#, kde-format
msgid "Start digikam with the SQLite database file found in the directory <dir>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/main.cpp:130
#, kde-format
msgid "Start digikam with the configuration file <config>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/main.cpp:150
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Run-time Qt SQLite or MySQL database plugin is not available. please install it.\n"
"There is no database plugin installed on your computer."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/main.cpp:159
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Run-time Qt SQLite or MySQL database plugin are not available. Please install it.\n"
"Database plugins installed on your computer are listed below."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/main/main.cpp:196
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>The given path for the config file is not valid. Either its parent directory does not exist, it is a directory itself or it cannot be read/written to.</p>"
msgid_plural "Are you sure you want to restore %1 items?"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/trashview.cpp:263
#, kde-format
msgid "Confirm Restore"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/trashview.cpp:311
#: core/app/views/stack/trashview.cpp:357
#, kde-format
msgid "Confirm Deletion"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/trashview.cpp:312
#, kde-format
msgid "Are you sure you want to delete %1 item permanently?"
msgid_plural "Are you sure you want to delete %1 items permanently?"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/trashview.cpp:358
#, kde-format
msgid "Are you sure you want to delete ALL items permanently?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:134
#, kde-format
msgid "Image Editor: Add Web services Import and Export tools;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:135
#, kde-format
msgid "Showfoto: Add Web services Import and Export tools;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:136
#, kde-format
msgid "Light Table: Add Web services Import and Export tools;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid "New video metadata parser based on ffmpeg to populate database;"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:138
#, kde-format
msgid "Add video support to find files based on properties registered on database."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:139
#, kde-format
msgid "Similarity database has been moved to a dedicated file to not bloat core database with computed finger-prints. This will speed-up query in core database in case of Similarity feature is used."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:141
#, kde-format
msgid "Add possibility to merge tags by drag & drop."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:142
#, kde-format
msgid "HTML Gallery: New Vanilla theme to emulate export to HTML from Adobe LightRoom."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:143
#, kde-format
msgid "HTML Gallery: New Blue Frame theme."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:146
#, kde-format
msgid "...and much more."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:152
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<li>%1</li>"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:155
#, kde-format
msgid "New Features"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:157
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<h3>%1</h3>"
"<ul>%2</ul>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:158
#, kde-format
msgid "Some of the new features in this release of digiKam include (compared to digiKam 5.x):"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:167
#, kde-format
msgid "About"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:169
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<h3>%1</h3>"
"<h3>%2</h3>"
"<ul>%3</ul>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:170
#, kde-format
msgid "digiKam is an open source photo management program designed to import, organize, enhance, search and export your digital images to and from your computer."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:171
#, kde-format
msgid "Currently, you are in the Album view mode of digiKam. Albums are the places where your files are stored, and are identical to the folders on your hard disk."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:172
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<li>%1</li>"
"<li>%2</li>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:173
#, kde-format
msgid "digiKam has many powerful features which are described in the <a href=\"https://docs.kde.org/trunk5/en/extragear-graphics/digikam/index.html\">documentation</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/app/views/stack/welcomepageview.cpp:174
#, kde-format
msgid "The <a href=\"https://www.digikam.org\">digiKam homepage</a> provides information about new versions of digiKam."
"<p>This Batch Queue Manager tool can convert images data to JPEG-2000 format.</p>"
"<p>This is an image compression standard and coding system. It was created by the Joint Photographic Experts Group committee in 2000 with the intention of superseding their original discrete cosine transform-based JPEG standard (created in 1992) with a newly designed, wavelet-based method.</p>"
"<p>See details about this format from <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/JPEG_2000'>this page</a>.</p>"
"<p>This Batch Queue Manager tool can convert images data to JPEG format.</p>"
"<p>The Joint Photographic Experts Group format is a commonly used method of lossy compression for digital images, particularly for those images produced by digital photography.</p>"
"<p>See details about this format from <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/JPEG'>this page</a>.</p>"
"<p>This Batch Queue Manager tool can convert images data to TIFF format.</p>"
"<p>The Tagged Image File Format is a computer file format for storing raster graphics images, popular among graphic artists, the publishing industry, and photographers.</p>"
"<p>See details about this format from <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/TIFF'>this page</a>.</p>"
msgid "Enter script for execution. Use $INPUT and $OUTPUT for input / output filenames (with special characters escaped). These would be substituted before shell execution."
msgid "When you choose to have the watermark repeated randomly, many times in the placement combo box, you can specify here whether the repetition, you can check this to make the watermark rotations random also [0, 90, 180, 270]"
msgid "Use this to get more control over the sparsity of watermark repetition. The higher the value the sparser the watermarks get. Use floating point values, typically between 1.0 and 3.0. It can also be less than 1.0"
msgid "With this button, you can pick the color from the original image used to set <b>Shadow Tone</b> input levels on the Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels."
msgid "With this button, you can pick the color from the original image used to set <b>Middle Tone</b> input levels on the Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels."
msgid "With this button, you can pick the color from the original image used to set <b>Highlight Tone</b> input levels on the Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels."
"<p>This option maximizes the tonal range in the Red, Green, and Blue channels. It searches the image shadow and highlight limit values and adjusts the Red, Green, and Blue channels to a full histogram range.</p>"
"<p>This option scales brightness values across the active image so that the darkest point becomes black, and the brightest point becomes as bright as possible without altering its hue. This is often a \"magic fix\" for images that are dim or washed out.</p>"
"<p>This option adjusts the brightness of colors across the active image so that the histogram for the value channel is as nearly as possible flat, that is, so that each possible brightness value appears at about the same number of pixels as each other value. Sometimes Equalize works wonderfully at enhancing the contrasts in an image. Other times it gives garbage. It is a very powerful operation, which can either work miracles on an image or destroy it.</p>"
"<p>This option enhances the contrast and brightness of the RGB values of an image by stretching the lowest and highest values to their fullest range, adjusting everything in between.</p>"
"<p>This option enhances the contrast and brightness of the RGB values of an image to calculate optimal exposition and black level using image histogram properties.</p>"
msgid "With this button, you can pick the color of the orange mask of the scanned color negative. It represents white point of the negative, or the darkest black tone of the positive image after inversion. It is also the reference point for applying the film profile."
msgid "If you press this button, the white point is calculated from the image data automatically. This function requires to have some residual orange mask around the exposed area of the negative."
msgid "Move the slider to higher values until maximum brightness is achieved without clipping any color channel. Use the output histogram to evaluate each channel."
msgid "A percent of 0 has no effect, values above 0 represent a factor for mixing the destination color with source color this is done radially i.e. the inner part of the brush radius is totally from source and mixing with destination is done gradually till the outer part of the circle."
"<p>Select the blurring effect to apply to image.</p>"
"<p><b>Zoom Blur</b>: blurs the image along radial lines starting from a specified center point. This simulates the blur of a zooming camera.</p>"
"<p><b>Radial Blur</b>: blurs the image by rotating the pixels around the specified center point. This simulates the blur of a rotating camera.</p>"
"<p><b>Far Blur</b>: blurs the image by using far pixels. This simulates the blur of an unfocalized camera lens.</p>"
"<p><b>Motion Blur</b>: blurs the image by moving the pixels horizontally. This simulates the blur of a linear moving camera.</p>"
"<p><b>Softener Blur</b>: blurs the image softly in dark tones and hardly in light tones. This gives images a dreamy and glossy soft focus effect. It is ideal for creating romantic portraits, glamour photographs, or giving images a warm and subtle glow.</p>"
"<p><b>Shake Blur</b>: blurs the image by shaking randomly the pixels. This simulates the blur of a random moving camera.</p>"
"<p><b>Focus Blur</b>: blurs the image corners to reproduce the astigmatism distortion of a lens.</p>"
"<p><b>Smart Blur</b>: finds the edges of color in your image and blurs them without muddying the rest of the image.</p>"
"<p><b>Frost Glass</b>: blurs the image by randomly disperse light coming through a frosted glass.</p>"
"<p><b>Mosaic</b>: divides the photograph into rectangular cells and then recreates it by filling those cells with average pixel value.</p>"
"<p>Note: if you have previously selected an area in the editor, this will be unaffected by the filter. You can use this method to disable the Raindrops effect on a human face, for example.</p>"
msgid "<p>This Image Editor tool can crop automatically an image by detection of inner black border, generated while panorama stitching for example.</p>"
msgid "Click on this button to draw zones marking which areas of the image are less important. These zones will be deleted when reducing the picture, or duplicated when enlarging the picture."
msgid "Use this value to give a negative bias to the seams which are not straight. May be useful to prevent distortions in some situations, or to avoid artifacts from pixel skipping (it is better to use low values in such case). This setting applies to the whole selected layer if no rigidity mask is used. Note: the bias is proportional to the difference in the transversal coordinate between each two successive points, elevated to the power of 1.5, and summed up for the whole seam."
msgid "This option lets you choose the maximum transversal step that the pixels in the seams can take. In the standard algorithm, corresponding to the default value step = 1, each pixel in a seam can be shifted by at most one pixel with respect to its neighbors. This implies that the seams can form an angle of at most 45 degrees with respect to their base line. Increasing the step value lets you overcome this limit, but may lead to the introduction of artifacts. In order to balance the situation, you can use the rigidity setting."
msgid "During the carving process, at each step the optimal seam to be carved is chosen based on the relevance value for each pixel. However, in the case where two seams are equivalent (which may happen, for instance, when large portions of the image have the same color), the algorithm always chooses the seams from one side. In some cases, this can pose problems, e.g. an object centered in the original image might not be centered in the resulting image. In order to overcome this effect, this setting allows the favored side to be switched automatically during rescaling, at the cost of slightly worse performance."
msgid "This is the free rotation operation preview. If you move the mouse cursor on this preview, a vertical and horizontal dashed line will be drawn to guide you in adjusting the free rotation correction. Release the left mouse button to freeze the dashed line's position."
msgid "This is the perspective transformation operation preview. You can use the mouse for dragging the corner to adjust the perspective transformation area."
"<p>Select your constrained aspect ratio for cropping. Aspect Ratio Crop tool uses a relative ratio. That means it is the same if you use centimeters or inches and it does not specify the physical size.</p>"
"<p>You can see below a correspondence list of traditional photographic paper sizes and aspect ratio crop:</p>"
"<p><b>8:5</b>: common wide-screen monitor (as 1680x1050)</p>"
"<p><b>2:1</b>, <b>3:1</b>, <b>4:1</b>: common panoramic sizes</p>"
"<p><b>16:9</b>: common tv-screen (as HDTV or Full-HD)</p>"
"<p>The paper <b>Format DIN A</b> use the ratio 1:1.414</p>"
"<p>The <b>Golden Ratio</b> is 1:1.618. A composition following this rule is considered visually harmonious but may not be suitable to print on standard photographic paper.</p>"
"<p>The <b>Current Aspect Ratio</b> takes aspect ratio from the currently opened image.</p>"
msgid "This is the shear operation preview. If you move the mouse cursor on this preview, a vertical and horizontal dashed line will be drawn to guide you in adjusting the shear correction. Release the left mouse button to freeze the dashed line's position."
"<p>This tool permit to changes geolocation information from items.</p>"
"<p>This tool can edit GPS data, manually or over a map. Reverse geo-coding is also available through web services.</p>"
"<p>This tool as also an export function to KML to store map traces in Google format.</p>"
"<p>Finally, this tool is able to read a GPS trace from a device to synchronize geo-location of items if you camera do not have an embedded GPS device.</p>"
msgid "<b>Note: <b><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/EXIF'>EXIF</a></b> text tags marked by (*) only support printable <b><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ascii'>ASCII</a></b> characters.</b>"
msgid "Set here the date and time when the original image data was generated. For a digital still camera the date and time the picture was taken are recorded."
msgid "Set here the date and time when the image was stored as digital data. If, for example, an image was captured by a digital still camera and at the same time the file was recorded, then Original and Digitization date and time will have the same contents."
msgid "<b>Warning: EXIF <b><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Exchangeable_image_file_format#MakerNote_data'>Makernotes</a></b> can be unreadable if you set wrong device manufacturer/model description.</b>"
msgid "Select here the mode used by the camera to set exposure when the picture was taken. In auto-bracketing mode, the camera shoots a series of frames of the same scene at different exposure settings."
msgid "Set here the flash energy used to take the picture in BCPS units. Beam Candle Power Seconds is the measure of effective intensity of a light source when it is focused into a beam by a reflector or lens. This value is the effective intensity for a period of one second."
msgid "<b>Note: <b><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPTC_Information_Interchange_Model'>IPTC</a></b> text tags only support the printable <b><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ascii'>ASCII</a></b> characters and limit string sizes. Use contextual help for details.</b>"
msgid "Enter here the Informative Provider Reference. I.P.R is a name registered with the IPTC/NAA, identifying the provider that provides an indicator of the content. The default value for the I.P.R is \"IPTC\" if a standard Reference Code is used. This field is limited to 32 ASCII characters."
msgid "Enter here the Subject Reference Number. Provides a numeric code to indicate the Subject Name plus optional Subject Matter and Subject Detail Names in the language of the service. Subject Reference is a number from the range 01000000 to 17999999 and represent a language independent international reference to a Subject. A Subject is identified by its Reference Number and corresponding Names taken from a standard lists given by IPTC/NAA. If a standard reference code is used, these lists are the English language reference versions. This field is limited to 8 ASCII digit code."
msgid "Enter here the Subject Name. English language is used if you selected a standard IPTC/NAA reference code. This field is limited to 64 ASCII characters."
msgid "Enter here the Subject Matter Name. English language is used if you selected a standard IPTC/NAA reference code. This field is limited to 64 ASCII characters."
msgid "Enter here the Subject Detail Name. English language is used if you selected a standard IPTC/NAA reference code. This field is limited to 64 ASCII characters."
msgid "Enter here the Informative Provider Reference. I.P.R is a name registered with the XMP/NAA, identifying the provider that provides an indicator of the content. The default value for the I.P.R is \"XMP\" if a standard Reference Code is used."
msgid "Enter here the Subject Reference Number. Provides a numeric code to indicate the Subject Name plus optional Subject Matter and Subject Detail Names in the language of the service. Subject Reference is a number from the range 01000000 to 17999999 and represent a language independent international reference to a Subject. A Subject is identified by its Reference Number and corresponding Names taken from a standard lists given by XMP/NAA. If a standard reference code is used, these lists are the English language reference versions. This field is limited to 8 digit code."
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">You can download a calendar for your country from <a href=\"http://www.icalshare.com\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#0057ae;\">http://www.icalshare.com</span></a> or other sites.</p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">This is fully optional. All the events from this calendar will be printed in red.</p>"
msgid "<p>This tool will also permit to set specific dates on your calendar using external data event files as <a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/VCalendar'>vCalendar</a>, and <a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Icalendar'>iCalendar</a> formats.</p>"
msgid "Set automatic level selection (maximized) for pyramid blending, i.e. optimize image features (contrast, saturation, . . .) to be as global as possible."
msgid "Set the number of levels for pyramid blending. Balances towards local features (small number) or global features (high number). Additionally, a low number trades off quality of results for faster execution time and lower memory usage."
msgid "Force hard blend masks without averaging on finest scale. This is only useful for focus stacks with thin and high contrast features. It improves sharpness at the expense of increased noise."
msgid "Sets the relative weight of high-contrast pixels. Increasing this weight makes pixels with neighboring differently colored pixels contribute more to the final output. Particularly useful for focus stacks."
msgid "Use Color Appearance Modelling (CIECAM02) to render detailed colors. Your input files should have embedded ICC profiles. If no ICC profile is present, sRGB color space will be assumed. The difference between using this option and default color blending algorithm is very slight, and will be most noticeable when you need to blend areas of different primary colors together."
"<p>This tool permit to blend bracketed images together to create pseudo HDR photo.</p>"
"<p>To create high definition range image, you need to use images from same subject taken with a tripod and exposed with different exposure settings.</p>"
"<p>To create image with better results, you can use RAW images instead JPEG, where colors depth is higher and are well adapted for merging pixels by pixels.</p>"
"<p>This tool fuses bracketed images with different exposure to make pseudo <a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/High_dynamic_range_imaging'>HDR image</a>.</p>"
"<p>It can also be used to <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Focus_stacking'>merge focus bracketed stack</a> to get a single image with increased depth of field.</p>"
"<p>This assistant will help you to configure how to import images before merging them to a single one.</p>"
"<p>Bracketed images must be taken with the same camera, in the same conditions, and if possible using a tripod.</p>"
"<p>For more information, please take a look at <a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bracketing'>this page</a></p>"
"<p>Now, we will pre-process bracketed images before fusing them.</p>"
"<p>To perform auto-alignment, the <b>%1</b> program from the <a href='%2'>%3</a> project will be used. Alignment must be performed if you have not used a tripod to take bracketed images. Alignment operations can take a while.</p>"
"<p>Pre-processing operations include Raw demosaicing. Raw images will be converted to 16-bit sRGB images with auto-gamma.</p>"
"The media server permit to share items through the local network using <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Digital_Living_Network_Alliance'>DLNA</a> standard and <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universal_Plug_and_Play'>UPNP</a> protocol. Many kind of electronic devices can support DLNA, as tablets, cellulars, TV, etc.<br/>"
"Note: depending of the network features and the configuration, the delay to discover the server on client devices can take a while."
"<p>This tool permit to assemble images together to create large panorama.</p>"
"<p>To create panorama image, you need to use images taken from same point of view with a tripod and exposed with same settings.</p>"
"<p>The tool is able to assemble shot taken horizontally, vertically, or as a matrix. Take a care that target image will become huge and require a lots of memory to be processed.</p>"
msgid "<b>JPEG output</b>: Using JPEG output, the panorama file will be smaller at the cost of information loss during compression. This is the easiest way to share the result, or print it online or in a shop."
msgid "<b>TIFF output</b>: Using TIFF output, you get the same color depth than your original photos using RAW images at the cost of a bigger panorama file."
msgid "<b>File name template</b>: Set here the base name of the files that will be saved. For example, if your template is <i>panorama</i> and if you chose a JPEG output, then your panorama will be saved with the name <i>panorama.jpg</i>. If you choose to save also the project file, it will have the name <i>panorama.pto</i>."
msgid "<b>Save project file</b>: You can keep the project file generated to stitch your panorama for further tweaking within <a href=\"http://hugin.sourceforge.net/\">Hugin</a> by checking this. This is useful if you want a different projection, modify the horizon or the center of the panorama, or modify the control points to get better results."
"<p><font color=\"orange\"><b>Warning:</b> One or more converted raw files already exists (they will be skipped during the copying process).</font></p>"
"<p>Congratulations. Your images are stitched into a panorama.</p>"
"<p>Your panorama will be created to the directory:<br />"
"<b>%1</b><br />"
"once you press the <i>Finish</i> button, with the name set below.</p>"
"<p>If you choose to save the project file, and if your images were raw images then the converted images used during the stitching process will be copied at the same time (those are TIFF files that can be big).</p>"
msgid "<b>Detect moving skies</b>: During the control points selection and matching, this option discards any points that are associated to a possible cloud. This is useful to prevent moving clouds from altering the control points matching process."
"<p>Now, we will pre-process images before stitching them.</p>"
"<p>Pre-processing operations include Raw demosaicing. Raw images will be converted to 16-bit sRGB images with auto-gamma.</p>"
"<p>Pre-processing also include a calculation of some control points to match overlaps between images. For that purpose, the <b>%1</b> program from the <a href='%2'>%3</a> project will be used.</p>"
"<p>You can generate quickly a <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Time-lapse_photography'>Time-lapse</a> movie from images</p>"
"<p>captured with a tripod mounted camera controlled with an <a href='https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Intervalometer#Photography'>intervalometer</a>.</p>"
"<p></p>"
"<p>You can also create a video presentation with transition</p>"
"<p>effects and audio tracks to show on a TV screen.</p>"
msgid "<i>An effect is an visual panning or zooming applied while an image is displayed. The effect duration will follow the number of frames used to render the image on video stream.</i>"
msgid "<i>A transition is an visual effect applied between two images. For some effects, the duration can depend of random values and can change while the slideshow.</i>"
"<li style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">move mouse in up/down-direction while pressing the right mouse button</li>"
"\n"
"<li style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">alternatively, press c and use the scrollwheel<br />"
"<li style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">move mouse while pressing the left button</li>"
"<p>This tool permit to export and import items with Google web-services.</p>"
"Google Photo and Google Drive web services are supported."
"<p>See Google web sites for details: <a href='https://photos.google.com'>https://photos.google.com</a> and <a href='https://www.google.com/drive/'>https://www.google.com/drive/</a></p>"
"<p>You cannot use digiKam without a working database. digiKam will attempt to start now, but it will <b>not</b> be functional. Please check the database settings in the <b>configuration menu</b>.</p>"
"<p>Failed to open the database. Error message from database:</p>"
"<p><b>%1</b></p>"
"<p>You cannot use digiKam without a working database. digiKam will attempt to start now, but it will <b>not</b> be functional. Please check the database settings in the <b>configuration menu</b>.</p>"
"Your locale has changed since this album was last opened.\n"
"Old locale: %1, new locale: %2\n"
"If you have recently changed your locale, you need not be concerned.\n"
"Please note that if you switched to a locale that does not support some of the filenames in your collection, these files may no longer be found in the collection. If you are sure that you want to continue, click 'Yes'. Otherwise, click 'No' and correct your locale setting before restarting digiKam."
"<p>You have chosen the folder \"%1\" as the place to store the database. A database file from an older version of digiKam is found in this folder.</p>"
" "
"<p>Would you like to upgrade the old database file - confirming that this database file was indeed created for the pictures located in the folder \"%2\" - or ignore the old file and start with a new database?</p>"
"<p>You have chosen the folder \"%1\" as the new place to store the database. A database file from an older version of digiKam is found in this folder.</p>"
" "
"<p>Would you like to upgrade the old database file, start with a new database, or copy the current database to this location and continue using it?</p>"
"<p>You have chosen the folder \"%1\" as the new place to store the database. A database file from an older version of digiKam is found in this folder.</p>"
" "
"<p>Would you like to upgrade the old database file or start with a new database?</p>"
msgid "This is a CD/DVD, which is identified by the label that you can set in your CD burning application. There is already another entry with the same label. The two will be distinguished by the files in the top directory, so please do not append files to the CD, or it will not be recognized. In the future, please set a unique label on your CDs and DVDs if you intend to use them with digiKam."
msgid "This is a CD/DVD. It will be identified by the label (\"%1\")that you have set in your CD burning application. If you create further CDs for use with digikam in the future, please remember to give them a unique label as well."
msgid "This entry will only be identified by the path where it is found on your system (\"%1\"). No more specific means of identification (UUID, label) is available."
msgid "It is not possible on your system to identify the storage medium of this path. It will be added using the file path as the only identifier. This will work well for your local hard disk."
msgid "The database is not valid: the \"DBVersion\" setting does not exist. The current database schema version cannot be verified. Try to start with an empty database. "
msgid "The database has been used with a more recent version of digiKam and has been updated to a database schema which cannot be used with this version. (This means this digiKam version is too old, or the database format is too recent.) Please use the more recent version of digiKam that you used before. "
msgid "Failed to open a database transaction on your database file \"%1\". This is unusual. Please check that you can access the file and no other process has currently locked the file. If the problem persists you can get help from the digikam developers mailing list (see www.digikam.org/support). As well, please have a look at what digiKam prints on the console. "
msgid "The schema updating process from version 4 to 6 failed, caused by an error that we did not expect. You can try to discard your old database and start with an empty one. (In this case, please move the database files \"%1\" and \"%2\" from the directory \"%3\"). More probably you will want to report this error to the digikam developers mailing list (see www.digikam.org/support). As well, please have a look at what digiKam prints on the console. "
msgid "Failed to update the database schema from version %1 to version %2. Please read the error messages printed on the console and report this error as a bug at bugs.kde.org. "
msgid "The database update action cannot be found. Please ensure that the dbconfig.xml file of the current version of digiKam is installed at the correct place. "
msgid "Failed to copy the old database file (\"%1\") to its new location (\"%2\"). Error message: \"%3\". Please make sure that the file can be copied, or delete it."
msgid "The old database file (\"%1\") has been copied to the new location (\"%2\") but it cannot be opened. Please delete both files and try again, starting with an empty database. "
msgid "No album library path has been found in the configuration file. Giving up the schema updating process. Please try with an empty database, or repair your configuration."
msgid "There was an error associating your albumLibraryPath (\"%1\") with a storage volume of your system. This problem may indicate that there is a problem with your installation. If you are working on Linux, check that HAL is installed and running. In any case, you can seek advice from the digikam developers mailing list (see www.digikam.org/support). The database updating process will now be aborted because we do not want to create a new database based on false assumptions from a broken installation."
msgid "Could not open the configuration file <b>%1</b>. This file is installed with the digikam application and is absolutely required to run digikam. Please check your installation."
msgid "An old version of the configuration file <b>%1</b> is found. Please ensure that the version released with the running version of digiKam is installed. "
msgid "The database is not valid: the \"DBSimilarityVersion\" setting does not exist. The current database schema version cannot be verified. Try to start with an empty database. "
msgid "The database has been used with a more recent version of digiKam and has been updated to a database schema which cannot be used with this version. (This means this digiKam version is too old, or the database format is to recent) Please use the more recent version of digikam that you used before. "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/database/tags/facetags.cpp:377
#, kde-format
msgctxt "People on your photos"
msgid "People"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/database/tags/facetags.cpp:421
#, kde-format
msgctxt "The list of detected faces from the collections but not recognized"
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/database/tags/facetags.cpp:441
#, kde-format
msgctxt "The list of recognized faces from the collections but not confirmed"
msgid "The database is not valid: the \"DBThumbnailsVersion\" setting does not exist. The current database schema version cannot be verified. Try to start with an empty database. "
"<p>Select here the type of database backend.</p>"
"<p><b>SQlite</b> backend is for local database storage with a small or medium collection sizes. It is the default and recommended backend for collections with less than 100K items.</p>"
"<p><b>MySQL Internal</b> backend is for local database storage with huge collection sizes. This backend is recommend for local collections with more than 100K items.</p>"
"<p><i>Be careful: this one still in experimental stage.</i></p>"
"<p><b>MySQL Server</b> backend is a more robust solution especially for remote and shared database storage. It is also more efficient to manage huge collection sizes with more than 100K items.</p>"
"<p><i>Be careful: this one still in experimental stage.</i></p>"
"<p>Set here the location where the database files will be stored on your system. There are three databases: one for all collections properties, one to store compressed thumbnails, and one to store faces recognition metadata.<br/>"
"Write access is required to be able to edit image properties.</p>"
"<p>Databases are digiKam core engines. Take care to use a place hosted by fast hardware (as SSD) with enough free space especially for thumbnails database.</p>"
"<p>Note: a remote file system such as NFS, cannot be used here. For performance reasons, it is also recommended not to use removable media.</p>"
msgid "<p>Here you can configure locations where MySQL binary tools are located. digiKam will try to find these binaries automatically if they are already installed on your computer.</p>"
"<p>digiKam expects that database is already created with a dedicated user account. This user name <i>digikam</i> will require full access to the database.<br/>"
"If your database is not already set up, you can use the following SQL commands (after replacing the <b><i>password</i></b> with the correct one).</p>"
"<p>Note: with a Linux server, a database can be initialized following the commands below:</p>"
"<p># su</p>"
"<p># systemctl restart mysqld</p>"
"<p># mysql -u root</p>"
"<p>...</p>"
"<p>Enter SQL code to Mysql prompt in order to init digiKam databases with grant privileges (see behind)</p>"
"<p>...</p>"
"<p>quit</p>"
"<p>NOTE: If you have an enormous collection, you should start MySQL server with mysql --max_allowed_packet=128M OR in my.ini or ~/.my.cnf, change the settings</p>"
"<p>Use this configuration view to set all information to be connected to a remote <a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MySQL\">Mysql database server</a> (or <a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MariaDB\">MariaDB</a>) through a network. As with Sqlite or MySQL internal server, 3 databases will be stored on the remote server: one for all collections properties, one to store compressed thumbnails, and one to store faces recognition metadata.</p>"
"<p>Unlike Sqlite or MySQL internal server, you can customize the database names to simplify your backups.</p>"
"<p>Databases are digiKam core engines. To prevent performance issues, take a care to use a fast network link between the client and the server computers. It is also recommended to host database files on fast hardware (as <a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Solid-state_drive\">SSD</a>) with enough free space, especially for thumbnails database, even if data are compressed using wavelets image format <a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Progressive_Graphics_File\">PGF</a>.</p>"
"<p>The databases must be created previously on the remote server by the administrator. Look in <b>Requirements</b> tab for details.</p>"
"<p>Simulate black and white film exposure using a green filter. This is useful for all scenic shoots, especially portraits photographed against the sky.</p>"
"<p>Simulate black and white film exposure using a yellow filter. This has the most natural tonal correction, and improves contrast. Ideal for landscapes.</p>"
"<p>Simulate black and white film exposure using a yellow-green filter. A yellow-green filter is highly effective for outdoor portraits because red is rendered dark while green appears lighter. Great for correcting skin tones, bringing out facial expressions in close-ups and emphasizing the feeling of liveliness. This filter is highly effective for indoor portraits under tungsten lighting.</p>"
"<p>Gives a warm highlight and mid-tone while adding a bit of coolness to the shadows - very similar to the process of bleaching a print and re-developing in a sepia toner.</p>"
msgid "With this button, you can pick the color from original image used to set <b>Shadow Tone</b> smooth curves point on Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels."
msgid "With this button, you can pick the color from original image used to set <b>Middle Tone</b> smooth curves point on Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels."
msgid "With this button, you can pick the color from original image used to set <b>Highlight Tone</b> smooth curves point on Red, Green, Blue, and Luminosity channels."
msgid "Enable this option if you want to preserve the aspect ratio of image. If enabled, the border width will be a percentage of the image size, else the border width will be in pixels."
msgid "Total smoothing power: if the Detail Factor sets the relative smoothing and the Anisotropy Factor the direction, the Smoothing Factor sets the overall effect."
msgid "<b>Function</b>: This function combines the original RGB channels with the desaturated blurred image. This function is used in each of the tonemapping stages. It can be linear or power. Basically, this function increases the values where both the original and blurred image's value are low and do the opposite on high values."
msgid "<b>Highlights saturation</b>: Usually the (perceived) saturation is increased. The user can choose to lower the saturation on original highlight and shadows from the image with these parameters."
msgid "<b>Shadow saturation</b>: Usually the (perceived) saturation is increased. The user can choose to lower the saturation on original highlight and shadows from the image with these parameters."
msgid "This value is the radius of the inner circle of the filter. In the inner circle the image is preserved. It is expressed as a multiple of the outer radius of the filter."
msgid "This value is the radius of the outer circle of the filter. Outside the outer circle the effect of the filter is at its maximum. It is expressed as a multiple of the diagonal of the image."
msgid "This is the camera maker description string found in image meta-data. This one is used to query and find relevant camera device information from Lensfun database."
msgid "This is the camera model description string found in image meta-data. This one is used to query and found relevant camera device information from Lensfun database."
msgid "This is the lens description string found in image meta-data. This one is used to query and found relevant lens information from Lensfun database."
msgid "Vignetting refers to an image darkening, mostly in the corners. Optical and natural vignetting can be canceled out with this option, whereas mechanical vignetting will not be cured."
msgid "Distortion refers to an image deformation, which is most pronounced towards the corners. These Seidel aberrations are known as pincushion and barrel distortions."
msgid "<b>Note: lens correction options depend of filters available in LensFun library. See <a href='http://lensfun.sourceforge.net'>LensFun project web site</a> for more information.</b>"
"<p>If the image's maximal counts are small, you can use the <b>linear</b> scale.</p>"
"<p><b>Logarithmic</b> scale can be used when the maximal counts are big; if it is used, all values (small and large) will be visible on the graph.</p>"
msgid "<b>Alpha</b>: display the alpha image-channel values. This channel corresponds to the transparency value and is supported by some image formats, such as PNG or TIF."
msgid "<b>Threshold</b>: Adjusts the threshold for denoising of the image in a range from 0.0 (none) to 10.0. The threshold is the value below which everything is considered noise."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/dimg/filters/nr/nrsettings.cpp:119
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Softness</b>: This adjusts the softness of the thresholding (soft as opposed to hard thresholding). The higher the softness the more noise remains in the image."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/dimg/filters/nr/nrsettings.cpp:125
#, kde-format
msgid "Estimate Noise"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/dimg/filters/nr/nrsettings.cpp:126
#, kde-format
msgid "Compute automatically all noise reduction settings by a parse of noise contained in image."
msgid "This is the radius of the circular convolution. It is the most important parameter for using this tool. For most images the default value of 1.0 should give good results. Select a higher value when your image is very blurred."
msgid "Increasing the correlation may help to reduce artifacts. The correlation can range from 0-1. Useful values are 0.5 and values close to 1, e.g. 0.95 and 0.99. Using a high value for the correlation will reduce the sharpening effect of the tool."
msgid "Increasing the noise filter parameter may help to reduce artifacts. The noise filter can range from 0-1 but values higher than 0.1 are rarely helpful. When the noise filter value is too low, e.g. 0.0 the image quality will be very poor. A useful value is 0.01. Using a high value for the noise filter will reduce the sharpening effect of the tool."
msgid "This is the sharpness for the Gaussian convolution. Use this parameter when your blurring is of a Gaussian type. In most cases you should set this parameter to 0, because it causes nasty artifacts. When you use non-zero values, you will probably also have to increase the correlation and/or noise filter parameters."
msgid "This parameter determines the size of the transformation matrix. Increasing the matrix width may give better results, especially when you have chosen large values for circular or Gaussian sharpness."
msgid "<font color='red'><i>Warning: <a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/JPEG'>JPEG</a> is a lossy image compression format.</i></font>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/dimg/loaders/jpegsettings.cpp:107
#, kde-format
msgid "Chroma subsampling:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/dimg/loaders/jpegsettings.cpp:110
#, kde-format
msgid "4:4:4 (best quality)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/dimg/loaders/jpegsettings.cpp:111
#, kde-format
msgid "4:2:2 (good quality)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/dimg/loaders/jpegsettings.cpp:112
#, kde-format
msgid "4:2:0 (low quality)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/dimg/loaders/jpegsettings.cpp:113
#, kde-format
msgid "4:1:1 (low quality)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/dimg/loaders/jpegsettings.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Chroma subsampling reduces file size by taking advantage of the eye's lesser sensitivity to color resolution. How perceptible the difference is depends on the image - large photos will generally show no difference, while sharp, down-scaled pixel graphics may lose fine color detail.</p>"
"<p><b>4:4:4</b> - No chroma subsampling, highest quality but lowest compression.</p>"
"<p><b>4:2:2</b> - Chroma halved horizontally, average compression, average quality.</p>"
"<p><b>4:2:0</b> - Chroma quartered in 2x2 blocks, high compression but low quality.</p>"
"<p><b>4:1:1</b> - Chroma quartered in 4x1 blocks, high compression but low quality.</p>"
msgid "The database is not valid: the \"DBFaceVersion\" setting does not exist. The current database schema version cannot be verified. Try to start with an empty database. "
msgid "The database has been used with a more recent version of digiKam and has been updated to a database schema which cannot be used with this version. (This means this digiKam version is too old, or the database format is to recent.) Please use the more recent version of digiKam that you used before."
"Background color indicates the global image filter status, encompassing all filter settings from the right sidebar.\n"
"\n"
"NO COLOR: no filter is active, all items are visible.\n"
"RED: filtering is on, but no items match.\n"
"GREEN: filter(s) match(es) at least one item.\n"
"\n"
"Move mouse cursor over this text to see more details about active filters.\n"
"Press the Reset button from the right side to clear all filter settings.\n"
"Press the Settings button from the right side to open the filters panel."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:96
#, kde-format
msgid "Reset all active filters"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:102
#, kde-format
msgid "Open filter settings panel"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:132
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<br/>"
"<nobr><i>Text</i></nobr>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<br/>"
"<nobr><i>Mime Type</i></nobr>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:142
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<br/>"
"<nobr><i>Geolocation</i></nobr>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:147
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<br/>"
"<nobr><i>Rating</i></nobr>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:152
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<br/>"
"<nobr><i>Pick Labels</i></nobr>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:157
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<br/>"
"<nobr><i>Color Labels</i></nobr>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:162
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<br/>"
"<nobr><i>Tags</i></nobr>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:167
#, kde-format
msgid "<nobr><b>Active filters:</b></nobr>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:171
#, kde-format
msgid "<nobr><b>Active filter:</b></nobr>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:178
#, kde-format
msgid "No active filter"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:187
#, kde-format
msgid "One active filter"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/filterstatusbar.cpp:191
#, kde-format
msgid "1 active filter"
msgid_plural "%1 active filters"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/geolocationfilter.cpp:37
#, kde-format
msgid "No geo filtering"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/geolocationfilter.cpp:38
#, kde-format
msgid "Images with coordinates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/geolocationfilter.cpp:39
#, kde-format
msgid "Images without coordinates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/geolocationfilter.cpp:41
#, kde-format
msgid "Filter by geolocation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/geolocationfilter.cpp:42
#, kde-format
msgid "Select how geolocation should affect the images which are shown."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:36
#, kde-format
msgid "All Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:37
#: core/utilities/setup/album/setupmime.cpp:105
#, kde-format
msgid "Image Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:38
#, kde-format
msgid "No RAW Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:39
#, kde-format
msgid "JPEG Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:40
#, kde-format
msgid "PNG Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:41
#, kde-format
msgid "TIFF Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:42
#, kde-format
msgid "DNG Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:43
#, kde-format
msgid "RAW Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:44
#: core/utilities/setup/album/setupmime.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid "Video Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:45
#: core/utilities/setup/album/setupmime.cpp:172
#, kde-format
msgid "Audio Files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:46
#, kde-format
msgid "Raster Graphics"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:48
#, kde-format
msgid "Filter by file type"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/mimefilter.cpp:49
#, kde-format
msgid "Select the file types (MIME types) that you want shown. Note: \"Raster Graphics\" are file formats from raster graphics editors, such as Photoshop, The Gimp, Krita, etc."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:75
#, kde-format
msgid "Select the rating value used to filter albums' contents. Use the context pop-up menu to set rating filter conditions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:173
#, kde-format
msgid "Rating greater than or equal to %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:178
#, kde-format
msgid "Rating equal to %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:183
#, kde-format
msgid "Rating less than or equal to %1."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:227
#, kde-format
msgid "Rating Filter Options"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:232
#, kde-format
msgid "Greater Than or Equals Condition"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:234
#, kde-format
msgid "Equals Condition"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:236
#, kde-format
msgid "Less Than or Equals Condition"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/ratingfilter.cpp:239
#, kde-format
msgid "Exclude Items Without Rating"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/textfilter.cpp:81
#, kde-format
msgid "Text quick filter (search)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/textfilter.cpp:82
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter search patterns to quickly filter this view on item names, captions (comments), and tags"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/textfilter.cpp:86
#, kde-format
msgid "Text Search Fields"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/textfilter.cpp:89
#, kde-format
msgid "Defines which fields to search for the text in."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/textfilter.cpp:92
#, kde-format
msgid "Item Name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/textfilter.cpp:94
#, kde-format
msgid "Item Title"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/textfilter.cpp:96
#, kde-format
msgid "Item Comment"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/textfilter.cpp:98
#, kde-format
msgid "Tag Name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/textfilter.cpp:100
#, kde-format
msgid "Album Name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/textfilter.cpp:102
#, kde-format
msgid "Item Aspect Ratio"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/textfilter.cpp:104
#, kde-format
msgid "Item Pixel Size"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/filters/textfilter.cpp:107
#, kde-format
msgid "Clear All"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/iojobs/iojob.cpp:78
#, kde-format
msgid "File/Folder %1 does not exist anymore"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/iojobs/iojob.cpp:84
#, kde-format
msgid "Album %1 does not exist anymore"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/iojobs/iojob.cpp:94
#, kde-format
msgid "A file or folder named %1 already exists in %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/iojobs/iojob.cpp:117
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not move folder %1 to album %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/iojobs/iojob.cpp:125
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not move folder %1 to album %2. The folder %1 was copied as well to album %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/iojobs/iojob.cpp:136
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not move file %1 to album %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/iojobs/iojob.cpp:157
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not copy folder %1 to album %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/iojobs/iojob.cpp:168
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not copy file %1 to album %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/iojobs/iojob.cpp:210
#, kde-format
msgid "File/Folder %1 does not exist"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/iojobs/iojob.cpp:222
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not move folder %1 to collection trash"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/iojobs/iojob.cpp:232
#, kde-format
msgid "Could not move image %1 to collection trash"
msgid "Enter the text used to create tags here. '/' can be used to create a hierarchy of tags. ',' can be used to create more than one hierarchy at the same time."
"<para>If enabled, all RAW files will be decoded in 16-bit color depth using a linear gamma curve. To prevent dark picture rendering in the editor, it is recommended to use Color Management in this mode.</para>"
"<para>If disabled, all RAW files will be decoded in 8-bit color depth with a BT.709 gamma curve and a 99th-percentile white point. This mode is faster than 16-bit decoding.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:252
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Interpolate RGB as four colors"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:253
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Interpolate RGB as four colors</title>"
"<para>The default is to assume that all green pixels are the same. If even-row green pixels are more sensitive to ultraviolet light than odd-row this difference causes a mesh pattern in the output; using this option solves this problem with minimal loss of detail.</para>"
"<para>To resume, this option blurs the image a little, but it eliminates false 2x2 mesh patterns with VNG quality method or mazes with AHD quality method.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:267
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Visit LibRaw project website"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:277
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Do not stretch or rotate pixels"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:279
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Do not stretch or rotate pixels</title>"
"<para>For Fuji Super CCD cameras, show the image tilted 45 degrees. For cameras with non-square pixels, do not stretch the image to its correct aspect ratio. In any case, this option guarantees that each output pixel corresponds to one RAW pixel.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:287
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:listbox"
msgid "Quality:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:291
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Quality"
msgid "Bilinear"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:292
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Quality"
msgid "VNG"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:293
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Quality"
msgid "PPG"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:294
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Quality"
msgid "AHD"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:295
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Quality"
msgid "DCB"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:296
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Quality"
msgid "DHT"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:297
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Quality"
msgid "AAHD"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:301
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Quality (interpolation)</title>"
"<para>Select here the demosaicing method to use when decoding RAW images. A demosaicing algorithm is a digital image process used to interpolate a complete image from the partial raw data received from the color-filtered image sensor, internal to many digital cameras, in form of a matrix of colored pixels. Also known as CFA interpolation or color reconstruction, another common spelling is demosaicing. The following methods are available for demosaicing RAW images:</para>"
"<para>"
"<list>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Bilinear</emphasis>: use high-speed but low-quality bilinear interpolation (default - for slow computers). In this method, the red value of a non-red pixel is computed as the average of the adjacent red pixels, and similarly for blue and green.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>VNG</emphasis>: use Variable Number of Gradients interpolation. This method computes gradients near the pixel of interest and uses the lower gradients (representing smoother and more similar parts of the image) to make an estimate.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>PPG</emphasis>: use Patterned-Pixel-Grouping interpolation. Pixel Grouping uses assumptions about natural scenery in making estimates. It has fewer color artifacts on natural images than the Variable Number of Gradients method.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>AHD</emphasis>: use Adaptive Homogeneity-Directed interpolation. This method selects the direction of interpolation so as to maximize a homogeneity metric, thus typically minimizing color artifacts.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>DCB</emphasis>: DCB interpolation from linuxphoto.org project.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>DHT</emphasis>: DHT interpolation.See https://www.libraw.org/node/2306 for details.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>AAHD</emphasis>: modified AHD interpolation.</item>"
"</list>"
"</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:349
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:slider"
msgid "Pass:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:350
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Pass</title>"
"<para>Set here the passes used by the median filter applied after interpolation to Red-Green and Blue-Green channels.</para>"
"<para>This setting is only available for specific Quality options: <emphasis strong='true'>Bilinear</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>VNG</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>PPG</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>AHD</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>DCB</emphasis>, and <emphasis strong='true'>VCD & AHD</emphasis>.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:362
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Refine interpolation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:363
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Refine interpolation</title>"
"<para>This setting is available only for few Quality options:</para>"
"<para>"
"<list>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>DCB</emphasis>: turn on the enhance interpolated colors filter.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>VCD & AHD</emphasis>: turn on the enhanced effective color interpolation (EECI) refine to improve sharpness.</item>"
"</list>"
"</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:376
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label"
msgid "Demosaicing"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:384
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:listbox"
msgid "Method:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:386
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox"
msgid "Default D65"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:387
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox"
msgid "Camera"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:388
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox set while balance automatically"
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:389
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox set white balance manually"
msgid "Manual"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:391
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>White Balance</title>"
"<para>Configure the raw white balance:</para>"
"<para>"
"<list>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Default D65</emphasis>: Use a standard daylight D65 white balance.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Camera</emphasis>: Use the white balance specified by the camera. If not available, reverts to default neutral white balance.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Automatic</emphasis>: Calculates an automatic white balance averaging the entire image.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Manual</emphasis>: Set a custom temperature and green level values.</item>"
"</list>"
"</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:406
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:slider"
msgid "T(K):"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:407
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Temperature</title>"
"<para>Set here the color temperature in Kelvin.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:414
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:slider Green component"
msgid "Green:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:415
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "<para>Set here the green component to set magenta color cast removal level.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:418
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:listbox"
msgid "Highlights:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:420
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox"
msgid "Solid white"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:421
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox"
msgid "Unclip"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:422
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox"
msgid "Blend"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:423
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox"
msgid "Rebuild"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:425
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Highlights</title>"
"<para>Select here the highlight clipping method:</para>"
"<para>"
"<list>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Solid white</emphasis>: clip all highlights to solid white</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Unclip</emphasis>: leave highlights unclipped in various shades of pink</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Blend</emphasis>:Blend clipped and unclipped values together for a gradual fade to white</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Rebuild</emphasis>: reconstruct highlights using a level value</item>"
"<para>Specify the reconstruct highlight level. Low values favor whites and high values favor colors.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:444
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Exposure Correction (E.V)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:445
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "<para>Turn on the exposure correction before interpolation.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:448
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:slider"
msgid "Linear Shift:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:453
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Shift</title>"
"<para>Linear Shift of exposure correction before interpolation in E.V</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:456
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:slider"
msgid "Highlight:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:461
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Highlight</title>"
"<para>Amount of highlight preservation for exposure correction before interpolation in E.V. Only take effect if Shift Correction is > 1.0 E.V</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:465
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Correct false colors in highlights"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:466
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "<para>If enabled, images with overblown channels are processed much more accurately, without 'pink clouds' (and blue highlights under tungsten lamps).</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:470
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Auto Brightness"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:471
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "<para>If disable, use a fixed white level and ignore the image histogram to adjust brightness.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:474
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:slider"
msgid "Brightness:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:479
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Brightness</title>"
"<para>Specify the brightness level of output image. The default value is 1.0 (works in 8-bit mode only).</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:489
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check Black point"
msgid "Black:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:490
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Black point</title>"
"<para>Use a specific black point value to decode RAW pictures. If you set this option to off, the Black Point value will be automatically computed.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:497
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Black point value</title>"
"<para>Specify specific black point value of the output image.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:500
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check White point"
msgid "White:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:501
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>White point</title>"
"<para>Use a specific white point value to decode RAW pictures. If you set this option to off, the White Point value will be automatically computed.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:508
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>White point value</title>"
"<para>Specify specific white point value of the output image.</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:547
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label"
msgid "White Balance"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:555
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:listbox"
msgid "Noise reduction:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:557
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Noise Reduction"
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:558
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Noise Reduction"
msgid "Wavelets"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:559
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Noise Reduction"
msgid "FBDD"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:561
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Noise Reduction</title>"
"<para>Select here the noise reduction method to apply during RAW decoding.</para>"
"<para>"
"<list>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>None</emphasis>: no noise reduction.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Wavelets</emphasis>: wavelets correction to erase noise while preserving real detail. It is applied after interpolation.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>FBDD</emphasis>: Fake Before Demosaicing Denoising noise reduction. It is applied before interpolation.</item>"
"</list>"
"</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:586
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label"
msgid "Corrections"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:594
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:listbox"
msgid "Camera Profile:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:596
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Camera Profile"
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:597
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Camera Profile"
msgid "Embedded"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:598
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Camera Profile"
msgid "Custom"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:600
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Camera Profile</title>"
"<para>Select here the input color space used to decode RAW data.</para>"
"<para>"
"<list>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>None</emphasis>: no input color profile is used during RAW decoding.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Embedded</emphasis>: use embedded color profile from RAW file, if it exists.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Custom</emphasis>: use a custom input color space profile.</item>"
"</list>"
"</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:611
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:645
#, kde-format
msgid "ICC Files (*.icc *.icm)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:613
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:listbox"
msgid "Workspace:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:615
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Workspace"
msgid "Raw (no profile)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:616
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Workspace"
msgid "sRGB"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:617
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Workspace"
msgid "Adobe RGB"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:618
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Workspace"
msgid "Wide Gamut"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:619
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Workspace"
msgid "Pro-Photo"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:620
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inlistbox Workspace"
msgid "Custom"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:622
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Workspace</title>"
"<para>Select here the output color space used to decode RAW data.</para>"
"<para>"
"<list>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Raw (linear)</emphasis>: in this mode, no output color space is used during RAW decoding.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>sRGB</emphasis>: this is an RGB color space, created cooperatively by Hewlett-Packard and Microsoft. It is the best choice for images destined for the Web and portrait photography.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Adobe RGB</emphasis>: this color space is an extended RGB color space, developed by Adobe. It is used for photography applications such as advertising and fine art.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Wide Gamut</emphasis>: this color space is an expanded version of the Adobe RGB color space.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Pro-Photo</emphasis>: this color space is an RGB color space, developed by Kodak, that offers an especially large gamut designed for use with photographic outputs in mind.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>Custom</emphasis>: use a custom output color space profile.</item>"
"</list>"
"</para>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:657
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label"
msgid "Color Management"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:850
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label"
msgid "Threshold:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/rawengine/drawdecoderwidget.cpp:851
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid ""
"<title>Threshold</title>"
"<para>Set here the noise reduction threshold value to use.</para>"
"<li>If a tag hierarchy starts with '/', root tag album is used as parent.</li>"
"</ul>"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/tags/widgets/tageditdlg.cpp:230
#, kde-format
msgid "<p><b>Note</b>: this shortcut can be used to assign or unassign tag to items.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/tags/widgets/tageditdlg.cpp:345
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Create New Tag</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/tags/widgets/tageditdlg.cpp:349
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Create New Tag in<br/>"
"\"%1\"</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/tags/widgets/tageditdlg.cpp:355
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<b>Properties of Tag<br/>"
"\"%1\"</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/tags/widgets/tageditdlg.cpp:523
#, kde-format
msgid "Tag creation Error"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/tags/widgets/tageditdlg.cpp:534
#, kde-format
msgid "An error occurred during tag creation:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/tags/widgets/tageditdlg.cpp:536
#, kde-format
msgid "Tag Path"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/tags/widgets/tagfolderview.cpp:129
#: core/libs/tags/widgets/tagfolderview.cpp:296
#, kde-format
msgid "Collapse Selected Recursively"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/tags/widgets/tagfolderview.cpp:291
#, kde-format
msgid "Expand Selected Recursively"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/tags/widgets/tagspopupmenu.cpp:524
#, kde-format
msgid "Recently Assigned Tags"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/tags/widgets/tagspopupmenu.cpp:580
#: core/libs/tags/widgets/tagspopupmenu.cpp:718
#, kde-format
msgid "Add New Tag..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/tags/widgets/tagspopupmenu.cpp:586
#, kde-format
msgid "More Tags..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/tags/widgets/tagspopupmenu.cpp:684
#, kde-format
msgid "Assign this Tag"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/tags/widgets/tagspopupmenu.cpp:693
#, kde-format
msgid "Remove this Tag"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/tags/widgets/tagspopupmenu.cpp:703
#, kde-format
msgid "Go to this Tag"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/subjectedit.cpp:54
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the Informative Provider Reference here. I.P.R is a name registered with the XMP/NAA, identifying the provider that provides an indicator of the content. The default value for the I.P.R is \"XMP\" if a standard Reference Code is used."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/subjectedit.cpp:60
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the Subject Reference Number here. Provides a numeric code to indicate the Subject Name plus optional Subject Matter and Subject Detail Names in the language of the service. Subject Reference is a number from the range 01000000 to 17999999 and represent a language independent international reference to a Subject. A Subject is identified by its Reference Number and corresponding Names taken from a standard lists given by XMP/NAA. If a standard reference code is used, these lists are the English language reference versions. This field is limited to 8 digit code."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/subjectedit.cpp:73
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the Subject Name here. English language is used if you selected a standard XMP/NAA reference code."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/subjectedit.cpp:77
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the Subject Matter Name here. English language is used if you selected a standard XMP/NAA reference code."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/subjectedit.cpp:81
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the Subject Detail Name here. English language is used if you selected a standard XMP/NAA reference code."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatelist.cpp:80
#, kde-format
msgid "Here you can see the metadata template list managed by digiKam."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:121
#, kde-format
msgid "Author Names:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:124
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the names of the photograph's creators. Use semi-colons as separator here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:126
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>This field should contain the names of the persons who created the photograph. If it is not appropriate to add the name of the photographer (for example, if the identity of the photographer needs to be protected) the name of a company or organization can also be used. Once saved, this field should not be changed by anyone.</p>"
"<p>To enter more than one name, use <b>semi-colons as separators</b>.</p>"
"<p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 32 ASCII characters.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:135
#, kde-format
msgid "Authors' Positions:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:138
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the job titles of the authors here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:140
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>This field should contain the job titles of the authors. Examples might include titles such as: Staff Photographer, Freelance Photographer, or Independent Commercial Photographer. Since this is a qualifier for the Author field, the Author field must also be filled out.</p>"
"<p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 32 ASCII characters.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:151
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the photograph credit here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:153
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>(synonymous to Provider): Use the Provider field to identify who is providing the photograph. This does not necessarily have to be the author. If a photographer is working for a news agency such as Reuters or the Associated Press, these organizations could be listed here as they are \"providing\" the image for use by others. If the image is a stock photograph, then the group (agency) involved in supplying the image should be listed here.</p>"
"<p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 32 ASCII characters.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:165
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the copyright notice to identify the current owner(s) of the copyright here."
"In Europe you would use: Copyright {Year} {Copyright owner}, all rights reserved. \n"
"In Japan, for maximum protection, the following three items should appear in the copyright field of the IPTC Core: (a) the word, Copyright; (b) year of the first publication; and (c) name of the author. You may also wish to include the phrase \"all rights reserved\".</p>"
"<p>With XMP, you can include more than one copyright string using different languages.</p>"
"<p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 128 ASCII characters.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:186
#, kde-format
msgid "Right Usage Terms:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:188
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the list of instructions on how a resource can be legally used here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:189
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>The Right Usage Terms field should be used to list instructions on how a resource can be legally used.</p>"
"<p>With XMP, you can include more than one right usage terms string using different languages.</p>"
"<p>This field does not exist with IPTC.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:200
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the original owner of the photograph here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:202
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>The Source field should be used to identify the original owner or copyright holder of the photograph. The value of this field should never be changed after the information is entered following the image's creation. While not yet enforced by the custom panels, you should consider this to be a \"write-once\" field. The source could be an individual, an agency, or a member of an agency. To aid in later searches, it is suggested to separate any slashes \"/\" with a blank space. Use the form \"photographer / agency\" rather than \"photographer/agency.\" Source may also be different from Creator and from the names listed in the Copyright Notice.</p>"
"<p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 32 ASCII characters.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:214
#: core/libs/template/templateviewer.cpp:167
#, kde-format
msgid "Instructions:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:217
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the editorial notice here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:219
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>The Instructions field should be used to list editorial instructions concerning the use of photograph.</p>"
"<p>With IPTC, this field is limited to 256 ASCII characters.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:244
#: core/libs/template/templateviewer.cpp:180
#, kde-format
msgid "Rights"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:255
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the city of contents here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:257
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>This field should contain the name of the city where the photograph was taken.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:265
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the city sublocation of contents here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:267
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>This field should contain the sublocation of the city where the photograph was taken.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:272
#: core/libs/template/templateviewer.cpp:189
#: core/libs/template/templateviewer.cpp:211
#, kde-format
msgid "Province/State:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:275
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the province or state of contents here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:277
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>This field should contain the province or state where the photograph was taken.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:285
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Select here the country where the photograph was taken.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:310
#: core/libs/template/templateviewer.cpp:200
#, kde-format
msgid "Location"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:319
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the city name of the lead author here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:321
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>This field should contain the city name where the lead author lives.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:329
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the country name of the lead author here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:331
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>This field should contain the country name where the lead author lives.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:336
#: core/libs/template/templateviewer.cpp:205
#, kde-format
msgid "Address:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:339
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the address of the lead author here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:341
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>This field should contain the address where the lead author lives.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:346
#: core/libs/template/templateviewer.cpp:207
#, kde-format
msgid "Postal Code:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:349
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the postal code of the lead author here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:351
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>This field should contain the postal code where the lead author lives.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:356
#, kde-format
msgid "Province:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:359
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the province of the lead author here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:361
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>This field should contain the province where the lead author lives.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:366
#: core/libs/template/templateviewer.cpp:217
#, kde-format
msgid "Email:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:369
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the email of the lead author here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:371
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>This field should contain the email of the lead author.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:379
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the phone number of the lead author here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:381
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>This field should contain the phone number of the lead author.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:389
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the web site URL of the lead author here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templatepanel.cpp:391
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>This field should contain the web site URL of the lead author.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templateselector.cpp:72
#, kde-format
msgid "Template: "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templateselector.cpp:76
#, kde-format
msgid "Open metadata template editor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/template/templateselector.cpp:77
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Select here the action to perform using the metadata template.</p>"
msgid "Determine Time Difference With Clock Photo"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/timeadjust/clockphotodialog.cpp:96
#, kde-format
msgid "Load different photo"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/timeadjust/clockphotodialog.cpp:103
#, kde-format
msgid "If you have a photo in your set with a clock or another external time source on it, you can load it here and set the indicator to the (date and) time displayed. The difference of your internal camera clock will be determined from this setting."
msgid "An error has occurred with the media player..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/widgets/combo/dcombobox.cpp:70
#: core/libs/widgets/range/dnuminput.cpp:80
#: core/libs/widgets/range/dnuminput.cpp:179
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Reset to default value"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/widgets/common/searchtextbar.cpp:283
#, kde-format
msgid "Case sensitive"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/widgets/files/dbinaryiface.cpp:210
#, kde-format
msgid "Navigate to %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/widgets/files/dbinarysearch.cpp:69
#, kde-format
msgid "Binary"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/widgets/files/dbinarysearch.cpp:70
#, kde-format
msgid "Version"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/widgets/files/dbinarysearch.cpp:103
#, kde-format
msgid "Binary not found."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/widgets/files/dbinarysearch.cpp:104
#, kde-format
msgid "Minimal version number required for this binary is %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/widgets/files/dbinarysearch.cpp:106
#, kde-format
msgid "Find"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/widgets/files/dbinarysearch.cpp:108
#, kde-format
msgid " or <a href=\"%1\">download</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/widgets/files/dbinarysearch.cpp:133
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p><font color=\"red\"><b>Warning:</b> Some necessary binaries have not been found on your system. If you have these binaries installed, please click the 'Find' button to locate them on your system, otherwise please download and install them to proceed.</font></p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/libs/widgets/files/dbinarysearch.cpp:167
#, kde-format
msgid "A development version has been detect. There is no guarantee on the behavior of this binary."
msgid "Here you can switch between fixed font size and font size to be calculated dynamically and adjusted to changing environment (e.g. widget dimensions, paper size)."
"<p><b>Perceptual intent</b> causes the full gamut of the image to be compressed or expanded to fill the gamut of the destination device, so that gray balance is preserved but colorimetric accuracy may not be preserved.</p>"
"<p>In other words, if certain colors in an image fall outside of the range of colors that the output device can render, the image intent will cause all the colors in the image to be adjusted so that the every color in the image falls within the range that can be rendered and so that the relationship between colors is preserved as much as possible.</p>"
"<p>This intent is most suitable for display of photographs and images, and is the default intent.</p>"
"</li>"
"<li>"
"<p><b>Absolute Colorimetric intent</b> causes any colors that fall outside the range that the output device can render to be adjusted to the closest color that can be rendered, while all other colors are left unchanged.</p>"
"<p>This intent preserves the white point and is most suitable for spot colors (Pantone, TruMatch, logo colors, ....)</p>"
"</li>"
"<li>"
"<p><b>Relative Colorimetric intent</b> is defined such that any colors that fall outside the range that the output device can render are adjusted to the closest color that can be rendered, while all other colors are left unchanged. Proof intent does not preserve the white point.</p>"
"</li>"
"<li>"
"<p><b>Saturation intent</b> preserves the saturation of colors in the image at the possible expense of hue and lightness.</p>"
"<p>Implementation of this intent remains somewhat problematic, and the ICC is still working on methods to achieve the desired effects.</p>"
"<p>This intent is most suitable for business graphics such as charts, where it is more important that the colors be vivid and contrast well with each other rather than a specific color.</p>"
"<p>This area contains a CIE or chromaticity diagram. A CIE diagram is a representation of all the colors that a person with normal vision can see. This is represented by the colored sail-shaped area. In addition you will see a triangle that is superimposed on the diagram outlined in white. This triangle represents the outer boundaries of the color space of the device that is characterized by the inspected profile. This is called the device gamut.</p>"
"<p>In addition there are black dots and yellow lines on the diagram. Each black dot represents one of the measurement points that were used to create this profile. The yellow line represents the amount that each point is corrected by the profile, and the direction of this correction.</p>"
"<p>The ICC profile path seems to be invalid.</p>"
"<p>If you want to set it now, select \"Yes\", otherwise select \"No\". In this case, \"Color Management\" feature will be disabled until you solve this issue</p>"
msgid "<p><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Exif'>EXIF</a> - a standard used by most digital cameras today to store technical information (like aperture and shutter speed) about an image.</p>"
msgid "<p><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPTC_Information_Interchange_Model'>IPTC</a> - an older standard used in digital photography to store photographer information in images.</p>"
msgid "<p><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Extensible_Metadata_Platform'>XMP</a> - a new standard used in digital photography, designed to replace IPTC.</p>"
msgid "This list shows the results for your renaming pattern. Red items indicate a name collision, either because the new name is equal to the current name, or because the name has already been assigned to another item."
msgid "<p>Enter your renaming pattern here. Use the access buttons to quickly add renaming options and modifiers. For further explanation, use the information button.</p>"
msgid "<p>Add a modifier to a renaming option. To activate this button, place the cursor behind a renaming option or an already assigned modifier.</p>"
msgid "Face detection is a time-consuming task. You can choose if you wish to employ all processor cores on your system, or work in the background only on one core. Warning: this features still experimental and it is disabled by default."
msgid "<b>Configure where you keep your images</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/collectionpage.cpp:83
#, kde-format
msgctxt "This is a path name so you should include the slash in the translation"
msgid "/Pictures"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/collectionpage.cpp:89
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Please enter a location where you keep your images.</p>"
" "
"<p>You can choose any local folder, even one that already contains images.<br/>"
" More folders can be added later under the <i>Settings</i> menu. </p>"
" "
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/collectionpage.cpp:96
#, kde-format
msgid "<p><i>Note:</i> removable media (such as USB drives or DVDs) and remote file systems (such as NFS, or Samba mounted with cifs/smbfs) are supported.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/collectionpage.cpp:157
#, kde-format
msgid "You must select a folder for digiKam to use as the root album. All of your images will go there."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/collectionpage.cpp:185
#, kde-format
msgid "Create Root Album Folder?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/collectionpage.cpp:186
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>The folder to use as the root album path does not exist:</p>"
"<p><b>%1</b></p>"
"Would you like digiKam to create it for you?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/collectionpage.cpp:198
#, kde-format
msgid "Create Root Album Folder Failed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/collectionpage.cpp:199
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>digiKam could not create the folder to use as the root album.\n"
"Please select a different location.</p>"
"<p><b>%1</b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/collectionpage.cpp:219
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"You do not seem to have write access for the folder selected to be the root album.\n"
"Warning: Without write access, items cannot be edited."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/databasepage.cpp:61
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Configure where you will store databases</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/metadatapage.cpp:64
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Configure Metadata Storage to Files</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/metadatapage.cpp:72
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p>Set here if you want to store the information assigned to items in digiKam in the files' metadata, to improve interoperability with other photo management programs:</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/metadatapage.cpp:82
#, kde-format
msgid "Do nothing"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/metadatapage.cpp:87
#, kde-format
msgid "Add information to files"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/metadatapage.cpp:97
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p><i>Note:</i> recording information to the files' metadata can slow down photo management operations.</p>"
"<h1><b>Migrate configuration and metadata from digiKam 4</b></h1>"
"</p>"
"<p>You can choose here if you want to use the configuration and albums from digiKam 4 in new digiKam. Please note the following warnings:</p>"
"<p>Migration is done <b>at your own risk</b>. digiKam developers do not recommend it and do not support it. On the other hand, creating a new configuration might result in loss of tags and other metadata that was not embedded inside the pictures and was only available in digiKam 4's database.</p>"
"<p>In either case you are recommended to backup the configuration files and databases before proceeding.</p>"
"<p>Specify how images should be opened when left-clicked on in the icon view:</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/openfilepage.cpp:82
#, kde-format
msgid "Open a preview"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/openfilepage.cpp:87
#, kde-format
msgid "Open in the editor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/openfilepage.cpp:97
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p><i>Note:</i> using a preview is always faster than using the editor, especially when checking a series of shots. However, you cannot change or fix the image in preview mode. Note that if you want to compare images quickly, it is often better to use the light table: images can be displayed side-by-side, and synchronized zooming and panning can be performed.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/previewpage.cpp:65
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Configure Preview Behavior</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/previewpage.cpp:73
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p>Set here how images are displayed in preview mode and on the light table:</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/previewpage.cpp:82
#, kde-format
msgid "Load reduced version of image"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/previewpage.cpp:87
#, kde-format
msgid "Load image"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/previewpage.cpp:97
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p><i>Note:</i> loading a reduced version of an image is faster but can differ from the original, especially with Raw. In this case, a JPEG version of Raw pre-processed by camera is loaded, instead of the real image data. This JPEG image is embedded in the file metadata and is used by the camera to display a Raw image faster to a TV screen.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/rawpage.cpp:65
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Configure Raw File Handling</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/rawpage.cpp:73
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p>Set here how you want to open Raw images in the editor:</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/rawpage.cpp:82
#, kde-format
msgid "Open directly, with adjustments made automatically"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/rawpage.cpp:87
#, kde-format
msgid "Use the Raw import tool to adjust corrections manually"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/rawpage.cpp:97
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p><i>Note:</i> the Raw import tool is designed for advanced users who want to have the best control over the image. This requires more time in your workflow.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/startscanpage.cpp:43
#, kde-format
msgid "Scan Your Collection"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/startscanpage.cpp:49
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p>Congratulations. Your minimal setup is done.</p>"
"<p>Remember, you can customize more settings using the digiKam configuration panel. To learn more about the digiKam world, we recommend reading the <b>digiKam handbook</b> using the <b>Help/Handbook</b> menu entry (you need to install the separate digiKam documentation package.) You can also read the manual online from the <a href='https://www.digikam.org/docs'>digikam.org website</a>.</p>"
"<p>Press <b>Finish</b> to close this assistant. digiKam will scan your collection to register all albums in the database. Items including in albums are collected after startup stage in background.</p>"
"<p><i>Note:</i> depending on your collection size, this operation can take a while. If you cancel the scanning operation, it will start again in the next digiKam session.</p>"
"<p>When scanning has completed, at next start-up, digiKam will only check your collection to identify new albums - which is much faster. You can force digiKam to scan for new items manually using the <b>Tools->Maintenance->Scan for new items</b> menu entry.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/tooltipspage.cpp:65
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Enabled Contextual Tooltips</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/tooltipspage.cpp:73
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p>Set here if you want to show contextual tooltips in icon-view and folder-view:</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/tooltipspage.cpp:82
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not show tooltips"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/tooltipspage.cpp:87
#, kde-format
msgid "Use Tooltips"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/tooltipspage.cpp:97
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p><i>Note:</i> tooltips show photograph and digiKam metadata on the fly, as the mouse moves over items. This can be useful when selecting items. Tooltips are displayed in the album folder view, album icon view, camera icon view, batch queue list, and thumb bar. From the digiKam configuration dialog, you can customize the contents of these tooltips and the fonts used.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/welcomepage.cpp:49
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<p>"
"<h1><b>Welcome to digiKam %1</b></h1>"
"</p>"
"<p>digiKam is an advanced digital photo management application published as open-source.</p>"
"<p>This assistant will help you to configure first run settings to be able to use digiKam quickly.</p>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/firstrun/welcomepage.cpp:72
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt><br/>"
"<p>You can ignore the following if you use digiKam for the first time:</p>"
"<p><b>Transition from digiKam 4</b></p>"
"<p>Configuration files from digiKam 4 are not migrated. The old database can still be used, you just need to choose the same locations for collections and database in the following dialogs. It is recommended to create a backup of your database before proceeding.</p>"
"<p>The new location for configuration files is %1 (old %2). There are unresolved problems reported when re-using old configuration files, so it is not recommended to do it for the moment, and at your own risk.</p>"
msgid "Use this option to restrict the duplicate search with some criteria, as to limit search to the album of reference image, or to exclude the album of reference image of the search."
msgid "Image fingerprints have not yet been generated for your collection. The Similarity Search Tools will not be operational without pre-generated fingerprints. Please generate the fingerprints first."
"You have enabled writing to sidecar files for metadata storage in the host application, but not for reading. This means that any metadata stored in the sidecar files will be overwritten here.\n"
"Please enable reading of sidecar files in the host application or continue at your own risk."
"<p>Sets the time zone the camera was set to during photo shooting, so that the time stamps of the images can be converted to GMT to match the GPS time reference.</p>"
"<p>Note: positive offsets count eastwards from zero longitude (GMT), they are 'ahead of time'.</p>"
msgid "Sets the maximum time difference to interpolate GPX file points to image time data. If the time difference exceeds this setting, no match will be attempted."
msgid "Sets the maximum time difference from a GPS track point to the image time to be matched. If the time difference exceeds this setting, no match will be attempted."
msgid "<p>Select the profile for your output device (usually, your printer). This profile will be used to do a soft proof, so you will be able to preview how an image will be rendered via an output device.</p>"
msgid "Cannot open the specified working space profile (\"%1\"). No color transformation will be applied. Please check the color management configuration in digiKam's setup."
msgid "If this option is enabled, the preview area will split vertically. A contiguous area of the image will be shown, with one half from the original image, the other half from the target image."
msgid "If this option is enabled, the preview area will split horizontally. A contiguous area of the image will be shown, with one half from the original image, the other half from the target image."
msgid "If this option is enabled, the preview area will split vertically. The same part of the original and the target image will be shown side by side."
msgid "If this option is enabled, the preview area will split horizontally. The same part of the original and the target image will be shown side by side."
msgid "For more information about the <b>Mounted Camera</b> driver, please read the <b>Supported Digital Still Cameras</b> section in the digiKam manual."
msgid "Set how digiKam will rename files as they are downloaded."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:244
#, kde-format
msgid "File Renaming Options"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:250
#, kde-format
msgid "Auto-creation of Albums"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:256
#, kde-format
msgid "On the Fly Operations (JPEG only)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:262
#, kde-format
msgid "DNG Convert Options"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:268
#, kde-format
msgid "Scripting"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:287
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action Cancel process"
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:294
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action Information about camera"
msgid "Information"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:301
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action Capture photo from camera"
msgid "Capture"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:313
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Select All"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:321
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Select None"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:329
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Invert Selection"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:337
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Select New Items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:344
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Select Locked Items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:352
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:menu"
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:357
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Download New"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:367
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Download Selected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:374
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Download All"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:382
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Download && Delete New"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:390
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Download && Delete Selected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:398
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Download && Delete All"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:405
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Upload..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:413
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Toggle Lock"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:421
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Mark as downloaded"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:428
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:menu"
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:433
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Delete Selected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:441
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Delete All"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:447
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Delete New"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:455
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:group"
msgid "Views"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:466
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action View the selected image"
msgid "Preview Item"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:486
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:menu"
msgid "&Sort Items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:487
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "The value by which the items are sorted in the thumbnail view"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:493
#, kde-format
msgctxt "item:inmenu Sort by"
msgid "By Name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:494
#, kde-format
msgctxt "item:inmenu Sort by"
msgid "By Path"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:495
#, kde-format
msgctxt "item:inmenu Sort by"
msgid "By Date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:496
#, kde-format
msgctxt "item:inmenu Sort by"
msgid "By Size"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:497
#, kde-format
msgctxt "item:inmenu Sort by"
msgid "By Rating"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:498
#, kde-format
msgctxt "item:inmenu Sort by"
msgid "By Download State"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:518
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:inmenu"
msgid "Item Sorting &Order"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:519
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "Defines whether items are sorted in ascending or descending manner."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:524
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inmenu Sorting Order"
msgid "Ascending"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:525
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inmenu Sorting Order"
msgid "Descending"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:537
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:menu"
msgid "&Group Items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:538
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:whatsthis"
msgid "The categories in which the items in the thumbnail view are displayed"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:544
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inmenu Group Items"
msgid "Flat List"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:545
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inmenu Group Items"
msgid "By Folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:546
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inmenu Group Items"
msgid "By Format"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:547
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:inmenu Group Items"
msgid "By Date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:571
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Fit to &Window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:576
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:inmenu"
msgid "Zoom to 100%"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:594
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Show History"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:600
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@option:check"
msgid "Show Thumbbar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:625
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:855
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Previous Image"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:632
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action Connection failed, try again?"
msgid "Retry"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:844
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Exit Preview Mode"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:849
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action"
msgid "Next Image"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:861
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action Go to first image"
msgid "First Image"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:866
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action Go to last image"
msgid "Last Image"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:948
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "Canceling current operation, please wait..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1003
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Do you want to close the dialog and cancel the current operation?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1013
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "Disconnecting from camera, please wait..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1055
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "Scanning for new files, please wait..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1094
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "Ready"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1150
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Failed to connect to the camera. Please make sure it is connected properly and turned on."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1240
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Select Image to Upload"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1274
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"There is not enough free space on the Camera Medium to upload pictures.\n"
"\n"
"Space require: %1\n"
"Available free space: %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1328
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"<qt>Camera Folder <resource>%1</resource> already contains the item <resource>%2</resource>.<br/>"
"Please enter a new filename (without extension):</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1332
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "File already exists"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1398
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Your custom target album date format is not valid. Please check your settings..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1438
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Collection which host your default target album set to process download from camera device is not available. Please select another one from camera configuration dialog."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1447
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "Your default target album set to process download from camera device is not available. Please select another one from camera configuration dialog."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1472
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "<p>Please select the destination album from the digiKam library to import the camera pictures into.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1563
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info Popup notification"
msgid "Images download finished, you can now detach your camera while the images will be auto-rotated"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1570
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info Popup notification"
msgid "Images download finished"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1960
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "The items listed below are locked by camera (read-only). These items will not be deleted. If you really want to delete these items, please unlock them and try again."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:1971
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "About to delete this image. <b>Deleted file is unrecoverable.</b> Are you sure?"
msgid_plural "About to delete these %1 images. <b>Deleted files are unrecoverable.</b> Are you sure?"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:2022
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "Insufficient Disk Space"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:2023
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"There is not enough free space on the disk of the album you selected to download and process the selected pictures from the camera.\n"
"\n"
"Estimated space required: %1\n"
"Available free space: %2\n"
"\n"
"Try Anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:2333
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:2359
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "No item selected (%1 item)"
msgid_plural "No item selected (%1 items)"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:2351
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status Filename of first selected item of number of items"
msgid "<b>%1</b> (%2 of %3)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:2369
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:status"
msgid "%2/%1 item selected"
msgid_plural "%2/%1 items selected"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/import/main/importui.cpp:2440
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid "A file with the same name (<b>%1</b>) already exists in folder <resource>%2</resource>."
msgid "Enable this option to set date and time metadata tags to the right values if your camera does not set these tags correctly when pictures are taken. The values will be saved in the DateTimeDigitized and DateTimeCreated EXIF, XMP, and IPTC tags."
msgid "Enable this option to automatically convert all JPEG files to a lossless image format. <b>Note:</b> Image conversion can take a while on a slow computer."
"<p>These expressions may be used to customize date format:</p>"
"<p><b>d</b>: The day as a number without a leading zero (1 to 31)</p>"
"<p><b>dd</b>: The day as a number with a leading zero (01 to 31)</p>"
"<p><b>ddd</b>: The abbreviated localized day name (e.g. 'Mon' to 'Sun')</p>"
"<p><b>dddd</b>: The long localized day name (e.g. 'Monday' to 'Sunday').</p>"
"<p><b>M</b>: The month as a number without a leading zero (1 to 12)</p>"
"<p><b>MM</b>: The month as a number with a leading zero (01 to 12)</p>"
"<p><b>MMM</b>: The abbreviated localized month name (e.g. 'Jan' to 'Dec')</p>"
"<p><b>MMMM</b>: The long localized month name (e.g. 'January' to 'December')</p>"
"<p><b>yy</b>: The year as two digit number (eg. 00 to 99)</p>"
"<p><b>yyyy</b>: The year as four digit number (eg. 2012)</p>"
"<p>All other input characters will be treated as text. Any sequence of characters that are enclosed in singlequotes will be treated as text and not be used as an expression. Examples, if date is 20 July 1969:</p>"
"<p><b>dd.MM.yyyy</b> : 20.07.1969</p>"
"<p><b>ddd MMMM d yy</b> : Sun July 20 69</p>"
"<p><b>'Photo shot on ' dddd</b> : Photo shot on Sunday</p>"
msgid "Enable this option if you want to download your pictures into automatically created file extension-based sub-albums of the destination album. This way, you can separate JPEG and RAW files as they are downloaded from your camera."
msgid "Set this option to show the file modification date below the image thumbnail if it is different than camera creation date. This option is useful to identify quickly which items have been modified."
"Set this option to render icon-view with large thumbnail size, for example in case of 4K monitor is used.\n"
"By default this option is turned off and the maximum thumbnail size is limited to 256x256 pixels. When this option is enabled, thumbnail size can be extended to 512x512 pixels.\n"
"This option will store more data in thumbnail database and will use more system memory. digiKam needs to be restarted to take effect, and Rebuild Thumbnails option from Maintenance tool needs to be processed over whole collections."
msgid "This option changes the size in which thumbnails are generated. You need to restart digiKam for this option to take effect. Furthermore, you need to regenerate all already stored thumbnails via the <interface>Tools / Maintenance</interface> menu."
"<p>Add new file types to show as album items.</p>"
"<p>digiKam attempts to support all of the image formats that digital cameras produce, while being able to handle a few other important video and audio formats.</p>"
" "
"<p>You can add to the already-appreciable list of formats that digiKam handles by adding the extension of the type you want to add. Multiple extensions need to be separated by a semicolon or space.</p>"
"<p><b><u>Note:</u> changes done in this view will perform a database rescan in the background.</b></p>"
"<p>Here you can add the extensions of image files (including RAW files) to be displayed in the Album view. Just put \"xyz abc\" to display files with the xyz and abc extensions in your Album view.</p>"
"<p>You can also remove file formats that are shown by default by putting a minus sign in front of the extension: e.g. \"-gif\" would remove all GIF files from your Album view and any trace of them in your database. They would not be deleted, just not shown in digiKam.</p>"
"<p><b>Warning:</b> Removing files from the database means losing all of their tags and ratings.</p>"
"<p>Here you can add extra extensions of video files to be displayed in your Album view. Just write \"xyz abc\" to support files with the *.xyz and *.abc extensions. Clicking on these files will play them in an embedded video player.</p>"
"<p>You can also remove file formats that are supported by default by putting a minus sign in front of the extension: e.g. \"-avi\" would remove all AVI files from your Album view and any trace of them in your database. They would not be deleted, just not shown in digiKam.</p>"
"<p><b>Warning:</b> Removing files from the database means losing all of their tags and ratings.</p>"
"<p>Here you can add extra extensions of audio files to be displayed in your Album view. Just write \"xyz abc\" to support files with the *.xyz and *.abc extensions. Clicking on these files will play them in an embedded audio player.</p>"
"<p>You can also remove file formats that are supported by default by putting a minus sign in front of the extension: e.g. \"-ogg\" would remove all OGG files from your Album view and any trace of them in your database. They would not be deleted, just not shown in digiKam.</p>"
"<p><b>Warning:</b> Removing files from the database means losing all of their tags and ratings.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/album/setupmime.cpp:195
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter additional audio file extensions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/album/setupmime.cpp:258
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>You have chosen to remove the following image formats from the list of supported formats: <b>%1</b>.</p>"
"<p>These are very common formats. If you have images in your collection with these formats, they will be removed from the database and you will lose all information about them, including rating and tags.</p>"
"<p>Are you sure you want to apply your changes and lose the support for these formats?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/album/setupmime.cpp:311
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Files with these extensions will be recognized as images and included into the database:<br/>"
" <code>%1</code></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/album/setupmime.cpp:321
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Files with these extensions will be recognized as video files and included into the database:<br/>"
" <code>%1</code></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/album/setupmime.cpp:331
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Files with these extensions will be recognized as audio files and included into the database:<br/>"
" <code>%1</code></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/camera/cameralist.cpp:281
#, kde-format
msgid "Failed to auto-detect camera; please make sure it is connected properly and is turned on. Would you like to try again?"
"<p>Set this option to load images at their full size for preview, rather than at a reduced size. As this option will make it take longer to load images, only use it if you have a fast computer.</p>"
"<p><b>Note:</b> for Raw images, a half size version of the Raw data is used instead of the embedded JPEG preview.</p>"
msgid "If this option is enabled, over- and under-exposure indicators will be displayed only when pure white and pure black color matches, as all color components match the condition in the same time. Otherwise, indicators are turned on when one of the color components matches the condition."
"<para><interface>Non-Destructive Editing and Versioning</interface> allows different versions of an image to be created, whilst always preserving the original image.</para>"
" "
"<para> All steps of the editing history are recorded and can be accessed later.</para>"
"<para>Select the file format in which edited images are saved automatically. Format-specific options, like compression settings, can be configured on the <interface>Format Options</interface> tab.</para>"
"<para>"
"<list>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>JPEG</emphasis>: JPEG is the most commonly used file format, but it employs lossy compression, which means that with each saving operation some image information will be irreversibly lost. JPEG offers a good compression rate, resulting in smaller files. </item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>PNG</emphasis>: A widely used format employing lossless compression. The files, though, will be larger because PNG does not achieve very good compression rates.</item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>TIFF</emphasis>: A commonly used format, usually uncompressed or with modest lossless compression. Resulting files will be large, but without quality loss due to compression. </item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>PGF</emphasis>: This is a technically superior file format offering good compression rates with either lossy or lossless compression. But it is not yet widely used and supported, so your friends may not directly be able to open these files, and you may not be able to directly publish them on the web. </item>"
"<item><emphasis strong='true'>JPEG 2000</emphasis>: JPEG 2000 is similar to PGF. Loading or saving is slower, the compression rate is better, and the format more widely supported, though still not comparable to the tradition formats JPEG, PNG or TIFF. </item>"
"<para>First and foremost, the <emphasis>original image will never be overwritten.</emphasis> Instead, when an image is edited, a new file is created: The <interface>current version</interface>.</para>"
" "
"<para>You can also create multiple <interface>versions</interface> deriving from the same <interface>original image</interface>.</para>"
" "
"<para>In addition to these files representing a current version, digiKam can take and keep additional, <interface>intermediate snapshots</interface> during the editing process. This can be useful if you want to preserve the intermediate steps for later access, for example if some editing steps cannot be automatically reproduced.</para>"
"<para>If an image has been edited, only the <interface>current versions</interface> will be shown in the main thumbnail view. From the <interface>right sidebar</interface>, you always have access to all hidden files.</para>"
" "
"<para>With the options here, you can choose to show certain files permanently.</para>"
"<para>In addition to the pixel content, image files usually contain a variety of metadata. A lot of the parameters you can use in digiKam to manage files, such as rating or comment, can be written to the files' metadata.</para>"
" "
"<para>Storing in metadata allows one to preserve this information when moving or sending the files to different systems.</para>"
msgid "Instead of synchronizing metadata, just schedule it for synchronization.Synchronization can be done later by triggering the apply pending, or at digikam exit"
msgid "Turn on this option to write metadata into RAW TIFF/EP files. This feature requires the Exiv2 shared library, version >= 0.18.0. It is still experimental, and is disabled by default."
msgid "Turn off this option to not update file timestamps when files are changed as when you update metadata or image data. Note: disabling this option can introduce some dysfunctions with applications which use file timestamps properties to detect file modifications automatically."
msgid "Turning this option on, will force digiKam to rescan files that has been modified outside digiKam. If a file has changed it is file size or if the last modified timestamp has changed, a rescan of that file will be performed when digiKam starts."
msgid "Turning this option on, will force digiKam to delete the file metadata contained in the database before the file is rescanned. WARNING: if your metadata has been written to the database only and not to the file or sidecar, you will be able to lose inserted metadata such as tags, keywords, or geographic coordinates."
" You can change the contents, rearranging the individual pixels of the image data.<nl/>"
" Or you can set a flag that the file is to be rotated before it is shown.</para>"
" "
"<para>Select this option if you always want to set only a flag. This is less obtrusive, but requires support if the file is accessed with another software. Ensure to allow setting the flag in the metadata if you want to share your files outside digiKam.</para>"
" You can change the contents, rearranging the individual pixels of the image data.<nl/>"
" Or you can set a flag that the file is to be rotated before it is shown.</para>"
" "
"<para>Select this option if you want the file to be rotated by changing the content. This is a lossless operation for JPEG files. For other formats it is a lossy operation, which you need to enable explicitly. It is not support for RAW and other read-only formats, which will be rotated by flag only.</para>"
msgid "For some file formats which apply lossy compression, data will be lost each time the content is rotated. Check this option to allow lossy rotation. If not enabled, these files will be rotated by flag."
msgid "<b>Note: These settings affect the album view and not the image editor. The image editor always changes the image data during the rotation.</b>"
msgid "Turn on this option if you want to apply changes to rating, comments and tags made in Baloo to digiKam's metadata storage. Please note that image metadata will not be edited automatically."
"<p><a href='http://community.kde.org/Baloo'>Baloo</a> provides the basis to handle all kinds of metadata on the KDE desktop in a generic fashion. It allows you to tag, rate and comment your files in KDE applications like Dolphin.</p>"
" "
"<p>Please set here if you want to synchronize the metadata stored by digiKam desktop-wide with the Baloo Desktop Search.</p>"
"<p>Add file types to be recognised as sidecars.</p>"
"<p>digiKam (optionally) writes metadata to *.xmp sidecar files. Other programs might use different types, which can be specified below. digiKam will neither display these nor read from or write to them. But whenever a matching album item (e.g. \"image.dng\" for \"image.dng.pp3\") is renamed, moved, copied or deleted, the same operation will be done on these sidecar files.</p>"
"<p>Multiple extensions must be separated by a semicolon or a space.</p>"
msgid "<p>Here you can add extra extensions of sidecars files to be processed alongside regular items. These files will not be visible, but regarded as an extension of the main file. Just write \"xyz abc\" to support files with the *.xyz and *.abc extensions. The internally used sidecars type *.xmp is always included.</p>"
msgid "Switching off exif auto rotation will most probably show your images in a wrong orientation, so only change this option if you explicitly require this."
msgid "Switching on this option and your metadata has been written to the database only and not to the file or sidecar, you will be able to lose inserted metadata such as tags, keywords, or geographic coordinates."
"<p><b>Do you really want to enable metadata writing to RAW files?</b></p>"
"<p>DigiKam delegates this task to the Exiv2 library. With different RAW formats, problems are known which can lead to the destruction of RAW files. If you decide to do so, make a backup of your RAW files.</p>"
"<p><b>We strongly recommend not to enable this option.</b></p>"
msgid "You would rather disable writing metadata to RAW files?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:148
#, kde-format
msgid "Database"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:149
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Database Settings<br/>"
"<i>Customize database settings</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:154
#, kde-format
msgid "Collections"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:155
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Collections Settings<br/>"
"<i>Set root albums locations</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:161
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Application Views Settings<br/>"
"<i>Customize the look of the views</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:166
#, kde-format
msgid "Tool-Tip"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:167
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Items Tool-Tip Settings<br/>"
"<i>Customize information in item tool-tips</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:178
#, kde-format
msgid "Templates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:179
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Metadata templates<br/>"
"<i>Manage your collection of metadata templates</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:185
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Image Editor Settings<br/>"
"<i>Customize the image editor settings</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:191
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Settings for Color Management<br/>"
"<i>Customize the color management settings</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:197
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Light Table Settings<br/>"
"<i>Customize tool used to compare images</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:209
#, kde-format
msgid "<qt>Image Quality Sorter Settings</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:214
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Camera Settings<br/>"
"<i>Manage your camera devices</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:223
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Plug-in Settings<br/>"
"<i>Set which plugins will be accessible from application</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setup.cpp:229
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Miscellaneous Settings<br/>"
"<i>Customize behavior of the other parts of digiKam</i></qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab"
msgid "Database Settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:122
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Set the names of directories that you want to ignore from your photo collections. The names are case sensitive and should be separated by a semicolon.</p>"
"<p>This is for example useful when you store your photos on a Synology NAS (Network Attached Storage). In every directory the system creates a subdirectory @eaDir to store thumbnails. To avoid digiKam inserting the original photo and its corresponding thumbnail twice, @eaDir is ignored by default.</p>"
"<p>To re-include directories that are ignored by default prefix it with a minus, e.g. -@eaDir.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:140
#, kde-format
msgid "Additional directories to ignore (<a href='image'>Currently ignored directories</a>):"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:145
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter directories that you want to ignore from adding to your collections."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:166
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab"
msgid "Ignored Directories"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:263
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"<p>The process of updating the file hashes takes a few minutes.</p>"
" "
"<p>Please ensure that any important collections on removable media are connected. <i>After the upgrade you cannot use your database with a digiKam version prior to 2.0.</i></p>"
" "
"<p>Do you want to begin the update?</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:278
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:group"
msgid "Updates"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:281
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@action:button"
msgid "Update File Hashes"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:283
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid ""
"<qt>File hashes are used to identify identical files and to display thumbnails. A new, improved algorithm to create the hash is now used. The old algorithm, though, still works quite well, so it is recommended to carry out this upgrade, but not required.<br/>"
" After the upgrade you cannot use your database with a digiKam version prior to 2.0.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:292
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info:tooltip"
msgid "Get information about <interface>Update File Hashes</interface>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupdatabase.cpp:316
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>Directories starting with a dot are ignored by default.<br/>"
" <code>%1</code></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:186
#, kde-format
msgid "Enable Color Management"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:187
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<ul>"
"<li>Checked: Color Management is enabled</li>"
"<li>Unchecked: Color Management is disabled</li>"
"</ul>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:194
#, kde-format
msgid "Visit Little CMS project website"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:204
#, kde-format
msgid "Working Color Space"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:210
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>This is the color space all the images will be converted to when opened (if you choose to convert) and the profile that will be embedded when saving. Good and safe choices are <b>Adobe RGB (1998)</b> and <b>sRGB IEC61966-2.1</b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:216
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>You can use this button to get more detailed information about the selected workspace profile.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:230
#, kde-format
msgid "When the profile of an image does not match the working color space"
msgid "<p>If an image has an embedded color profile not matching the working space profile, digiKam will ask if you want to convert to the working space, keep the embedded profile or discard the embedded profile and assign a different one.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:245
#, kde-format
msgid "Convert the image to the working color space"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:246
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>If an image has an embedded color profile not matching the working space profile, digiKam will convert the image's color information to the working color space. This changes the pixel data, but not the appearance of the image.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:262
#, kde-format
msgid "When an image has no color profile information"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:270
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>If an image has no embedded color profile, digiKam will ask which color space shall be used to interpret the image and to which color space it shall be transformed for editing.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:274
#, kde-format
msgid "Assume it is using the sRGB color space (Internet standard)"
msgstr ""
#. i18n("<p></p>"));
#.
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:279
#, kde-format
msgid "and convert it to the working color space"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:291
#, kde-format
msgid "Assume it is using the working color space"
msgstr ""
#. i18n("<p></p>"));
#.
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:296
#, kde-format
msgid "Convert it from default input color space to working space"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:314
#, kde-format
msgid "When loading a RAW file with uncalibrated colors"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:321
#, kde-format
msgid "Ask for the input profile"
msgstr ""
#. i18n("<p></p>"));
#.
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:326
#, kde-format
msgid "Automatic color correction"
msgstr ""
#. i18n("<p></p>"));
#.
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:331
#, kde-format
msgid "Convert it from the default input profile"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:355
#, kde-format
msgid "Color Managed View"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:360
#, kde-format
msgid "Monitor profile:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:364
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Select the color profile for your monitor here.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:368
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>You can use this button to get more detailed information about the selected monitor profile.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:372
#, kde-format
msgid "Use color managed view in editor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:373
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Turn on this option if you want to use your <b>Monitor Color Profile</b> to show your pictures in the Image Editor window with a color correction adapted to your monitor. You can at any time toggle this option from the Editor window. <i>Warning</i>: This can slow down rendering of the image, depending on the speed of your computer.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:380
#, kde-format
msgid "Use color managed view for previews and thumbnails"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:395
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera and Scanner"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:400
#, kde-format
msgid "Default input color profile:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:402
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>This is the default color profile for your input device (that is your camera - or your scanner). A camera input profile is recommended for correct conversion of RAW images in 16bit. Some of the options about loading behavior above refer to this profile.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:409
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>You can use this button to get more detailed information about the selected input profile.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:420
#, kde-format
msgid "Printing and Proofing"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:425
#, kde-format
msgid "Output device profile:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:434
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>You can use this button to get more detailed information about the selected proofing profile.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:445
#, kde-format
msgid "Color Profiles Repository"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:450
#, kde-format
msgid "digiKam looks for ICC profiles in a number of <a href='default'>default locations</a>. You can specify an additional folder:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:458
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>digiKam searches ICC profiles in default system folders and ships itself a few selected profiles. Store all your additional color profiles in the directory set here.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:481
#, kde-format
msgid "Use black point compensation"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:482
#, kde-format
msgid "<p><b>Black Point Compensation</b> is a way to make adjustments between the maximum black levels of digital files and the black capabilities of various digital devices.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:488
#, kde-format
msgid "Rendering Intents:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:504
#, kde-format
msgid "Profiles"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:698
#, kde-format
msgid "Monitor Profile From System Settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:730
#, kde-format
msgid "No ICC profiles files found."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:745
#, kde-format
msgid "No Display Profile Available"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:747
#, kde-format
msgid "No Output Profile Available"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:877
#, kde-format
msgctxt "none of the paths"
msgid "none"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:886
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"On Windows, the default search paths include "
"<ul>"
"<li>%1/Windows/Spool/Drivers/Color/</li>"
"<li>%2/Windows/Color/</li>"
"</ul>"
"On your system, currently these paths exist and are scanned:"
"<ul>"
"<li>%3</li>"
"</ul>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:900
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"On Mac OS X, the default search paths include "
"<ul>"
"<li>/System/Library/ColorSync/Profiles</li>"
"<li>/Library/ColorSync/Profiles</li>"
"<li>~/Library/ColorSync/Profiles</li>"
"<li>/opt/local/share/color/icc</li>"
"<li>/opt/digikam/share/color/icc</li>"
"<li>~/.local/share/color/icc/</li>"
"<li>~/.local/share/icc/</li>"
"<li>~/.color/icc/</li>"
"</ul>"
"On your system, currently these paths exist and are scanned:"
"<ul>"
"<li>%1</li>"
"</ul>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupicc.cpp:917
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"On Linux, the default search paths include "
"<ul>"
"<li>/usr/share/color/icc</li>"
"<li>/usr/local/share/color/icc</li>"
"<li>~/.local/share/color/icc/</li>"
"<li>~/.local/share/icc/</li>"
"<li>~/.color/icc/</li>"
"</ul>"
"On your system, currently these paths exist and are scanned:"
"<ul>"
"<li>%1</li>"
"</ul>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuplighttable.cpp:98
#, kde-format
msgid "Synchronize panels automatically"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuplighttable.cpp:99
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to automatically synchronize zooming and panning between left and right panels if the images have the same size."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuplighttable.cpp:103
#, kde-format
msgid "Selecting a thumbbar item loads the image to the right panel"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuplighttable.cpp:105
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to automatically load an image into the right panel when the corresponding item is selected on the thumbbar."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuplighttable.cpp:108
#, kde-format
msgid "Clear the light table on close"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuplighttable.cpp:109
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to remove all images from the light table when you close it, or unset it to preserve the images currently on the light table."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid "String comparison type:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:139
#, kde-format
msgctxt "method to compare strings"
msgid "Natural"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:140
#, kde-format
msgctxt "method to compare strings"
msgid "Normal"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:141
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>Sets the way in which strings are compared inside digiKam. This eg. influences the sorting of the tree views.<br/>"
"<b>Natural</b> tries to compare strings in a way that regards some normal conventions and will eg. result in sorting numbers naturally even if they have a different number of digits.<br/>"
"<b>Normal</b> uses a more technical approach. Use this style if you eg. want to entitle albums with ISO dates (201006 or 20090523) and the albums should be sorted according to these dates.</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:151
#, kde-format
msgid "Confirm when moving items to the &trash"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:152
#, kde-format
msgid "Confirm when permanently deleting items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:153
#, kde-format
msgid "Do not confirm when applying changes in the &right sidebar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:154
#, kde-format
msgid "&Scan for new items at startup (makes startup slower)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:155
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Set this option to force digiKam to scan all collections for new items to\n"
"register new elements in database. The scan is performed in the background through\n"
"the progress manager available in the statusbar\n"
" when digiKam main interface\n"
"is loaded. If your computer is fast enough, this will have no effect on usability\n"
"of digiKam while scanning. If your collections are huge or if you use a remote database,\n"
"this can introduce low latency, and it is recommended to disable this option and to plan\n"
"a manual scan through the maintenance tool at the right moment."
"Set this option to force digiKam to clean up the core database from obsolete item entries.\n"
"Entries are only deleted if the connected image/video/audio file was already removed, i.e.\n"
"the database object wastes space.\n"
"This option does not clean up other databases as the thumbnails or recognition db.\n"
"For clean up routines for other databases, please use the maintenance."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:172
#, kde-format
msgid "Show only face tags for assigning names in people sidebar"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:177
#, kde-format
msgid "Lower bound for minimum similarity:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:183
#, kde-format
msgid "Select here the lower bound of the minimum similarity threshold for fuzzy and duplicates searches. The default value is 40. Selecting a lower value than 40 can make the search <b>really</b> slow."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:213
#, kde-format
msgid "Use native file dialogs from system"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:214
#, kde-format
msgid "Draw frames around grouped items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:221
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to configure how sidebar tab titles are visible. Use \"Only For Active Tab\" option if you use a small screen resolution as with a laptop computer."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:251
#, kde-format
msgctxt "icon theme"
msgid "Adwaita"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:252
#, kde-format
msgctxt "icon theme"
msgid "Breeze"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:253
#, kde-format
msgctxt "icon theme"
msgid "Breeze Dark"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:254
#, kde-format
msgctxt "icon theme"
msgid "Faenza"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:255
#, kde-format
msgctxt "icon theme"
msgid "Ambiance"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:256
#, kde-format
msgctxt "icon theme"
+msgid "Humanity"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. +> trunk5
+#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:257
+#, kde-format
+msgctxt "icon theme"
msgid "Oxygen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:311
+#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:312
#, kde-format
msgid "Perform the following operations on all group members:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:312
+#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:313
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"When images are grouped the following operations<br/>"
"are performed only on the displayed item (No)<br/>"
"or on all the hidden items in the group as well (Yes).<br/>"
"If Ask is selected, there will be a prompt every<br/>"
"time this operation is executed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:320
+#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:321
#, kde-format
msgid "Ask"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:365
+#: core/utilities/setup/setupmisc.cpp:366
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab"
msgid "Grouping"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupplugins.cpp:87
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:tab"
msgid "Batch Queue Manager"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:112
#, kde-format
msgid "Delay between images:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:120
#, kde-format
msgid "The delay, in seconds, between images."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:123
#, kde-format
msgid "Start with current image"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:124
#, kde-format
msgid "If this option is enabled, the Slideshow will be started with the current image selected in the images list."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:127
#, kde-format
msgid "Slideshow runs in a loop"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:128
#, kde-format
msgid "Run the slideshow in a loop."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:130
#, kde-format
msgid "Show progress indicator"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:131
#, kde-format
msgid "Show a progress indicator with pending items to show and time progression."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:133
#, kde-format
msgid "Show image file name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:134
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the image file name at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:136
#, kde-format
msgid "Show image creation date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the image creation time/date at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:140
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the camera aperture and focal length at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:143
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the camera exposure and sensitivity at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:146
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the camera make and model at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:148
#, kde-format
msgid "Show image caption"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:149
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the image caption at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:151
#, kde-format
msgid "Show image title"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:152
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the image title at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:154
#, kde-format
msgid "Show image caption if it has not title"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:155
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the image caption at the bottom of the screen if no titles existed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:157
#, kde-format
msgid "Show image tags"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:158
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the digiKam image tag names at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:160
#, kde-format
msgid "Show image labels"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:161
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the digiKam image color label and pick label at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:163
#, kde-format
msgid "Show image rating"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:164
#, kde-format
msgid "Show the digiKam image rating at the bottom of the screen."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:166
#, kde-format
msgid "Caption font:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:167
#, kde-format
msgid "Select here the font used to display text in the slideshow."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:170
#, kde-format
msgid "Screen placement:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:172
#, kde-format
msgid "In case of multi-screen computer, select here the monitor to slide contents."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:175
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:listbox The current screen, for the presentation mode"
msgid "Current Screen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:176
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:listbox The default screen for the presentation mode"
msgid "Default Screen"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setupslideshow.cpp:180
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@label:listbox %1 is the screen number (0, 1, ...)"
msgid "Screen %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptemplate.cpp:92
#, kde-format
msgid "Template Title:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptemplate.cpp:95
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter the metadata template title here."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptemplate.cpp:96
#, kde-format
msgid "<p>Enter the metadata template title here. This title will be used to identify a template in your collection.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptemplate.cpp:106
#, kde-format
msgid "<b>Note: These information are used to set <b><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Extensible_Metadata_Platform'>XMP</a></b> and <b><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IPTC'>IPTC</a></b> tag contents. There is no limitation with XMP, but note that IPTC text tags only support the printable <b><a href='http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ascii'>ASCII</a></b> character set, and tag sizes are limited. Use contextual help for details.</b>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptemplate.cpp:127
#, kde-format
msgid "&Replace..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptemplate.cpp:244
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptemplate.cpp:273
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot register new metadata template without title."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptemplate.cpp:250
#, kde-format
msgid "A metadata template named '%1' already exists."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:195
#, kde-format
msgid "Tool-Tips Font:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:196
#, kde-format
msgid "Select here the font used to display text in tool-tips."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:204
#, kde-format
msgid "Show icon-view and thumb-bar items' tool-tips"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:205
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display image information when the mouse hovers over an icon-view or thumb-bar item."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:208
#, kde-format
msgid "File/Item Information"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:211
#, kde-format
msgid "File name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:214
#, kde-format
msgid "File date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:217
#, kde-format
msgid "File size"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:220
#, kde-format
msgid "Image type"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:223
#, kde-format
msgid "Image dimensions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:226
#, kde-format
msgid "Image aspect ratio"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:227
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the image aspect ratio."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:243
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:423
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera make and model"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:251
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:254
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:431
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera aperture and focal length"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:258
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:435
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera exposure and sensitivity"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:262
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera mode and program"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:266
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:439
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera flash settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:270
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:443
#, kde-format
msgid "Camera white balance settings"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:287
#, kde-format
msgid "digiKam Information"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:290
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:363
#, kde-format
msgid "Album name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:291
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:364
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the album name."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:293
#, kde-format
msgid "Image title"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:294
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the image title."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:296
#, kde-format
msgid "Image caption"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:297
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the image captions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:299
#, kde-format
msgid "Image tags"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:300
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the image tags."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:302
#, kde-format
msgid "Image labels"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:303
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the image pick, color, rating labels."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:315
#, kde-format
msgid "Audio/Video Information"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:318
#, kde-format
msgid "Video Aspect Ratio"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:319
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:334
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the Aspect Ratio of the Video."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:322
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the Audio Bit Rate of the Video."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:325
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the Audio Channel Type of the Video."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:328
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the Audio Codec of the Video."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:330
#, kde-format
msgid "Video Duration"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:331
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the Duration of the Video."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:333
#, kde-format
msgid "Video Frame Rate"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:337
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the Codec of the Video."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:357
#, kde-format
msgid "Show album items' tool-tips"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:358
#, kde-format
msgid "Album Information"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:360
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:401
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display album information when the mouse hovers over a folder-view item."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:366
#, kde-format
msgid "Album date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:367
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the album date."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:369
#, kde-format
msgid "Album collection"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:370
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the album collection."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:372
#, kde-format
msgid "Album category"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:373
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the album category."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:375
#, kde-format
msgid "Album caption"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:376
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the album caption."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:378
#, kde-format
msgid "Album preview"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:379
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the album preview."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:398
#, kde-format
msgid "Show import items' tool-tips"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:399
#, kde-format
msgid "Import Information"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:404
#, kde-format
msgid "Item name"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:405
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the item name."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:407
#, kde-format
msgid "Item date"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:408
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the item date."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:410
#, kde-format
msgid "Item size"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:411
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the item size."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:413
#, kde-format
msgid "Item type"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:414
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the item type."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:416
#, kde-format
msgid "Item dimensions"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:417
#, kde-format
msgid "Set this option to display the item dimensions."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:420
#, kde-format
msgid "Note: these settings require \"Use File Metadata\" option from Camera Setup Behavior page."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:470
#, kde-format
msgid "Icon Items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:471
#, kde-format
msgid "Album Items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/setup/setuptooltip.cpp:472
#, kde-format
msgid "Import Items"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/slideshow/slideend.cpp:77
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"Slideshow Completed.\n"
"Click To Exit\n"
"or press ESC..."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/slideshow/slideerror.cpp:88
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"An error has occurred to show item\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/slideshow/slidehelp.cpp:43
#, kde-format
msgid "Slideshow Usage"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/slideshow/slidehelp.cpp:51
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<qt>"
"<table>"
"<tr>"
"<td colspan=\"2\"><nobr>"
"<center><b>"
"<h1>Item Access</h1>"
"</b></center>"
"</nobr></td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>Previous Item:</td>"
"<td><i>Up</i> key</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td></td>"
"<td><i>PgUp</i> key</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td></td>"
"<td><i>Left</i> key</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td></td>"
"<td>Mouse wheel up</td>"
"<tr>"
"<td></td>"
"<td>Left mouse button</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>Next Item:</td>"
"<td><i>Down</i> key</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td></td>"
"<td><i>PgDown</i> key</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td></td>"
"<td><i>Right</i> key</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td></td>"
"<td>Mouse wheel down</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td></td>"
"<td>Right mouse button</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>Pause/Start:</td>"
"<td><i>Space</i> key</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>Hide/Show Properties:</td>"
"<td><i>F4</i> key</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>Quit:</td>"
"<td><i>Esc</i> key</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td colspan=\"2\"><nobr>"
"<center><b>"
"<h1>Item Properties</h1>"
"</b></center>"
"</nobr></td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>Change Tags:</td>"
"<td>Use Tags keyboard shortcuts</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>Change Rating:</td>"
"<td>Use Rating keyboard shortcuts</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>Change Color Label:</td>"
"<td>Use Color label keyboard shortcuts</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>Change Pick Label:</td>"
"<td>Use Pick label keyboard shortcuts</td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td colspan=\"2\"><nobr>"
"<center><b>"
"<h1>Others</h1>"
"</b></center>"
"</nobr></td>"
"</tr>"
"<tr>"
"<td>Show this help:</td>"
"<td><i>F1</i> key</td>"
"</tr>"
"</table>"
"</qt>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/utilities/slideshow/slideshow.cpp:570
#, kde-format
msgctxt "Reason for inhibiting the screensaver activation, when the presentation mode is active"
"You are running an unsupported version of Windows: %1.\n"
"This is not recommended. Do not report any bugs.\n"
"Please update to a supported version of Windows: Windows 7, 8, 8.1 or 10."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krita/main.cc:487 krita/main.cc:492
#, kde-format
msgid "Krita Tablet Support"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krita/main.cc:488
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot load WinTab driver and no Windows Ink pen devices are found. If you have a drawing tablet, please make sure the tablet driver is properly installed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: krita/main.cc:493
#, kde-format
msgid "Cannot load WinTab driver. If you have a drawing tablet, please make sure the tablet driver is properly installed."
msgid "Adds pixels using the color of surrounding pixels. Produces smoother tonal gradations than Bilinear."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:97
#, kde-format
msgid "Nearest Neighbor"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:105
#, kde-format
msgid "Replicate pixels in the image. Preserves all the original detail, but can produce jagged effects."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:119
#: libs/ui/canvas/kis_canvas_controller.cpp:308
#, kde-format
msgid "Bilinear"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:125
#, kde-format
msgid "Adds pixels averaging the color values of surrounding pixels. Produces medium quality results when the image is scaled from half to two times the original size."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:135
#, kde-format
msgid "Bell"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:146
#, kde-format
msgid "BSpline"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:157
#, kde-format
msgid "Lanczos3"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/image/kis_filter_strategy.h:163
#, kde-format
msgid "Offers similar results than Bicubic, but maybe a little bit sharper. Can produce light and dark halos along strong edges."
msgid "This image is larger than <b>%1 x %2</b>. Images this size cannot be saved to this format."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/impex/ColorModelCheck.h:44
#, kde-format
msgctxt "image conversion warning"
msgid "The color model <b>%1</b> or channel depth <b>%2</b> cannot be saved to this format. Your image will be converted."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/impex/ColorModelHomogenousCheck.h:125
#, kde-format
msgctxt "image conversion warning"
msgid "Your image contains layers with a color model that is different from the image. The layers will be converted."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/impex/ColorModelPerLayerCheck.h:129
#, kde-format
msgctxt "image conversion warning"
msgid "Your image contains layers with the color model <b>%1</b> and channel depth <b>%2</b> which cannot be saved to this format. The layers will be converted."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/impex/CompositionsCheck.h:36
#, kde-format
msgctxt "image conversion warning"
msgid "The image contains <b>compositions</b>. The compositions will not be saved."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/impex/ExifCheck.h:40
#, kde-format
msgctxt "image conversion warning"
msgid "The image contains <b>Exif</b> metadata. The metadata will not be saved."
msgid "This merge strategy attempts to find the best solution for merging, for instance by merging the list of authors together, or keeping identical photographic information."
"<p><i>Thanks! You were all <b>awesome</b>!</i></p>"
"</body></html>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/dialogs/kis_about_application.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgid "Backers"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/dialogs/kis_about_application.cpp:120
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<html><head/><body>"
"<h1 align=\"center\">Thanks To</h1>"
"<p>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/dialogs/kis_about_application.cpp:139
#, kde-format
msgid ""
".</p>"
"<p><i>For supporting Krita development with advice, icons, brush sets and more.</i></p>"
"</body></html>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/dialogs/kis_about_application.cpp:142
#, kde-format
msgid "Also Thanks To"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/dialogs/kis_about_application.cpp:146
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<html><head/><body>"
"<h1 align=\"center\"><b>Your Rights</b></h1>"
"<p>Krita is released under the GNU General Public License (version 3 or any later version).</p>"
"<p>This license grants people a number of freedoms:</p>"
"<ul>"
"<li>You are free to use Krita, for any purpose</li>"
"<li>You are free to distribute Krita</li>"
"<li>You can study how Krita works and change it</li>"
"<li>You can distribute changed versions of Krita</li>"
"</ul>"
"<p>The Krita Foundation and its projects on krita.org are <b>committed</b> to preserving Krita as free software.</p>"
"<h1 align=\"center\">Your artwork</h1>"
"<p>What you create with Krita is your sole property. All your artwork is free for you to use as you like.</p>"
"<p>That means that Krita can be used commercially, for any purpose. There are no restrictions whatsoever.</p>"
"<p>Krita’s GNU GPL license guarantees you this freedom. Nobody is ever permitted to take it away, in contrast to trial or educational versions of commercial software that will forbid your work in commercial situations.</p>"
"<br/>"
"<hr/>"
"<pre>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/dialogs/kis_about_application.cpp:174
#, kde-format
msgid "License"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/dialogs/kis_about_application.cpp:182
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<html><head/><body>"
"<h1 align=\"center\"><b>Third-party Libraries used by Krita</b></h1>"
"<p>Krita is built on the following free software libraries:</p>"
msgid "The image data you want to paste does not have an ICM profile associated with it. If you do not select a profile, Krita will assume that the image data is encoded in the import profile defined in the Settings dialog."
msgid "Hue hopefully maintained (but not required), lightness and saturation sacrificed to maintain the perceived color. White point changed to result in neutral grays. Intended for images."
msgid "Hue and saturation maintained with lightness sacrificed to maintain saturation. White point changed to result in neutral grays. Intended for business graphics (make it colorful charts, graphs, overheads, ...)"
msgid "Within the destination device gamut; hue, lightness and saturation are maintained. Outside the gamut; hue and lightness are maintained, saturation is sacrificed. White point for source and destination; unchanged. Intended for spot colors (Pantone, TruMatch, logo colors, ...)"
"<p><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Color_space\"><span style=\" font-weight:600; text-decoration: underline; color:#006e28;\">Color Spaces</span></a> determine how colors are encoded in your files. Different color spaces have different properties and are used for different purposes.</p>"
"<p>Try to disable vsync for Krita. This makes painting more responsive. Uncheck only when experiencing crashes with some GPU/driver combinations.</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Note:</span> This changes only the colorspace of the rendered image. To convert the colorspace of the layers, use Convert Image Colorspace.</p>"
"<p>Set how much you wish to correct the adaptation state. This will affect how <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">Absolute Colorimetric</span> changes the whites of your image. In Layman's terms: how much do you wish to have the color management correct the paper-color to screen white while using <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">Absolute Colorimetric</span>?</p>"
"<p>Black Point compensation matches the darkest color of the source device to the darkest color of the destination device. Relative Colorimetric without Black Point Compensation will show the difference between the darkest values. With blackpoint compensation, black is black.</p>"
"<p>When rendering animation frames (into files or during animation cache regeneration), Krita will make the specified number of copies of your image and will work on them in parallel. Each copy will demand more RAM for its storage (about 20% of the size of you image), so raise this limit only if you have enough RAM installed.</p>"
"<p><br/>"
"</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Recommended value:</span> set Clones Limit to the number of <span style=\" text-decoration: underline;\">physical</span> (non-hyperthreaded) cores your CPU has</p>"
"<p>Krita will try to limit the number of screen updates per second to the given number. A lower number will decrease visual responsiveness but increase stylus precision on some systems like macOS."
"<p>When performance logging is enabled Krita saves timing information into the '<working_dir>/log' folder. If you experience performance problems and want to help us, enable this option and add the contents of the directory to a bug report.</p>"
"<p>Animation frame cache will be stored in RAM completely without any limitations</p>"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">WARNING:</span> please make sure your computer has enough RAM <span style=\" text-decoration: underline;\">above</span> the amount you requested in General tab. Otherwise you might face system freezes.</p>"
"<p>* for 1 second of FullHD@25fps video you need extra 200 MiB of memory</p>"
"<p>* for 1 second of 4K UltraHD@25fps video you need extra 800 MiB of memory</p>"
"<p>Animation frames are stored on hard disk in the same folder as swap file. The cache is stored in a compressed way. Little amount of extra RAM is needed.</p>"
"<p>Since data transfer speed of the hard drive is low, you might want to limit cached frame size to be able to play your video at 25 fps. The limit of 2500 px is usually a good choice.</p>"
"<p>Render scaled down version of the frame if the image is bigger than the provided limit. Make sure you enable this option when using on-disk storage backend.</p>"
"<p>Choose the optional emblem icon that indicates extra information, such as the preset being a special effects brush, or just using tilt, or angled in some way.</p>"
"<p>Some tablet devices don't pass barrel-button clicks via tablet API. If you have such a device, you can try activate this workaround. Krita will try to read right- and middle-button clicks from the mouse events stream. It may or may not work on your device (depends on the tablet driver implementation).</p>"
"<p><br/>"
"</p>"
"<p>After changing this option Krita should be restarted.</p>"
msgid "The <i>Alternate Invocation</i> action performs an alternate action with the current tool. For example, using the brush tool it picks a color from the canvas."
"<p>The driver for your drawing tablet and Windows do not agree on the size of the screen your tablet is connected to. Please select the right option.</p>"
msgid "A spot color is a color that the printer is able to print without mixing the paints it has available to it. The opposite is called a process color."
msgid "The Intel graphics driver in use is known to have issues with OpenGL."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/opengl/kis_opengl.cpp:398
#, kde-format
msgid "Intel graphics drivers tend to have issues with OpenGL so ANGLE will be used by default. You may manually switch to OpenGL but it is not guaranteed to work properly."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/opengl/kis_opengl.cpp:751
#, kde-format
msgid "Preferred renderer doesn't support requested surface format. Another renderer has been selected."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/opengl/kis_opengl.cpp:753
#, kde-format
msgid "Preferred output format is not supported by available renderers"
#. i18nc("Who made the profile?","Manufacturer: ") + currentColorSpace()->profile()->manufacturer() + "</p>"); //This would work if people actually wrote the manufacturer into the manufacturer fiedl...
"<b><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/RGB_color_space\">RGB (Red, Green, Blue)</a></b>, is the color model used by screens and other light-based media.<br/>"
"RGB is an additive color model: adding colors together makes them brighter. This color model is the most extensive of all color models, and is recommended as a model for painting,that you can later convert to other spaces. RGB is also the recommended colorspace for HDR editing."
"<b><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CMYK_color_model\">CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Key)</a></b>, is the model used by printers and other ink-based media.<br/>"
"CMYK is a subtractive model, meaning that adding colors together will turn them darker. Because of CMYK profiles being very specific per printer, it is recommended to work in RGB space, and then later convert to a CMYK profile, preferably one delivered by your printer. <br/>"
"CMYK is <b>not</b> recommended for painting.Unfortunately, Krita cannot retrieve colorants or the TRC for this space."
msgid "<b><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/CIE_1931_color_space\">CIE XYZ</a></b>is the space determined by the CIE as the space that encompasses all other colors, and used to convert colors between profiles. XYZ is an additive color model, meaning that adding colors together makes them brighter. XYZ is <b>not</b> recommended for painting, but can be useful to encode in. The Tone Response Curve is assumed to be linear."
"<b><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Grayscale\">Grayscale</a></b> only allows for gray values and transparent values. Grayscale images use half the memory and disk space compared to an RGB image of the same bit-depth.<br/>"
"Grayscale is useful for inking and grayscale images. In Krita, you can mix Grayscale and RGB layers in the same image."
"<b><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Lab_color_space\">L*a*b</a></b>. <b>L<b> stands for Lightness, the <b>a</b> and <b>b</b> components represent color channels.<br/>"
"L*a*b is a special model for color correction. It is based on human perception, meaning that it tries to encode the difference in lightness, red-green balance and yellow-blue balance. This makes it useful for color correction, but the vast majority of color maths in the blending modes do <b>not</b> work as expected here.<br/>"
"Similarly, Krita does not support HDR in LAB, meaning that HDR images converted to LAB lose color information. This colorspace is <b>not</b> recommended for painting, nor for export, but best as a space to do post-processing in. The TRC is assumed to be the L* TRC."
msgid "<b><a href=\"https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YCbCr\">YCbCr (Luma, Blue Chroma, Red Chroma)</a></b>, is a model designed for video encoding. It is based on human perception, meaning that it tries to encode the difference in lightness, red-green balance and yellow-blue balance. Chroma in this case is then a word indicating a special type of saturation, in these cases the saturation of Red and Blue, of which the desaturated equivalents are Green and Yellow respectively. It is available to open up certain images correctly, but Krita does not currently ship a profile for this due to lack of open source ICC profiles for YCrCb."
msgid "<b>8 bit integer</b>: The default number of colors per channel. Each channel will have 256 values available, leading to a total amount of colors of 256 to the power of the number of channels. Recommended to use for images intended for the web, or otherwise simple images."
msgid "<b>16 bit integer</b>: Also known as 'deep color'. 16 bit is ideal for editing images with a linear TRC, large color space, or just when you need more precise color blending. This does take twice as much space on the RAM and hard-drive than any given 8 bit image of the same properties, and for some devices it takes much more processing power. We recommend watching the RAM usage of the file carefully, or otherwise use 8 bit if your computer slows down. Take care to disable conversion optimization when converting from 16 bit/channel to 8 bit/channel."
msgctxt "When the selected Bitdepth is 16 bit float"
msgid "<b>16 bit floating point</b>: Also known as 'Half Floating Point', and the standard in VFX industry images. 16 bit float is ideal for editing images with a linear Tone Response Curve, large color space, or just when you need more precise color blending. It being floating point is an absolute requirement for Scene Referred (HDR) images. This does take twice as much space on the RAM and hard-drive than any given 8 bit image of the same properties, and for some devices it takes much more processing power. We recommend watching the RAM usage of the file carefully, or otherwise use 8 bit if your computer slows down."
msgctxt "When the selected Bitdepth is 32bit float"
msgid "<b>32 bit float point</b>: Also known as 'Full Floating Point'. 32 bit float is ideal for editing images with a linear TRC, large color space, or just when you need more precise color blending. It being floating point is an absolute requirement for Scene Referred (HDR) images. This does take four times as much space on the RAM and hard-drive than any given 8 bit image of the same properties, and for some devices it takes much more processing power. We recommend watching the RAM usage of the file carefully, or otherwise use 8 bit if your computer slows down."
msgctxt "When the selected Bitdepth is 64bit float, but this isn't actually available in Krita at the moment."
msgid "<b>64 bit float point</b>: 64 bit float is as precise as it gets in current technology, and this depth is used most of the time for images that are generated or used as an input for software. It being floating point is an absolute requirement for Scene Referred (HDR) images. This does take eight times as much space on the RAM and hard-drive than any given 8 bit image of the same properties, and for some devices it takes much more processing power. We recommend watching the RAM usage of the file carefully, or otherwise use 8 bit if your computer slows down."
msgctxt "These are Elle Stone's notes on her profiles that we ship."
msgid ""
"<p><b>Extra notes on profiles by Elle Stone:</b></p>"
"<p><i>Krita comes with a number of high quality profiles created by <a href=\"http://ninedegreesbelow.com\">Elle Stone</a>. This is a summary. Please check <a href=\"http://ninedegreesbelow.com/photography/lcms-make-icc-profiles.html\">the full documentation</a> as well.</i></p>"
msgid "<p>Quoting Wikipedia, 'Academy Color Encoding System (ACES) is a color image encoding system proposed by the Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences that will allow for a fully encompassing color accurate workflow, with 'seamless interchange of high quality motion picture images regardless of source'.</p>"
msgid "<p>The ACEScg color space is smaller than the ACES color space, but large enough to contain the 'Rec-2020 gamut and the DCI-P3 gamut', unlike the ACES color space it has no negative values and contains only few colors that fall just barely outside the area of real colors humans can see</p>"
"<p>To avoid possible copyright infringement issues, I used 'ClayRGB' (following ArgyllCMS) as the base name for these profiles. As used below, 'Compatible with Adobe RGB 1998' is terminology suggested in the preamble to the AdobeRGB 1998 color space specifications.</p>"
"<p>The Adobe RGB 1998 color gamut covers a higher percentage of real-world cyans, greens, and yellow-greens than sRGB, but still doesn't include all printable cyans, greens, yellow-greens, especially when printing using today's high-end, wider gamut, ink jet printers. BetaRGB (not included in the profile pack) and Rec.2020 are better matches for the color gamuts of today's wide gamut printers.</p>"
"<p>The Adobe RGB 1998 color gamut is a reasonable approximation to some of today's high-end wide gamut monitors.</p>"
"<p>This profile's color gamut is roughly the same size and shape as the ACES color space gamut, and like the ACES color space, AllColorsRGB holds all possible real colors. But AllColorsRGB actually has a slightly larger color gamut (to capture some fringe colors that barely qualify as real when viewed by the standard observer) and uses the D50 white point.</p>"
"<p>Just like the ACES color space, AllColorsRGB holds a high percentage of imaginary colors. See the Completely <a href=\"http://ninedegreesbelow.com/photography/xyz-rgb.html\">Painless Programmer's Guide to XYZ, RGB, ICC, xyY, and TRCs</a> for more information about imaginary colors.</p>"
"<p>There is no particular reason why anyone would want to use this profile for editing, unless one needs to make sure your color space really does hold all possible real colors.</p>"
"<p>This profile is included mostly for its historical significance. It's the color space that was used in the original color matching experiments that led to the creation of the XYZ reference color space.</p>"
"<p>The ASTM E white point is probably the right E white point to use when making the CIERGB color space profile. It's not clear to me what the correct CIERGB primaries really are. Lindbloom gives one set. The LCMS version 1 tutorial gives a different set. Experts in the field contend that the real primaries should be calculated from the spectral wavelengths, so I did.</p>"
msgid "<p>The IdentityRGB working space is included in the profile pack because it's a mathematically obvious way to include all possible visible colors, though it has a higher percentage of imaginary colors than the ACES and AllColorsRGB color spaces. I cannot think of any reason why you'd ever want to actually edit images in the IdentityRGB working space.</p>"
"<p>To avoid possible copyright infringement issues, I used 'LargeRGB' (following RawTherapee) as the base name for these profiles."
"<p>Kodak designed the RIMM/ROMM (ProPhotoRGB) color gamut to include all printable and most real world colors. It includes some imaginary colors and excludes some of the real world blues and violet blues that can be captured by digital cameras. It also excludes some very saturated 'camera-captured' yellows as interpreted by some (and probably many) camera matrix input profiles."
"<p>The ProPhotoRGB primaries are hard-coded into Adobe products such as Lightroom and the Dng-DCP camera 'profiles'. However, other than being large enough to hold a lot of colors, ProPhotoRGB has no particular merit as an RGB working space. Personally and for most editing purposes, I recommend BetaRGB, Rec2020, or the ACEScg profiles ProPhotoRGB.</p>"
msgid "<p>Rec.2020 is the up-and-coming replacement for the thoroughly outdated sRGB color space. As of June 2015, very few (if any) display devices (and certainly no affordable display devices) can display all of Rec.2020. However, display technology is closing in on Rec.2020, movies are already being made for Rec.2020, and various cameras offer support for Rec.2020. And in the digital darkroom Rec.2020 is much more suitable as a general RGB working space than the exceedingly small sRGB color space.</p>"
"<p>Hewlett-Packard and Microsoft designed sRGB to match the color gamut of consumer-grade CRTs from the 1990s. sRGB is the standard color space for the world wide web and is still the best choice for exporting images to the internet.</p>"
"<p>The sRGB color gamut was a good match to calibrated decent quality CRTs. But sRGB is not a good match to many consumer-grade LCD monitors, which often cannot display the more saturated sRGB blues and magentas (the good news: as technology progresses, wider gamuts are trickling down to consumer grade monitors).</p>"
"<p>Printer color gamuts can easily exceed the sRGB color gamut in cyans, greens, and yellow-greens. Colors from interpolated camera raw files also often exceed the sRGB color gamut.</p>"
"<p>As a very relevant aside, using perceptual intent when converting to sRGB does not magically makes otherwise out of gamut colors fit inside the sRGB color gamut! The standard sRGB color space (along with all the other the RGB profiles provided in my profile pack) is a matrix profile, and matrix profiles don't have perceptual intent tables.</p>"
"<p>To avoid possible copyright infringement issues, I used 'WideRGB' as the base name for these profiles.</p>"
"<p>WideGamutRGB was designed by Adobe to be a wide gamut color space that uses spectral colors as its primaries. Pascale's primary values produce a profile that matches old V2 Widegamut profiles from Adobe and Canon. It is an interesting color space, but shortly after its introduction, Adobe switched their emphasis to the ProPhotoRGB color space.</p>"
msgid "<p>These profiles are for use with RGB images that have been converted to monotone gray (black and white). The main reason to convert from RGB to Gray is to save the file space needed to encode the image. Google places a premium on fast-loading web pages, and images are one of the slower-loading elements of a web page. So converting black and white images to Grayscale images does save some kilobytes. For grayscale images uploaded to the internet, convert the image to the V2 Gray profile with the sRGB TRC.</p>"
msgid "<p>The profiles that end in '-g10.icc' are linear gamma (gamma=1.0, 'linear light', etc) profiles and should only be used when editing at high bit depths (16-bit floating point, 16-bit integer, 32-bit floating point, 32-bit integer). Many editing operations produce better results in linear gamma color spaces.</p>"
msgid "<p>The profiles that end in '-labl.icc' have perceptually uniform TRCs. A few editing operations really should be done on perceptually uniform RGB. Make sure you use the V4 versions for editing high bit depth images.</p>"
msgid "<p>The profiles that end in '-srgbtrc.icc', '-g22.icc', and '-bt709.icc' have approximately but not exactly perceptually uniform TRCs. ProPhotoRGB's gamma=1.8 TRC is not quite as close to being perceptually uniform.</p>"
msgid "<p>When editing 8-bit images, you should use a profile with a small color gamut and an approximately or exactly perceptually uniform TRC. Of the profiles supplied in my profile pack, only the sRGB and AdobeRGB1998 (ClayRGB) color spaces are small enough for 8-bit editing. Even with the AdobeRGB1998 color space you need to be careful to not cause posterization. And of course you cannot use the linear gamma versions of these profiles for 8-bit editing.</p>"
msgid "<p>Use V4 profiles for editing images using high bit depth image editors that use LCMS as the Color Management Module. This includes Krita, digiKam/showFoto, and GIMP 2.9.</p>"
"Linear gamma RGB color spaces are not supposed to be used in 8-bit integer modes. It is suggested to use 16-bit integer or any floating point colorspace for linear profiles.\n"
"\n"
"Press \"Ok\" to create a 8-bit integer linear RGB color space or \"Cancel\" to return to the settings dialog."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: libs/ui/widgets/kis_custom_image_widget.cc:513
#, kde-format
msgctxt "arg1: width. arg2: height. arg3: colorspace name. arg4: size of a channel in bits. arg5: image size"
msgid "This document will be %1 pixels by %2 pixels in %3, which means the pixel size is %4 bit. A single paint layer will thus take up %5 of RAM."
"<html><b>KDE</b> is a world-wide network of software engineers, artists, writers, translators and facilitators who are committed to <a href=\"%1\">Free Software</a> development. This community has created hundreds of Free Software applications as part of the KDE frameworks, workspaces and applications.<br />"
"<br />"
"KDE is a cooperative enterprise in which no single entity controls the efforts or products of KDE to the exclusion of others. Everyone is welcome to join and contribute to KDE, including you.<br />"
"<br />"
"Visit <a href=\"%2\">%2</a> for more information about the KDE community and the software we produce.</html>"
"<html>Software can always be improved, and the KDE team is ready to do so. However, you - the user - must tell us when something does not work as expected or could be done better.<br />"
"<br />"
"KDE has a bug tracking system. Visit <a href=\"%1\">%1</a> or use the \"Report Bug...\" dialog from the \"Help\" menu to report bugs.<br />"
"<br />"
"If you have a suggestion for improvement then you are welcome to use the bug tracking system to register your wish. Make sure you use the severity called \"Wishlist\".</html>"
"<html>You do not have to be a software developer to be a member of the KDE team. You can join the national teams that translate program interfaces. You can provide graphics, themes, sounds, and improved documentation. You decide!<br />"
"<br />"
"Visit <a href=\"%1\">%1</a> for information on some projects in which you can participate.<br />"
"<br />"
"If you need more information or documentation, then a visit to <a href=\"%2\">%2</a> will provide you with what you need.</html>"
"<html>KDE software is and will always be available free of charge, however creating it is not free.<br />"
"<br />"
"To support development the KDE community has formed the KDE e.V., a non-profit organization legally founded in Germany. KDE e.V. represents the KDE community in legal and financial matters. See <a href=\"%1\">%1</a> for information on KDE e.V.<br />"
"<br />"
"KDE benefits from many kinds of contributions, including financial. We use the funds to reimburse members and others for expenses they incur when contributing. Further funds are used for legal support and organizing conferences and meetings. <br />"
" <br />"
"We would like to encourage you to support our efforts with a financial donation, using one of the ways described at <a href=\"%2\">%2</a>.<br />"
"<br />"
"Thank you very much in advance for your support.</html>"
"<p>Please read <b><a href=\"https://docs.krita.org/en/untranslatable_pages/reporting_bugs.html\">this guide</a></b> for reporting bugs first!</p>"
"<p>To submit a bug report, click on the button below. This will open a web browser window on <a href=\"http://bugs.kde.org\">http://bugs.kde.org</a> where you will find a form to fill in. The information displayed above will be transferred to that server.</p>"
msgid "Here you can see a list of key bindings, i.e. associations between actions (e.g. 'Copy') shown in the left column and keys or combination of keys (e.g. Ctrl+V) shown in the right column."
msgid "Values goes from black to white, or black to the most saturated color. Saturation, in turn, goes from the most saturated color to white, gray or black."
"<p>This sets the gamma value that the linearised HSY Luminosity is crunched with. 1 makes the selector fully linear, 2.2 is a practical default value.</p>"
msgid "The location of FFmpeg is unknown. Please install FFmpeg first: Krita cannot render animations without FFmpeg. (<a href=\"https://www.ffmpeg.org\">www.ffmpeg.org</a>)"
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">Warning:</span> animated gif images cannot have a framerate higher than 50. The framerate will be reduced to 50 frames per second.</p>"
msgid "Krita tries to automatically check or uncheck this based on the information it can get from the profile you are converting from and the profile you are converting to."
msgid "The icon associated with this action. It is shown alongside text in the menu bar and in toolbars as required. A string to use KDE's image loading system, or a custom QPixmap or QIcon, or None."
msgid "<p>Failed to check version of dependency <application>%1</application>: Module do not have PEP396 <code>__version__</code> attribute. It is not disabled, but behaviour is unpredictable...</p>"
"<p>Select the location of the G'Mic-Qt plugin. You can download the plugin from the <a href=\"http://gmic.eu/\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#2980b9;\">G'Mic website</span></a>. Make sure you download the special version for Krita, not the standalone or the GIMP version.</p>"
msgid "The formula decides how the kernel is created, so different formulas choose different values in the kernel, and thus give subtly different results."
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8pt;\">This is a line of text before the inserted text. This is a line of inserted text. This is a line after the inserted text.</span></p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8pt;\">This is a line of text before the deleted text. This is a line of deleted text. This is a line after the deleted text.</span></p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-family:'MS Shell Dlg 2'; font-size:8pt;\">This is a line of text before the format-change text. This is a line of text whose format has been changed. This is a line of text after the format-change text.</span></p>"
"<p style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">It is possible to assign a named style to text and alter the style properties to change all text with that style.</p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">Applying a style change will reformat all text that previously got the named style assigned to it. Use the Styles docker to apply styles to text.</p>"
"The image contains pixels with zero alpha channel and non-zero color channels. Krita has modified those pixels to have at least some alpha. The initial values will <i>not</i> be reverted on saving the image back.<br/>"
"<br/>"
"This will hardly make any visual difference just keep it in mind."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: plugins/impex/exr/exr_converter.cc:897
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@title:window"
msgid "EXR image has been modified"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: plugins/impex/exr/exr_converter.cc:1297
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@item:unsupported-node-message"
msgid "%1 (type: \"%2\")"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: plugins/impex/exr/exr_converter.cc:1302
#, kde-format
msgctxt "@info"
msgid ""
"<p>The following layers have a type that is not supported by EXR format:</p>"
"<r>"
"<ul>%1</ul>"
"</p>"
"<p><warning>these layers have <b>not</b> been saved to the final EXR file</warning></p>"
msgid "This option will merge all layers. It is advisable to check this option, otherwise other applications might not be able to read your file correctly."
"<p><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">PNG</span> files have <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">two</span> options to save <span style=\" font-weight:600;\">sRGB</span> information: as a tag or as an explicit profile. For use with in websites, <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">disable</span> this option. For interchange with other applications, <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">enable</span> this option.</p>"
msgid "Indexed PNG images are smaller. If you enabled this option, your image will be analyzed to see whether it is possible to save as an indexed PNG."
"<p>If enabled, all RAW files will be decoded in 16-bit color depth using a linear gamma curve. To prevent dark picture rendering in the editor, it is recommended to use Color Management in this mode.</p>"
"<p>If disabled, all RAW files will be decoded in 8-bit color depth with a BT.709 gamma curve and a 99th-percentile white point. This mode is faster than 16-bit decoding.</p>"
"<p>The default is to assume that all green pixels are the same. If even-row green pixels are more sensitive to ultraviolet light than odd-row this difference causes a mesh pattern in the output; using this option solves this problem with minimal loss of detail.</p>"
"<p>To resume, this option blurs the image a little, but it eliminates false 2x2 mesh patterns with VNG quality method or mazes with AHD quality method.</p>"
"<p>For Fuji Super CCD cameras, show the image tilted 45 degrees. For cameras with non-square pixels, do not stretch the image to its correct aspect ratio. In any case, this option guarantees that each output pixel corresponds to one RAW pixel.</p>"
"<p>Select here the demosaicing method to use when decoding RAW images. A demosaicing algorithm is a digital image process used to interpolate a complete image from the partial raw data received from the color-filtered image sensor, internal to many digital cameras, in form of a matrix of colored pixels. Also known as CFA interpolation or color reconstruction, another common spelling is demosaicing. The following methods are available for demosaicing RAW images:</p>"
"<p>"
"<ul>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Bilinear</emphasis>: use high-speed but low-quality bilinear interpolation (default - for slow computers). In this method, the red value of a non-red pixel is computed as the average of the adjacent red pixels, and similarly for blue and green.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>VNG</emphasis>: use Variable Number of Gradients interpolation. This method computes gradients near the pixel of interest and uses the lower gradients (representing smoother and more similar parts of the image) to make an estimate.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>PPG</emphasis>: use Patterned-Pixel-Grouping interpolation. Pixel Grouping uses assumptions about natural scenery in making estimates. It has fewer color artifacts on natural images than the Variable Number of Gradients method.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>AHD</emphasis>: use Adaptive Homogeneity-Directed interpolation. This method selects the direction of interpolation so as to maximize a homogeneity metric, thus typically minimizing color artifacts.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>DCB</emphasis>: DCB interpolation from linuxphoto.org project.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>AHD v2</emphasis>: modified AHD interpolation using Variance of Color Differences method.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>AFD</emphasis>: Adaptive Filtered Demosaicing interpolation through 5 pass median filter from PerfectRaw project.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>VCD</emphasis>: Variance of Color Differences interpolation.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>VCD & AHD</emphasis>: Mixed demosaicing between VCD and AHD.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>LMMSE</emphasis>: color demosaicing via directional linear minimum mean-square error estimation interpolation from PerfectRaw.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>AMaZE</emphasis>: Aliasing Minimization interpolation and Zipper Elimination to apply color aberration removal from RawTherapee project.</li>"
"</ul>"
"</p>"
"<p>Note: some methods can be unavailable if RAW decoder have been built without extension packs.</p>"
"<p>Set here the passes used by the median filter applied after interpolation to Red-Green and Blue-Green channels.</p>"
"<p>This setting is only available for specific Quality options: <emphasis strong='true'>Bilinear</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>VNG</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>PPG</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>AHD</emphasis>, <emphasis strong='true'>DCB</emphasis>, and <emphasis strong='true'>VCD & AHD</emphasis>.</p>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Default D65</emphasis>: Use a standard daylight D65 white balance.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Camera</emphasis>: Use the white balance specified by the camera. If not available, reverts to default neutral white balance.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Automatic</emphasis>: Calculates an automatic white balance averaging the entire image.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Manual</emphasis>: Set a custom temperature and green level values.</li>"
msgid "<p>If enabled, images with overblown channels are processed much more accurately, without 'pink clouds' (and blue highlights under tungsten lamps).</p>"
"<p>Select here the noise reduction method to apply during RAW decoding.</p>"
"<p>"
"<ul>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>None</emphasis>: no noise reduction.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Wavelets</emphasis>: wavelets correction to erase noise while preserving real detail. It's applied after interpolation.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>FBDD</emphasis>: Fake Before Demosaicing Denoising noise reduction. It's applied before interpolation.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>CFA Line Denoise</emphasis>: Banding noise suppression. It's applied after interpolation.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Impulse Denoise</emphasis>: Impulse noise suppression. It's applied after interpolation.</li>"
"<p>If this option is turned on, it will try to shift image channels slightly and evaluate Chromatic Aberration change. Note that if you shot blue-red pattern, the method may fail. In this case, disable this option and tune manually color factors.</p>"
"<p>Select here the output color space used to decode RAW data.</p>"
"<p>"
"<ul>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Raw (no profile)</emphasis>: in this mode, no output color space is used during RAW decoding.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>sRGB</emphasis>: this is an RGB color space, created cooperatively by Hewlett-Packard and Microsoft. It is the best choice for images destined for the Web and portrait photography.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Adobe RGB</emphasis>: this color space is an extended RGB color space, developed by Adobe. It is used for photography applications such as advertising and fine art.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Wide Gamut</emphasis>: this color space is an expanded version of the Adobe RGB color space.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Pro-Photo</emphasis>: this color space is an RGB color space, developed by Kodak, that offers an especially large gamut designed for use with photographic outputs in mind.</li>"
"<li><emphasis strong='true'>Custom</emphasis>: use a custom output color space profile.</li>"
msgid "This determines every interval after which the precision should change. For example: if the delta value is set to be 15.00, after every 15 pts change in the size of brush, the precision will change."
msgid "If checked, grid brush fill every particle's background with background color. The background of particle is rectangle of grid width and height and by default it is transparent."
"<p><b>Painting mode</b>: Krita offers a choice between two painting modes: <i>buildup</i> and <i>wash</i>. The first choice builds up color while painting in one stroke, the second choices gives you an even color in one stroke even if you go over the same place again and again.</p>"
msgid "These are keywords that can be used to identify text layers. A layer only needs to contain the keyword to be recognized. Keywords should be comma separated."
msgid "These are keywords that can be used to identify panel layers. A layer only needs to contain the keyword to be recognized. Keywords should be comma separated."
msgid "By default this will be filled with a generated universal unique identifier. The ID by itself is merely so that comic book library management programs can figure out if this particular comic is already in their database and whether it has been rated. Of course, the UUID can be changed into something else by manually changing the JSON, but this is advanced usage."
msgid "The genre of the work. Prefilled values are from the ACBF, but you can fill in your own. Separate genres with commas. Try to limit the amount to about two or three."
msgid "The following is a table of the authors that contributed to this comic. You can set their nickname, proper names (first, middle, last), role (penciller, inker, etc), email and homepage."
msgid "If there is an entry in a comics data base, that should be added here. It is unlikely to be a factor for comics from scratch, but useful when doing a conversion."
msgid "Whether the comic is an adaption of an existing source, and if so, how to find information about that source. So for example, for an adapted webcomic, the official website url should go here."
msgid "Krita doesn't have write access to this folder, so new files cannot be made. Please configure the folder access or move the project to a folder that can be written to."
msgid "The location for extra autocompletion keys in the metadata editor. Point this at a folder containing key_characters/key_format/key_genre/key_rating/key_author_roles/key_other with inside txt files (csv for rating) containing the extra auto-completion keys, each on a new line. This path is stored in the Krita configuration, and not the project configuration."
"This allows you to make a template document with guides.\n"
"The width and height are the size of the live-area, the safe area is the live area minus the margins, and the full image is the live area plus the bleeds."
"<p>Your name for your script. This is used to calculate the name of your package, the name of the class in your package and the associated directory.</p>"
"<p>What you want to appear in the Tools-> Scripts menu. If you leave this blank a default entry will be created based on the name of the script. </p>"
"<p>If this is checked your script will be automatically enabled in Krita. That is, it will show up in the Scripts menu or docker list. If not, you will need to manually enable the script through the Krita->Settings menu entry. </p>"
msgid "<nobr>Blending controls the percentage of color that is picked</nobr> and mixed with your current brush color. A full blending value picks colors completely, ignoring brush color."
"<p>In \"Global Coordinates\" mode Width and Height fields show the size of the shape's bounding box in image-aligned coordinates, even when the shape is rotated or has any other transform. </p>"
"<p>If \"Global Coordinates\" mode is disabled, Width and Height fields show the shape's \"local\" size, before application of any transformations.</p>"
msgid "Sorry, Krita was built without the support of GNU Scientific Library, so you cannot scale the selection with handles. Please compile Krita with GNU Scientific Library support, or use options widget for editing scale values manually."
msgid "Switch between Build Up and Wash mode of painting. Build Up mode adds deformations one on top of the other without any limits. Wash mode gradually deforms the piece to the selected deformation level."
msgid "Opens the 'Find/Replace in files' dialog. There you can enter a regular expression which is then searched for within all files in the directories you specify. Matches will be displayed, you can switch to a match directly. You can also do replacement."
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">Enter the regular expression you want to search for here.</p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">If you do not check \"Regular Expression\" below, this is considered a raw string. That means, all meta characters are escaped.</p>"
"<li style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">^</span> - Matches the beginning of a line</li>"
"\n"
"<li style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">$</span> - Matches the end of a line</li>"
"\n"
"<li style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">\\b</span> - Matches a word boundary</li>"
"<li style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">?</span> - The preceding item is matched at most once</li>"
"\n"
"<li style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">*</span> - The preceding item is matched zero or more times</li>"
"\n"
"<li style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">+</span> - The preceding item is matched one or more times</li>"
"<li style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">{</span><span style=\" font-weight:600; font-style:italic;\">n</span><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">,}</span> - The preceding item is matched <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">n</span> or more times</li>"
"\n"
"<li style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">{,</span><span style=\" font-weight:600; font-style:italic;\">n</span><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">}</span> - The preceding item is matched at most <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">n</span> times</li>"
"\n"
"<li style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\"><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">{</span><span style=\" font-weight:600; font-style:italic;\">n</span><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">,</span><span style=\" font-weight:600; font-style:italic;\">m</span><span style=\" font-weight:600;\">}</span> - The preceding item is matched at least <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">n</span>, but at most <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">m</span> times.</li>"
"</ul>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:0px; margin-bottom:0px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">Furthermore, backreferences to bracketed subexpressions are available via the notation \\<span style=\" font-style:italic;\">n</span>.</p>"
"\n"
"<p style=\" margin-top:12px; margin-bottom:12px; margin-left:0px; margin-right:0px; -qt-block-indent:0; text-indent:0px;\">For further reference, look at <a href=\"http://www.pcre.org\"><span style=\" text-decoration: underline; color:#0057ae;\">www.pcre.org</span></a> or <span style=\" font-style:italic;\">man pcresyntax.</span></p>"
#. i18n: Full recursion will be used. For folder-based searches, that means searching in the target folder and all the subfolders, their subfolders, and so on.
msgid "Select the location where you want to search. It can be a directory, a file, or a semicolon separated (without spaces) list of directories/files."
msgid "Rate of hardware read errors while reading data from the disk surface."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:111
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "Throughput Performance"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:111
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Overall (general) throughput performance of a hard disk drive. If the value of this attribute is decreasing there is a high probability that there is a problem with the disk."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:112
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "Spin-Up Time"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:112
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Average time of spindle spin up from zero RPM to fully operational."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:113
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "Start/Stop Count"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:113
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "A tally of spindle start/stop cycles."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "Reallocated Sectors Count"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:114
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Count of reallocated sectors. When the hard drive finds a read/write/verification error, it marks this sector as "reallocated" and transfers data to a special reserved area (spare area)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:115
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "Read Channel Margin"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:115
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Margin of a channel while reading data. The function of this attribute is not specified."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:116
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "Seek Error Rate"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:116
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Rate of seek errors of the magnetic heads. If there is a partial failure in the mechanical positioning system, then seek errors will arise."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:117
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "Seek Time Performance"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:117
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Average performance of seek operations of the magnetic heads. If this attribute is decreasing, it is a sign of problems in the mechanical subsystem."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:118
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "Power-On Hours"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:118
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Count of hours in power-on state."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:119
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "Spin Retry Count"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:119
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Count of retry of spin start attempts if the first attempt was unsuccessful. An increase of this attribute value is a sign of problems in the hard disk mechanical subsystem."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:120
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "Recalibration Retries"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:120
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Count of recalibrations requested if the first attempt was unsuccessful. An increase of this attribute value is a sign of problems in the hard disk mechanical subsystem."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:121
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "Power Cycle Count"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:121
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Count of full hard disk power on/off cycles."
msgid "Number of flash erase operation failures since the drive was deployed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:126
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "SSD Wear Leveling Count"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:126
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Counts the maximum worst erase count on any block."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:127
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "SSD Unexpected power loss count"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:127
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Number of shutdowns without STANDBY IMMEDIATE as the last command (regardless of PLI activity using capacitor power). Normalized value is always 100."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:128
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "SSD Power Loss Protection Failure"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:128
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Last test result, saturated at its maximum value. Bytes 0-1: last test result as microseconds to discharge cap in range [25, 5000000], lower indicates specific error code. Bytes 2-3: minutes since last test. Bytes 4-5: lifetime number of tests. Normalized value is set to 1 on test failure or 11 if the capacitor has been tested in an excessive temperature condition, otherwise 100."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:129
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "SSD Erase Fail Count (chip)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:129
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Number of flash erase command failures."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:130
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "SSD Wear Range Delta"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:130
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Delta between most-worn and least-worn flash blocks."
msgid "SSD Program Fail Count Total or Non-4K Aligned Access Count"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:136
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "SATA Downshift Error Count"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:136
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Western Digital and Samsung attribute."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "End-to-End Error"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Part of HP's SMART IV technology: After transferring through the cache RAM data buffer the parity data between the host and the hard drive did not match."
msgid "Count of errors that could be recovered using hardware ECC."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:149
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "Reallocation Event Count"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:149
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Count of remap operations. The raw value of this attribute shows the total number of attempts to transfer data from reallocated sectors to a spare area."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:150
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "Current Pending Sector Count"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:150
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Number of "unstable" sectors (waiting to be remapped, because of read errors)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:151
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "Uncorrectable Sector Count"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:151
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Count of uncorrectable errors when reading/writing a sector."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:152
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "UltraDMA CRC Error Count"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:152
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Count of errors in data transfer via the interface cable as determined by ICRC."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:153
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid ""
"Multi-Zone Error Rate<br/>"
"Write Error Rate"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:153
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "The total number of errors when writing a sector."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:154
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Number of off-track errors."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:155
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "Data Address Mark Errors"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:155
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Number of Data Address Mark errors (or vendor-specific)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:156
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "Run Out Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:156
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Number of ECC errors"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:157
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "Soft ECC Correction"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:157
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Number of errors corrected by software ECC"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:158
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "Thermal Asperity Rate"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:158
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Number of errors due to high temperature."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:159
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "Flying Height"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:159
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Height of heads above the disk surface. A flying height that is too low increases the chances of a head crash while a flying height that is too high increases the chances of a read/write error."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:160
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "Spin High Current"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:160
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Amount of surge current used to spin up the drive."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:161
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "Spin Buzz"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:161
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Number of buzz routines needed to spin up the drive due to insufficient power."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:162
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "Offline Seek Performance"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:162
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Drive's seek performance during its internal tests."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:163
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "Vibration During Write"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:163
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Vibration During Write"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:164
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "Shock During Write"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:164
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Shock During Write"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:165
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "Disk Shift"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:165
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Distance the disk has shifted relative to the spindle (usually due to shock or temperature)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:166
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "G-Sense Error Rate"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:166
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "The number of errors resulting from externally-induced shock and vibration."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:167
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "Loaded Hours"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:167
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Time spent operating under data load."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:168
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "Load/Unload Retry Count"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:168
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Number of times head changes position."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:169
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "Load Friction"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:169
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Resistance caused by friction in mechanical parts while operating."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:170
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "Load/Unload Cycle Count"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:170
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Total number of load cycles."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:171
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "Load-In Time"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:171
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Total time of loading on the magnetic heads actuator (time not spent in parking area)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:172
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "Torque Amplification Count"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:172
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Number of attempts to compensate for platter speed variations."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:173
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "Power-Off Retract Cycle"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:173
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "The number of times the magnetic armature was retracted automatically as a result of cutting power."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:174
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "GMR Head Amplitude"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:174
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Amplitude of "thrashing" (distance of repetitive forward/reverse head motion)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:175
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Drive Temperature"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:176
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "Endurance Remaining"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:176
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Count of physical erase cycles completed on the drive as a percentage of the maximum physical erase cycles the drive supports"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:177
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "Power-On Seconds"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:177
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Time elapsed in the power-on state"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:178
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "Unrecoverable ECC Count"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:178
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Count of unrecoverable ECC errors"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:179
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "Good Block Rate"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:179
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Count of available reserved blocks as percentage of the total number of reserved blocks"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:180
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid ""
"Head Flying Hours<br/>"
"or Transfer Error Rate (Fujitsu)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:180
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid ""
"Time while head is positioning<br/>"
"or counts the number of times the link is reset during a data transfer."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:181
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "Total LBAs Written"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:181
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Total LBAs Written"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:182
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "Total LBAs Read"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:182
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Total LBAs Read"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:183
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "SSD NAND_Writes_1GiB"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:183
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Number of writes to NAND in 1 GB increments"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:184
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "Read Error Retry Rate"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:184
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Number of errors while reading from a disk"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:185
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr name"
msgid "Free Fall Protection"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartattribute.cpp:185
#, kde-format
msgctxt "SMART attr description"
msgid "Number of "Free Fall Events" detected"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartstatus.cpp:84
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item:intable degrees in Celsius and Fahrenheit"
msgid "%1° C / %2° F"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartstatus.cpp:92
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item"
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartstatus.cpp:95
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item"
msgid "Interrupted"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartstatus.cpp:98
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item"
msgid "Fatal error"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartstatus.cpp:101
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item"
msgid "Unknown error"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartstatus.cpp:104
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item"
msgid "Electrical error"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartstatus.cpp:107
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item"
msgid "Servo error"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartstatus.cpp:110
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item"
msgid "Read error"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartstatus.cpp:113
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item"
msgid "Handling error"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartstatus.cpp:116
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item"
msgid "Self test in progress"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartstatus.cpp:120
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item"
msgid "Success"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartstatus.cpp:129
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item"
msgid "Healthy"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartstatus.cpp:132
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item"
msgid "Has been used outside of its design parameters in the past."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartstatus.cpp:135
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item"
msgid "Has some bad sectors."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartstatus.cpp:138
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item"
msgid "Is being used outside of its design parameters right now."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartstatus.cpp:141
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item"
msgid "Has many bad sectors."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: core/smartstatus.cpp:145
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item"
msgid "Disk failure is imminent. Backup all data!"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: fs/btrfs.cpp:138
+#: fs/btrfs.cpp:139
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:progress"
msgid "Resizing Btrfs file system on partition <filename>%1</filename> failed: Could not create temp dir."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: fs/btrfs.cpp:154 fs/btrfs.cpp:174
+#: fs/btrfs.cpp:155 fs/btrfs.cpp:175
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:progress"
msgid "Resizing Btrfs file system on partition <filename>%1</filename> failed: btrfs file system resize failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: fs/btrfs.cpp:159
+#: fs/btrfs.cpp:160
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:progress"
msgid "<warning>Resizing Btrfs file system on partition <filename>%1</filename>: Unmount failed.</warning>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: fs/btrfs.cpp:161
+#: fs/btrfs.cpp:162
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:progress"
msgid "Resizing Btrfs file system on partition <filename>%1</filename> failed: Initial mount failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: fs/fat12.cpp:138
+#: fs/fat12.cpp:140
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:progress"
msgid "Setting label for partition <filename>%1</filename> to %2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: fs/filesystem.cpp:422
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item filesystem name"
msgid "unknown"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: fs/filesystem.cpp:423
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item filesystem name"
msgid "extended"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: fs/filesystem.cpp:425
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item filesystem name"
msgid "ext2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: fs/filesystem.cpp:426
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item filesystem name"
msgid "ext3"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: fs/filesystem.cpp:427
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item filesystem name"
msgid "ext4"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: fs/filesystem.cpp:428
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item filesystem name"
msgid "linuxswap"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: fs/filesystem.cpp:429
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item filesystem name"
msgid "fat16"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: fs/filesystem.cpp:430
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item filesystem name"
msgid "fat32"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: fs/filesystem.cpp:431
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item filesystem name"
msgid "ntfs"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: fs/filesystem.cpp:432
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item filesystem name"
msgid "reiser"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: fs/filesystem.cpp:433
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item filesystem name"
msgid "reiser4"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: fs/filesystem.cpp:434
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item filesystem name"
msgid "xfs"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: fs/filesystem.cpp:435
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item filesystem name"
msgid "jfs"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: fs/filesystem.cpp:436
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item filesystem name"
msgid "hfs"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: fs/filesystem.cpp:437
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item filesystem name"
msgid "hfsplus"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: fs/filesystem.cpp:438
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item filesystem name"
msgid "ufs"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: fs/filesystem.cpp:439
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item filesystem name"
msgid "unformatted"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: fs/filesystem.cpp:440
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item filesystem name"
msgid "btrfs"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: fs/filesystem.cpp:441
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item filesystem name"
msgid "hpfs"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: fs/filesystem.cpp:442
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item filesystem name"
msgid "luks"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: fs/filesystem.cpp:443
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item filesystem name"
msgid "ocfs2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: fs/filesystem.cpp:444
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item filesystem name"
msgid "zfs"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: fs/filesystem.cpp:445
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item filesystem name"
msgid "exfat"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: fs/filesystem.cpp:446
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item filesystem name"
msgid "nilfs2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: fs/filesystem.cpp:447
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item filesystem name"
msgid "lvm2 pv"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: fs/filesystem.cpp:448
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item filesystem name"
msgid "f2fs"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: fs/filesystem.cpp:449
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item filesystem name"
msgid "udf"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: fs/filesystem.cpp:450
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item filesystem name"
msgid "iso9660"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: fs/filesystem.cpp:451
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item filesystem name"
msgid "luks2"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: fs/filesystem.cpp:452
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item filesystem name"
msgid "fat12"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: fs/filesystem.cpp:453
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item filesystem name"
msgid "linux_raid_member"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: fs/filesystem.cpp:454
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item filesystem name"
msgid "BitLocker"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: fs/filesystem.cpp:455
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item filesystem name"
msgid "apfs"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: fs/filesystem.cpp:456
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@item filesystem name"
msgid "minix"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: fs/filesystem.cpp:499 fs/luks.cpp:160
+#: fs/filesystem.cpp:499 fs/luks.cpp:161
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@title:menu"
msgid "Mount"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: fs/filesystem.cpp:505 fs/luks.cpp:165
+#: fs/filesystem.cpp:505 fs/luks.cpp:166
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@title:menu"
msgid "Unmount"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: fs/jfs.cpp:162
+#: fs/jfs.cpp:163
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:progress"
msgid "Resizing JFS file system on partition <filename>%1</filename> failed: Could not create temp dir."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: fs/jfs.cpp:176 fs/jfs.cpp:195
+#: fs/jfs.cpp:177 fs/jfs.cpp:196
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:progress"
msgid "Resizing JFS file system on partition <filename>%1</filename> failed: Remount failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: fs/jfs.cpp:181
+#: fs/jfs.cpp:182
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:progress"
msgid "<warning>Resizing JFS file system on partition <filename>%1</filename>: Unmount failed.</warning>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: fs/jfs.cpp:183
+#: fs/jfs.cpp:184
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:progress"
msgid "Resizing JFS file system on partition <filename>%1</filename> failed: Initial mount failed."
msgid "Resizing LUKS crypt on partition <filename>%1</filename>."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: fs/luks.cpp:511 fs/luks2.cpp:123
+#: fs/luks.cpp:512 fs/luks2.cpp:123
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:progress"
msgid "Resizing encrypted file system on partition <filename>%1</filename> failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: fs/nilfs2.cpp:145
+#: fs/nilfs2.cpp:146
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:progress"
msgid "Resizing NILFS2 file system on partition <filename>%1</filename> failed: Could not create temp dir."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: fs/nilfs2.cpp:159 fs/nilfs2.cpp:178
+#: fs/nilfs2.cpp:160 fs/nilfs2.cpp:179
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:progress"
msgid "Resizing NILFS2 file system on partition <filename>%1</filename> failed: NILFS2 file system resize failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: fs/nilfs2.cpp:164
+#: fs/nilfs2.cpp:165
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:progress"
msgid "<warning>Resizing NILFS2 file system on partition <filename>%1</filename>: Unmount failed.</warning>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: fs/nilfs2.cpp:166
+#: fs/nilfs2.cpp:167
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:progress"
msgid "Resizing NILFS2 file system on partition <filename>%1</filename> failed: Initial mount failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: fs/ntfs.cpp:178
+#: fs/ntfs.cpp:180
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:progress"
msgid "Updating boot sector for NTFS file system on partition <filename>%1</filename>."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: fs/ntfs.cpp:190 fs/ntfs.cpp:198
+#: fs/ntfs.cpp:192 fs/ntfs.cpp:200
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:progress"
msgid "Could not write new start sector to partition <filename>%1</filename> when trying to update the NTFS boot sector."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: fs/ntfs.cpp:202
+#: fs/ntfs.cpp:204
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:progress"
msgid "Updated NTFS boot sector for partition <filename>%1</filename> successfully."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: fs/xfs.cpp:165
+#: fs/xfs.cpp:167
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:progress"
msgid "Resizing XFS file system on partition <filename>%1</filename> failed: Could not create temp dir."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: fs/xfs.cpp:179 fs/xfs.cpp:198
+#: fs/xfs.cpp:181 fs/xfs.cpp:200
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:progress"
msgid "Resizing XFS file system on partition <filename>%1</filename> failed: xfs_growfs failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: fs/xfs.cpp:184
+#: fs/xfs.cpp:186
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:progress"
msgid "<warning>Resizing XFS file system on partition <filename>%1</filename> failed: Unmount failed.</warning>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
-#: fs/xfs.cpp:186
+#: fs/xfs.cpp:188
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:progress"
msgid "Resizing XFS file system on partition <filename>%1</filename> failed: Initial mount failed."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: jobs/backupfilesystemjob.cpp:63
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:progress"
msgid "Could not open file system on source partition <filename>%1</filename> for backup."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: jobs/backupfilesystemjob.cpp:65
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:progress"
msgid "Could not create backup file <filename>%1</filename>."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: jobs/backupfilesystemjob.cpp:77
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:progress"
msgid "Back up file system on partition <filename>%1</filename> to <filename>%2</filename>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: jobs/checkfilesystemjob.cpp:57
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:progress"
msgid "Check file system on partition <filename>%1</filename>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: jobs/copyfilesystemjob.cpp:59
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:progress"
msgid "Cannot copy file system: File system on target partition <filename>%1</filename> is smaller than the file system on source partition <filename>%2</filename>."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: jobs/copyfilesystemjob.cpp:67
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:progress"
msgid "Could not open file system on source partition <filename>%1</filename> for copying."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: jobs/copyfilesystemjob.cpp:69
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:progress"
msgid "Could not open file system on target partition <filename>%1</filename> for copying."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: jobs/copyfilesystemjob.cpp:72
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:progress"
msgid "Closing device. This may take a while, especially on slow devices like Memory Sticks."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: jobs/copyfilesystemjob.cpp:99
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:progress"
msgid "Copy file system on partition <filename>%1</filename> to partition <filename>%2</filename>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: jobs/createfilesystemjob.cpp:73
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:progress"
msgid "Failed to set the system type for the file system on partition <filename>%1</filename>."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: jobs/createfilesystemjob.cpp:75
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:progress"
msgid "Could not open partition table on device <filename>%1</filename> to set the system type for partition <filename>%2</filename>."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: jobs/createfilesystemjob.cpp:77
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:progress"
msgid "Could not open device <filename>%1</filename> to set the system type for partition <filename>%2</filename>."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: jobs/createfilesystemjob.cpp:91
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:progress"
msgid "Create file system <filename>%1</filename> on partition <filename>%2</filename>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: jobs/createpartitionjob.cpp:68
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info/plain"
msgid "Failed to add partition <filename>%1</filename> to device <filename>%2</filename>."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: jobs/createpartitionjob.cpp:70
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:progress"
msgid "Could not open partition table on device <filename>%1</filename> to create new partition <filename>%2</filename>."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: jobs/createpartitionjob.cpp:72
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:progress"
msgid "Could not open device <filename>%1</filename> to create new partition <filename>%2</filename>."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: jobs/createpartitionjob.cpp:90
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:progress"
msgid "Create new partition <filename>%1</filename>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: jobs/createpartitionjob.cpp:92
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:progress"
msgid "Create new partition on device <filename>%1</filename>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: jobs/createpartitiontablejob.cpp:55
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:progress"
msgid "Creating partition table failed: Could not open device <filename>%1</filename>."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: jobs/createpartitiontablejob.cpp:67
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info:progress"
msgid "Create new partition table on device <filename>%1</filename>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: jobs/createvolumegroupjob.cpp:60
#, kde-kuit-format
msgctxt "@info/plain"
msgid "Create a new Volume Group: <filename>%1</filename> with PV: %2"
msgid "The maximum size of the on-disk Theme cache in kilobytes. Note that these files are sparse files, so the maximum size may not be used. Setting a larger size is therefore often quite safe."
" <full><![CDATA[This effect allows to do Light Painting (i.e. painting with light sources on a photo by keeping the shutter\n"
" opened for a while), but for video.]]></full>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:10
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:83
#, kde-format
msgid "Brightness Threshold"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:12
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:85
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<![CDATA[How bright (<code>R+G+B</code>) does a pixel need to be in order to be recognized as a light source?<br/>"
"\n"
" Increasing this threshold requires brighter light sources (i.e. more white or less color, respectively) but prevents some «false alarms» where semi-bright parts, e.g. hands where colors can change quite a lot compared to the background, are incorrectly recognized as light source.]]>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:15
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:88
#, kde-format
msgid "Difference Threshold"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:17
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:90
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<![CDATA[How much does the strongest color channel of a pixel have to change, compared to the background image (<code>max(dR, dG, dB)</code>), in order to be recognized as light source? <br/>"
"\n"
" Increasing this threshold makes it harder for light sources to be accepted on bright backgrounds, but decreases the danger of noise or generally bright spots counting as light source.]]>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:20
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:93
#, kde-format
msgid "Difference Sum Threshold"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:22
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:95
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<![CDATA[How much does the sum of all color channels <em>relative to the background image</em> (<code>dR + dG + dB</code>) have to change until a pixel is recognized as a light source?<br/>"
"\n"
" Raising this value might, in some cases, avoid that some light objects lit by the light source are added to the light mask.]]>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:25
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:98
#, kde-format
msgid "Sensitivity"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:27
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:100
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<![CDATA[Light sensitivity.<br/>"
"\n"
" For slowly moving light source try to use a lower sensitivity to obtain a better exposure.]]>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:30
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:103
#, kde-format
msgid "Lower Overexposure"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:32
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:105
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<![CDATA[Lowers overexposure.<br/>"
"\n"
" The light mask does not get white immediately when the light source is moving slowly or staying steady.]]>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:35
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:108
#, kde-format
msgid "Dimming"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:36
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:109
#, kde-format
msgid "Dims the light mask. Lights will leave a fainting trail if it is set to a value > 0."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:39
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:112
#, kde-format
msgid "Background Weight"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:40
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:113
#, kde-format
msgid "Strength of the (calculated) background image. Setting it to 100 paints the light mask directly over the background, without the painting person in the image if the video starts with a «clean» background image. (See the α parameter.)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:43
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:116
#, kde-format
msgid "α"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:45
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:118
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<![CDATA[Determines how the effect tries to adapt to background changes. <br/>"
"\n"
" The Light Graffiti effect remembers the first frame of the clip it is applied to, so the clip should <em>always</em> start with the painter outside of the video. If the background constantly changes, e.g. on a street, try to set α > 0 to calculate an average background image.]]>"
"<![CDATA[The stats switches allow easy and accurate adjustment of the threshold parameters.<br/>"
"\n"
" Example: To adjust the brightness threshold, check this box and adjust the threshold until the whole light source is highlighted. Repeat the same with the other parameters. Only parts that are highlighted in <em>all</em> thresholds will count as light source.]]>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:57
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:130
#, kde-format
msgid "Show background difference statistics"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:60
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:133
#, kde-format
msgid "Show background difference sum statistics"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:64
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:137
#, kde-format
msgid "Makes the background transparent, allowing to apply a composite effect and paint the light mask over a completely different video."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:67
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:140
#, kde-format
msgid "Nonlinear dimming"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:68
#: data/effects/frei0r_lightgraffiti.xml:141
#, kde-format
msgid "If normal dimming does not look natural enough, try this one."
msgid "Resets the light mask and the background image. This is necessary e.g. if you apply this effect to a clip in the timeline and then move the timeline cursor from outside of the clip to the middle of it. The effect receives this frame in the middle as first frame and uses it as background image. For proper threshold adjusting move the timeline cursor to the beginning of the clip, check the Reset box and uncheck it again."
"<![CDATA[Changing the slope means multiplying the pixel value with a constant value. Black pixels will remain black, whileas brighter ones will be changed.<br/>"
"\n"
" All effects can be observed well when applied on a greyscale gradient and looking at the RGB Parade monitor.]]>"
" is on a removable device, will not be available when device is unplugged or mounted at a different position. You may want to copy it first to your hard-drive. Would you like to add it anyways?"
msgid "%1 missing source clips, you can only use the proxies"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/doc/documentchecker.cpp:601
#, kde-format
msgid "Missing source clip"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/doc/documentchecker.cpp:699
#, kde-format
msgid "Clips folder"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/doc/documentchecker.cpp:891
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter new location for file"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/doc/documentchecker.cpp:1165
#, kde-format
msgid "This will remove the selected clip from this project"
msgid_plural "This will remove the selected clips from this project"
msgstr[0] ""
msgstr[1] ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/doc/documentchecker.cpp:1167
#, kde-format
msgid "Remove clips"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/doc/documentvalidator.cpp:146
#, kde-format
msgid "The document was created in \"%1\" locale, which is not installed on your system. Please install that language pack. Until then, Kdenlive might not be able to correctly open the document."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/doc/documentvalidator.cpp:159
#, kde-format
msgid "There is a locale conflict on your system. The document uses locale %1 which uses a \"%2\" as numeric separator (in system libraries) but Qt expects \"%3\". You might not be able to correctly open the project."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/doc/documentvalidator.cpp:185
#, kde-format
msgid "There is a locale conflict. The document uses a \"%1\" as numeric separator, but your computer is configured to use \"%2\". Change your computer settings or you might not be able to correctly open the project."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/doc/documentvalidator.cpp:366
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"This project type is unsupported (version %1) and cannot be loaded.\n"
"Please consider upgrading your Kdenlive version."
msgid "This project type is unsupported (version %1) and cannot be loaded."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/doc/documentvalidator.cpp:945
#, kde-format
msgid "Some of your text clips were saved with size in points, which means different sizes on different displays. Do you want to convert them to pixel size, making them portable? It is recommended you do this on the computer they were first created on, or you could have to adjust their size."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/doc/documentvalidator.cpp:948
#, kde-format
msgid "Update Text Clips"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/doc/documentvalidator.cpp:1819
#, kde-format
msgid "extra audio"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/doc/documentvalidator.cpp:2089
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"The project file uses some GPU effects. GPU acceleration is not currently enabled.\n"
"Do you want to convert the project to a non-GPU version?\n"
"This might result in data loss."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/doc/documentvalidator.cpp:2181
#, kde-format
msgid "The following filters/transitions were converted to non GPU versions:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/doc/documentvalidator.cpp:2184
#, kde-format
msgid "The following filters/transitions were deleted from the project:"
msgid "You have changed the proxy parameters. Do you want to recreate all proxy clips for this project?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/mainwindow.cpp:1704
#, kde-format
msgid "The current project has not been saved. This will first save the project, then move all temporary files from <b>%1</b> to <b>%2</b>, and the project file will be reloaded"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/mainwindow.cpp:1712
#, kde-format
msgid "This will move all temporary files from <b>%1</b> to <b>%2</b>, the project file will then be reloaded"
msgid "Enter your freesound account details to download the highest quality version of this file. Or use the High Quality preview file instead (no freesound account required)."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/scopes/abstractscopewidget.cpp:70
#, kde-format
msgid "Auto Refresh"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/scopes/abstractscopewidget.cpp:72
#, kde-format
msgid "Realtime (with precision loss)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/scopes/audioscopes/audiospectrum.cpp:60
#: src/scopes/audioscopes/spectrogram.cpp:47
#, kde-format
msgid "Reset maximum frequency to sampling rate"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/scopes/audioscopes/audiospectrum.cpp:61
#: src/scopes/audioscopes/spectrogram.cpp:50
#, kde-format
msgid "Track mouse"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/scopes/audioscopes/audiospectrum.cpp:63
#, kde-format
msgid "Show maximum"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/scopes/audioscopes/audiospectrum.cpp:77
#: src/scopes/audioscopes/spectrogram.cpp:67
#, kde-format
msgid "Rectangular window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/scopes/audioscopes/audiospectrum.cpp:78
#: src/scopes/audioscopes/spectrogram.cpp:68
#, kde-format
msgid "Triangular window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/scopes/audioscopes/audiospectrum.cpp:79
#: src/scopes/audioscopes/spectrogram.cpp:69
#, kde-format
msgid "Hamming window"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/scopes/audioscopes/audiospectrum.cpp:86
#: src/scopes/audioscopes/spectrogram.cpp:72
#, kde-format
msgid "The maximum window size is limited by the number of samples per frame."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/scopes/audioscopes/audiospectrum.cpp:87
#: src/scopes/audioscopes/spectrogram.cpp:73
#, kde-format
msgid "A bigger window improves the accuracy at the cost of computational power."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/scopes/audioscopes/audiospectrum.cpp:88
#: src/scopes/audioscopes/spectrogram.cpp:74
#, kde-format
msgid "The rectangular window function is good for signals with equal signal strength (narrow peak), but creates more smearing. See Window function on Wikipedia."
msgid "This title clip was created with a different frame size."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/titledocument.cpp:376
#, kde-format
msgid "Title Profile"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/titledocument.cpp:428
#, kde-format
msgid "Some of your text clips were saved with size in points, which means different sizes on different displays. They will be converted to pixel size, making them portable, but you could have to adjust their size."
msgid "Information about unicode characters: <a href=\"http://decodeunicode.org\">http://decodeunicode.org</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:79
#, kde-format
msgid "Previous Unicode character (Arrow Up)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:80
#, kde-format
msgid "Next Unicode character (Arrow Down)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:81
#, kde-format
msgid "Enter your Unicode number here. Allowed characters: [0-9] and [a-f]."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:137
#, kde-format
msgid "<small>(no character selected)</small>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:146
#, kde-format
msgid "Control character. Cannot be inserted/printed. See <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Control_character\">Wikipedia:Control_character</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:148
#, kde-format
msgid "Line Feed (newline character, \\\\n)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:150
#, kde-format
msgid "Standard space character. (Other space characters: U+00a0, U+2000–200b, U+202f)"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:152
#, kde-format
msgid "No-break space. &nbsp; in HTML. See U+2009 and U+0020."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:155
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p><strong>«</strong> (u+00ab, <code>&lfquo;</code> in HTML) and <strong>»</strong> (u+00bb, <code>&rfquo;</code> in HTML) are called Guillemets or angle quotes. Usage in different countries: France (with non-breaking Space 0x00a0), Switzerland, Germany, Finland and Sweden.</p>"
"<p><strong>‹</strong> and <strong>›</strong> (U+2039/203a, <code>&lsaquo;/&rsaquo;</code>) are their single quote equivalents.</p>"
msgid "Three-Per-Em Space. Width: 1/3 of one <em>em</em>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:166
#, kde-format
msgid "Four-Per-Em Space. Width: 1/4 of one <em>em</em>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:168
#, kde-format
msgid "Six-Per-Em Space. Width: 1/6 of one <em>em</em>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:170
#, kde-format
msgid "Figure space (non-breaking). Width of a digit if digits have fixed width in this font."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:172
#, kde-format
msgid "Punctuation Space. Width the same as between a punctuation character and the next character."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:174
#, kde-format
msgid "Thin space, in HTML also &thinsp;. See U+202f and <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Space_(punctuation)\">Wikipedia:Space_(punctuation)</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:177
#, kde-format
msgid "Hair Space. Thinner than U+2009."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:180
#, kde-format
msgid "Punctuation Apostrophe. Should be used instead of U+0027. See <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Apostrophe\">Wikipedia:Apostrophe</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:182
#, kde-format
msgid ""
"<p>An en Dash (dash of the width of an n).</p>"
"<p>Usage examples: In English language for value ranges (1878–1903), for relationships/connections (Zurich–Dublin). In the German language it is also used (with spaces!) for showing thoughts: “Es war – wie immer in den Ferien – ein regnerischer Tag.</p>"
"<p>Narrow no-break space. Has the same width as U+2009.</p>"
"<p>Usage: For units (spaces are marked with U+2423, ␣): 230␣V, −21␣°C, 50␣lb, <em>but</em> 90° (no space). In German for abbreviations (like: i. d. R. instead of i. d. R. with U+00a0).</p>"
msgid "Ellipsis: If text has been left o… See <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ellipsis\">Wikipedia:Ellipsis</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:197
#, kde-format
msgid "Minus sign. For numbers: −42"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:199
#, kde-format
msgid "Open box; stands for a space."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:201
#, kde-format
msgid "Quarter note (Am.) or crochet (Brit.). See <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Quarter_note\">Wikipedia:Quarter_note</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:203
#, kde-format
msgid "Eighth note (Am.) or quaver (Brit.). Half as long as a quarter note (U+2669). See <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Eighth_note\">Wikipedia:Eighth_note</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:206
#, kde-format
msgid "Sixteenth note (Am.) or semiquaver (Brit.). Half as long as an eighth note (U+266a). See <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sixteenth_note\">Wikipedia:Sixteenth_note</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:209
#, kde-format
msgid "Thirty-second note (Am.) or demisemiquaver (Brit.). Half as long as a sixteenth note (U+266b). See <a href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Thirty-second_note\">Wikipedia:Thirty-second_note</a>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/titler/unicodedialog.cpp:212
#, kde-format
msgid "<small>No additional information available for this character.</small>"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/transitions/transitionsrepository.cpp:48
#, kde-format
msgid "Some of your favorite compositions are invalid and were removed: %1"
"<p>Enter your freesound account details to download the highest quality version of this file. Or use the High Quality preview file instead (no freesound account required).</p>"
"HQ preview files are all mp3 files. We have added .mp3 as a file extension to the destination file name you chose. However, there is an existing file of this name present.\n"
msgid "Try importing again to obtain a new freesound connection"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/utils/resourcewidget.cpp:796
#, kde-format
msgid "Do you want to overwrite the existing file?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/utils/resourcewidget.cpp:840
#, kde-format
msgid "Saved file to"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/utils/resourcewidget.cpp:847
#, kde-format
msgid "Error Saving File"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/utils/resourcewidget.cpp:860
#, kde-format
msgid "Error Downloading File. Error code: %1"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/utils/thememanager.cpp:80
#, kde-format
msgid "&Color Theme"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5 stable5
#: src/widgets/colorpickerwidget.cpp:68
#, kde-format
msgid "Pick a color on the screen. By pressing the mouse button and then moving your mouse you can select a section of the screen from which to get an average color."
msgid "Some resources were added but data were not sync. Select resources that you want to sync:"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: gui/importexportprogressindicatorgui.cpp:48
#: gui/job/fullsynchronizeresourcesjob.cpp:54
#, kde-format
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: gui/importexportprogressindicatorgui.cpp:78
#, kde-format
msgid "\"%1\" already exists. Do you want to overwrite it or merge it?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: gui/importexportprogressindicatorgui.cpp:78
#: gui/importexportprogressindicatorgui.cpp:87
#: gui/importexportprogressindicatorgui.cpp:95
#, kde-format
msgid "Restore"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: gui/importexportprogressindicatorgui.cpp:79
#, kde-format
msgid "Merge"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: gui/importexportprogressindicatorgui.cpp:87
#, kde-format
msgid "\"%1\" already exists. Do you want to overwrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: gui/importexportprogressindicatorgui.cpp:95
#, kde-format
msgid "Directory \"%1\" already exists. Do you want to overwrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: gui/job/fullsynchronizeresourcesjob.cpp:56
#, kde-format
msgid "Synchronize resources"
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: gui/job/fullsynchronizeresourcesjob.cpp:57
#, kde-format
msgid "Synchronize resources... It can take some time."
msgstr ""
#. +> trunk5
#: gui/pimdatabackuprestoreui.cpp:40
#, kde-format
msgid "The archive was created by a newer version of this program. It might contain additional data which will be skipped during import. Do you want to import it?"